Add support for auto-generated widget bindings

Additionally fix an update problem occurring with custom views

.github/ISSUE_TEMPLATE/component_request.yml

@@ -12,14 +12,6 @@ body:
     validations:
       required: false
 
-  - type: textarea
-    attributes:
-      label: Name the equivalents in Libadwaita.
-      placeholder: >-
-        A list of the equivalents in the Libadwaita library (see dependencies).
-    validations:
-      required: true
-
   - type: textarea
     attributes:
       label: Describe your idea for the implementation.

.swiftlint.yml

@@ -160,3 +160,6 @@ type_contents_order:
         - view_life_cycle_method
         - ib_action
         - other_method
+
+excluded:
+    - Sources/Adwaita/View/Generated/

CONTRIBUTING.md

@@ -36,6 +36,8 @@ Open the project folder in GNOME Builder, Xcode or another IDE.
 			- `User Interface` contains protocols and structures that are the basis of presenting content to the user.
 		- `View` contains structures that conform to the `View` protocol and provide an easier-to-use wrapper around a GTUI `NativeWidgetPeer` type.
 	    - `Window` contains structures that conform to the `Window` protocol and simplify the creation of different types of windows.
+    - `CAdw` contains the reference to the C library.
+    - `Generation` contains the code for the auto-generation of Adwaita and Gtk widgets.
 - `Tests` contains an example application for testing `Adwaita`.
 
 ### 4. Edit the Code

LICENSE.md

@@ -1,675 +1,21 @@
-                    GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE
+MIT License
-                       Version 3, 29 June 2007
+
-
+Copyright (c) 2024 david-swift
- Copyright (C) 2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc. <http://fsf.org/>
+
- Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies
+Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy
- of this license document, but changing it is not allowed.
+of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal
-
+in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights
-                            Preamble
+to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell
-
+copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is
-  The GNU General Public License is a free, copyleft license for
+furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
-software and other kinds of works.
+
-
+The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all
-  The licenses for most software and other practical works are designed
+copies or substantial portions of the Software.
-to take away your freedom to share and change the works.  By contrast,
+
-the GNU General Public License is intended to guarantee your freedom to
+THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
-share and change all versions of a program--to make sure it remains free
+IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
-software for all its users.  We, the Free Software Foundation, use the
+FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
-GNU General Public License for most of our software; it applies also to
+AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
-any other work released this way by its authors.  You can apply it to
+LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM,
-your programs, too.
+OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
-
+SOFTWARE.
-  When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom, not
-price.  Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that you
-have the freedom to distribute copies of free software (and charge for
-them if you wish), that you receive source code or can get it if you
-want it, that you can change the software or use pieces of it in new
-free programs, and that you know you can do these things.
-
-  To protect your rights, we need to prevent others from denying you
-these rights or asking you to surrender the rights.  Therefore, you have
-certain responsibilities if you distribute copies of the software, or if
-you modify it: responsibilities to respect the freedom of others.
-
-  For example, if you distribute copies of such a program, whether
-gratis or for a fee, you must pass on to the recipients the same
-freedoms that you received.  You must make sure that they, too, receive
-or can get the source code.  And you must show them these terms so they
-know their rights.
-
-  Developers that use the GNU GPL protect your rights with two steps:
-(1) assert copyright on the software, and (2) offer you this License
-giving you legal permission to copy, distribute and/or modify it.
-
-  For the developers' and authors' protection, the GPL clearly explains
-that there is no warranty for this free software.  For both users' and
-authors' sake, the GPL requires that modified versions be marked as
-changed, so that their problems will not be attributed erroneously to
-authors of previous versions.
-
-  Some devices are designed to deny users access to install or run
-modified versions of the software inside them, although the manufacturer
-can do so.  This is fundamentally incompatible with the aim of
-protecting users' freedom to change the software.  The systematic
-pattern of such abuse occurs in the area of products for individuals to
-use, which is precisely where it is most unacceptable.  Therefore, we
-have designed this version of the GPL to prohibit the practice for those
-products.  If such problems arise substantially in other domains, we
-stand ready to extend this provision to those domains in future versions
-of the GPL, as needed to protect the freedom of users.
-
-  Finally, every program is threatened constantly by software patents.
-States should not allow patents to restrict development and use of
-software on general-purpose computers, but in those that do, we wish to
-avoid the special danger that patents applied to a free program could
-make it effectively proprietary.  To prevent this, the GPL assures that
-patents cannot be used to render the program non-free.
-
-  The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and
-modification follow.
-
-                       TERMS AND CONDITIONS
-
-  0. Definitions.
-
-  "This License" refers to version 3 of the GNU General Public License.
-
-  "Copyright" also means copyright-like laws that apply to other kinds of
-works, such as semiconductor masks.
-
-  "The Program" refers to any copyrightable work licensed under this
-License.  Each licensee is addressed as "you".  "Licensees" and
-"recipients" may be individuals or organizations.
-
-  To "modify" a work means to copy from or adapt all or part of the work
-in a fashion requiring copyright permission, other than the making of an
-exact copy.  The resulting work is called a "modified version" of the
-earlier work or a work "based on" the earlier work.
-
-  A "covered work" means either the unmodified Program or a work based
-on the Program.
-
-  To "propagate" a work means to do anything with it that, without
-permission, would make you directly or secondarily liable for
-infringement under applicable copyright law, except executing it on a
-computer or modifying a private copy.  Propagation includes copying,
-distribution (with or without modification), making available to the
-public, and in some countries other activities as well.
-
-  To "convey" a work means any kind of propagation that enables other
-parties to make or receive copies.  Mere interaction with a user through
-a computer network, with no transfer of a copy, is not conveying.
-
-  An interactive user interface displays "Appropriate Legal Notices"
-to the extent that it includes a convenient and prominently visible
-feature that (1) displays an appropriate copyright notice, and (2)
-tells the user that there is no warranty for the work (except to the
-extent that warranties are provided), that licensees may convey the
-work under this License, and how to view a copy of this License.  If
-the interface presents a list of user commands or options, such as a
-menu, a prominent item in the list meets this criterion.
-
-  1. Source Code.
-
-  The "source code" for a work means the preferred form of the work
-for making modifications to it.  "Object code" means any non-source
-form of a work.
-
-  A "Standard Interface" means an interface that either is an official
-standard defined by a recognized standards body, or, in the case of
-interfaces specified for a particular programming language, one that
-is widely used among developers working in that language.
-
-  The "System Libraries" of an executable work include anything, other
-than the work as a whole, that (a) is included in the normal form of
-packaging a Major Component, but which is not part of that Major
-Component, and (b) serves only to enable use of the work with that
-Major Component, or to implement a Standard Interface for which an
-implementation is available to the public in source code form.  A
-"Major Component", in this context, means a major essential component
-(kernel, window system, and so on) of the specific operating system
-(if any) on which the executable work runs, or a compiler used to
-produce the work, or an object code interpreter used to run it.
-
-  The "Corresponding Source" for a work in object code form means all
-the source code needed to generate, install, and (for an executable
-work) run the object code and to modify the work, including scripts to
-control those activities.  However, it does not include the work's
-System Libraries, or general-purpose tools or generally available free
-programs which are used unmodified in performing those activities but
-which are not part of the work.  For example, Corresponding Source
-includes interface definition files associated with source files for
-the work, and the source code for shared libraries and dynamically
-linked subprograms that the work is specifically designed to require,
-such as by intimate data communication or control flow between those
-subprograms and other parts of the work.
-
-  The Corresponding Source need not include anything that users
-can regenerate automatically from other parts of the Corresponding
-Source.
-
-  The Corresponding Source for a work in source code form is that
-same work.
-
-  2. Basic Permissions.
-
-  All rights granted under this License are granted for the term of
-copyright on the Program, and are irrevocable provided the stated
-conditions are met.  This License explicitly affirms your unlimited
-permission to run the unmodified Program.  The output from running a
-covered work is covered by this License only if the output, given its
-content, constitutes a covered work.  This License acknowledges your
-rights of fair use or other equivalent, as provided by copyright law.
-
-  You may make, run and propagate covered works that you do not
-convey, without conditions so long as your license otherwise remains
-in force.  You may convey covered works to others for the sole purpose
-of having them make modifications exclusively for you, or provide you
-with facilities for running those works, provided that you comply with
-the terms of this License in conveying all material for which you do
-not control copyright.  Those thus making or running the covered works
-for you must do so exclusively on your behalf, under your direction
-and control, on terms that prohibit them from making any copies of
-your copyrighted material outside their relationship with you.
-
-  Conveying under any other circumstances is permitted solely under
-the conditions stated below.  Sublicensing is not allowed; section 10
-makes it unnecessary.
-
-  3. Protecting Users' Legal Rights From Anti-Circumvention Law.
-
-  No covered work shall be deemed part of an effective technological
-measure under any applicable law fulfilling obligations under article
-11 of the WIPO copyright treaty adopted on 20 December 1996, or
-similar laws prohibiting or restricting circumvention of such
-measures.
-
-  When you convey a covered work, you waive any legal power to forbid
-circumvention of technological measures to the extent such circumvention
-is effected by exercising rights under this License with respect to
-the covered work, and you disclaim any intention to limit operation or
-modification of the work as a means of enforcing, against the work's
-users, your or third parties' legal rights to forbid circumvention of
-technological measures.
-
-  4. Conveying Verbatim Copies.
-
-  You may convey verbatim copies of the Program's source code as you
-receive it, in any medium, provided that you conspicuously and
-appropriately publish on each copy an appropriate copyright notice;
-keep intact all notices stating that this License and any
-non-permissive terms added in accord with section 7 apply to the code;
-keep intact all notices of the absence of any warranty; and give all
-recipients a copy of this License along with the Program.
-
-  You may charge any price or no price for each copy that you convey,
-and you may offer support or warranty protection for a fee.
-
-  5. Conveying Modified Source Versions.
-
-  You may convey a work based on the Program, or the modifications to
-produce it from the Program, in the form of source code under the
-terms of section 4, provided that you also meet all of these conditions:
-
-    a) The work must carry prominent notices stating that you modified
-    it, and giving a relevant date.
-
-    b) The work must carry prominent notices stating that it is
-    released under this License and any conditions added under section
-    7.  This requirement modifies the requirement in section 4 to
-    "keep intact all notices".
-
-    c) You must license the entire work, as a whole, under this
-    License to anyone who comes into possession of a copy.  This
-    License will therefore apply, along with any applicable section 7
-    additional terms, to the whole of the work, and all its parts,
-    regardless of how they are packaged.  This License gives no
-    permission to license the work in any other way, but it does not
-    invalidate such permission if you have separately received it.
-
-    d) If the work has interactive user interfaces, each must display
-    Appropriate Legal Notices; however, if the Program has interactive
-    interfaces that do not display Appropriate Legal Notices, your
-    work need not make them do so.
-
-  A compilation of a covered work with other separate and independent
-works, which are not by their nature extensions of the covered work,
-and which are not combined with it such as to form a larger program,
-in or on a volume of a storage or distribution medium, is called an
-"aggregate" if the compilation and its resulting copyright are not
-used to limit the access or legal rights of the compilation's users
-beyond what the individual works permit.  Inclusion of a covered work
-in an aggregate does not cause this License to apply to the other
-parts of the aggregate.
-
-  6. Conveying Non-Source Forms.
-
-  You may convey a covered work in object code form under the terms
-of sections 4 and 5, provided that you also convey the
-machine-readable Corresponding Source under the terms of this License,
-in one of these ways:
-
-    a) Convey the object code in, or embodied in, a physical product
-    (including a physical distribution medium), accompanied by the
-    Corresponding Source fixed on a durable physical medium
-    customarily used for software interchange.
-
-    b) Convey the object code in, or embodied in, a physical product
-    (including a physical distribution medium), accompanied by a
-    written offer, valid for at least three years and valid for as
-    long as you offer spare parts or customer support for that product
-    model, to give anyone who possesses the object code either (1) a
-    copy of the Corresponding Source for all the software in the
-    product that is covered by this License, on a durable physical
-    medium customarily used for software interchange, for a price no
-    more than your reasonable cost of physically performing this
-    conveying of source, or (2) access to copy the
-    Corresponding Source from a network server at no charge.
-
-    c) Convey individual copies of the object code with a copy of the
-    written offer to provide the Corresponding Source.  This
-    alternative is allowed only occasionally and noncommercially, and
-    only if you received the object code with such an offer, in accord
-    with subsection 6b.
-
-    d) Convey the object code by offering access from a designated
-    place (gratis or for a charge), and offer equivalent access to the
-    Corresponding Source in the same way through the same place at no
-    further charge.  You need not require recipients to copy the
-    Corresponding Source along with the object code.  If the place to
-    copy the object code is a network server, the Corresponding Source
-    may be on a different server (operated by you or a third party)
-    that supports equivalent copying facilities, provided you maintain
-    clear directions next to the object code saying where to find the
-    Corresponding Source.  Regardless of what server hosts the
-    Corresponding Source, you remain obligated to ensure that it is
-    available for as long as needed to satisfy these requirements.
-
-    e) Convey the object code using peer-to-peer transmission, provided
-    you inform other peers where the object code and Corresponding
-    Source of the work are being offered to the general public at no
-    charge under subsection 6d.
-
-  A separable portion of the object code, whose source code is excluded
-from the Corresponding Source as a System Library, need not be
-included in conveying the object code work.
-
-  A "User Product" is either (1) a "consumer product", which means any
-tangible personal property which is normally used for personal, family,
-or household purposes, or (2) anything designed or sold for incorporation
-into a dwelling.  In determining whether a product is a consumer product,
-doubtful cases shall be resolved in favor of coverage.  For a particular
-product received by a particular user, "normally used" refers to a
-typical or common use of that class of product, regardless of the status
-of the particular user or of the way in which the particular user
-actually uses, or expects or is expected to use, the product.  A product
-is a consumer product regardless of whether the product has substantial
-commercial, industrial or non-consumer uses, unless such uses represent
-the only significant mode of use of the product.
-
-  "Installation Information" for a User Product means any methods,
-procedures, authorization keys, or other information required to install
-and execute modified versions of a covered work in that User Product from
-a modified version of its Corresponding Source.  The information must
-suffice to ensure that the continued functioning of the modified object
-code is in no case prevented or interfered with solely because
-modification has been made.
-
-  If you convey an object code work under this section in, or with, or
-specifically for use in, a User Product, and the conveying occurs as
-part of a transaction in which the right of possession and use of the
-User Product is transferred to the recipient in perpetuity or for a
-fixed term (regardless of how the transaction is characterized), the
-Corresponding Source conveyed under this section must be accompanied
-by the Installation Information.  But this requirement does not apply
-if neither you nor any third party retains the ability to install
-modified object code on the User Product (for example, the work has
-been installed in ROM).
-
-  The requirement to provide Installation Information does not include a
-requirement to continue to provide support service, warranty, or updates
-for a work that has been modified or installed by the recipient, or for
-the User Product in which it has been modified or installed.  Access to a
-network may be denied when the modification itself materially and
-adversely affects the operation of the network or violates the rules and
-protocols for communication across the network.
-
-  Corresponding Source conveyed, and Installation Information provided,
-in accord with this section must be in a format that is publicly
-documented (and with an implementation available to the public in
-source code form), and must require no special password or key for
-unpacking, reading or copying.
-
-  7. Additional Terms.
-
-  "Additional permissions" are terms that supplement the terms of this
-License by making exceptions from one or more of its conditions.
-Additional permissions that are applicable to the entire Program shall
-be treated as though they were included in this License, to the extent
-that they are valid under applicable law.  If additional permissions
-apply only to part of the Program, that part may be used separately
-under those permissions, but the entire Program remains governed by
-this License without regard to the additional permissions.
-
-  When you convey a copy of a covered work, you may at your option
-remove any additional permissions from that copy, or from any part of
-it.  (Additional permissions may be written to require their own
-removal in certain cases when you modify the work.)  You may place
-additional permissions on material, added by you to a covered work,
-for which you have or can give appropriate copyright permission.
-
-  Notwithstanding any other provision of this License, for material you
-add to a covered work, you may (if authorized by the copyright holders of
-that material) supplement the terms of this License with terms:
-
-    a) Disclaiming warranty or limiting liability differently from the
-    terms of sections 15 and 16 of this License; or
-
-    b) Requiring preservation of specified reasonable legal notices or
-    author attributions in that material or in the Appropriate Legal
-    Notices displayed by works containing it; or
-
-    c) Prohibiting misrepresentation of the origin of that material, or
-    requiring that modified versions of such material be marked in
-    reasonable ways as different from the original version; or
-
-    d) Limiting the use for publicity purposes of names of licensors or
-    authors of the material; or
-
-    e) Declining to grant rights under trademark law for use of some
-    trade names, trademarks, or service marks; or
-
-    f) Requiring indemnification of licensors and authors of that
-    material by anyone who conveys the material (or modified versions of
-    it) with contractual assumptions of liability to the recipient, for
-    any liability that these contractual assumptions directly impose on
-    those licensors and authors.
-
-  All other non-permissive additional terms are considered "further
-restrictions" within the meaning of section 10.  If the Program as you
-received it, or any part of it, contains a notice stating that it is
-governed by this License along with a term that is a further
-restriction, you may remove that term.  If a license document contains
-a further restriction but permits relicensing or conveying under this
-License, you may add to a covered work material governed by the terms
-of that license document, provided that the further restriction does
-not survive such relicensing or conveying.
-
-  If you add terms to a covered work in accord with this section, you
-must place, in the relevant source files, a statement of the
-additional terms that apply to those files, or a notice indicating
-where to find the applicable terms.
-
-  Additional terms, permissive or non-permissive, may be stated in the
-form of a separately written license, or stated as exceptions;
-the above requirements apply either way.
-
-  8. Termination.
-
-  You may not propagate or modify a covered work except as expressly
-provided under this License.  Any attempt otherwise to propagate or
-modify it is void, and will automatically terminate your rights under
-this License (including any patent licenses granted under the third
-paragraph of section 11).
-
-  However, if you cease all violation of this License, then your
-license from a particular copyright holder is reinstated (a)
-provisionally, unless and until the copyright holder explicitly and
-finally terminates your license, and (b) permanently, if the copyright
-holder fails to notify you of the violation by some reasonable means
-prior to 60 days after the cessation.
-
-  Moreover, your license from a particular copyright holder is
-reinstated permanently if the copyright holder notifies you of the
-violation by some reasonable means, this is the first time you have
-received notice of violation of this License (for any work) from that
-copyright holder, and you cure the violation prior to 30 days after
-your receipt of the notice.
-
-  Termination of your rights under this section does not terminate the
-licenses of parties who have received copies or rights from you under
-this License.  If your rights have been terminated and not permanently
-reinstated, you do not qualify to receive new licenses for the same
-material under section 10.
-
-  9. Acceptance Not Required for Having Copies.
-
-  You are not required to accept this License in order to receive or
-run a copy of the Program.  Ancillary propagation of a covered work
-occurring solely as a consequence of using peer-to-peer transmission
-to receive a copy likewise does not require acceptance.  However,
-nothing other than this License grants you permission to propagate or
-modify any covered work.  These actions infringe copyright if you do
-not accept this License.  Therefore, by modifying or propagating a
-covered work, you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so.
-
-  10. Automatic Licensing of Downstream Recipients.
-
-  Each time you convey a covered work, the recipient automatically
-receives a license from the original licensors, to run, modify and
-propagate that work, subject to this License.  You are not responsible
-for enforcing compliance by third parties with this License.
-
-  An "entity transaction" is a transaction transferring control of an
-organization, or substantially all assets of one, or subdividing an
-organization, or merging organizations.  If propagation of a covered
-work results from an entity transaction, each party to that
-transaction who receives a copy of the work also receives whatever
-licenses to the work the party's predecessor in interest had or could
-give under the previous paragraph, plus a right to possession of the
-Corresponding Source of the work from the predecessor in interest, if
-the predecessor has it or can get it with reasonable efforts.
-
-  You may not impose any further restrictions on the exercise of the
-rights granted or affirmed under this License.  For example, you may
-not impose a license fee, royalty, or other charge for exercise of
-rights granted under this License, and you may not initiate litigation
-(including a cross-claim or counterclaim in a lawsuit) alleging that
-any patent claim is infringed by making, using, selling, offering for
-sale, or importing the Program or any portion of it.
-
-  11. Patents.
-
-  A "contributor" is a copyright holder who authorizes use under this
-License of the Program or a work on which the Program is based.  The
-work thus licensed is called the contributor's "contributor version".
-
-  A contributor's "essential patent claims" are all patent claims
-owned or controlled by the contributor, whether already acquired or
-hereafter acquired, that would be infringed by some manner, permitted
-by this License, of making, using, or selling its contributor version,
-but do not include claims that would be infringed only as a
-consequence of further modification of the contributor version.  For
-purposes of this definition, "control" includes the right to grant
-patent sublicenses in a manner consistent with the requirements of
-this License.
-
-  Each contributor grants you a non-exclusive, worldwide, royalty-free
-patent license under the contributor's essential patent claims, to
-make, use, sell, offer for sale, import and otherwise run, modify and
-propagate the contents of its contributor version.
-
-  In the following three paragraphs, a "patent license" is any express
-agreement or commitment, however denominated, not to enforce a patent
-(such as an express permission to practice a patent or covenant not to
-sue for patent infringement).  To "grant" such a patent license to a
-party means to make such an agreement or commitment not to enforce a
-patent against the party.
-
-  If you convey a covered work, knowingly relying on a patent license,
-and the Corresponding Source of the work is not available for anyone
-to copy, free of charge and under the terms of this License, through a
-publicly available network server or other readily accessible means,
-then you must either (1) cause the Corresponding Source to be so
-available, or (2) arrange to deprive yourself of the benefit of the
-patent license for this particular work, or (3) arrange, in a manner
-consistent with the requirements of this License, to extend the patent
-license to downstream recipients.  "Knowingly relying" means you have
-actual knowledge that, but for the patent license, your conveying the
-covered work in a country, or your recipient's use of the covered work
-in a country, would infringe one or more identifiable patents in that
-country that you have reason to believe are valid.
-
-  If, pursuant to or in connection with a single transaction or
-arrangement, you convey, or propagate by procuring conveyance of, a
-covered work, and grant a patent license to some of the parties
-receiving the covered work authorizing them to use, propagate, modify
-or convey a specific copy of the covered work, then the patent license
-you grant is automatically extended to all recipients of the covered
-work and works based on it.
-
-  A patent license is "discriminatory" if it does not include within
-the scope of its coverage, prohibits the exercise of, or is
-conditioned on the non-exercise of one or more of the rights that are
-specifically granted under this License.  You may not convey a covered
-work if you are a party to an arrangement with a third party that is
-in the business of distributing software, under which you make payment
-to the third party based on the extent of your activity of conveying
-the work, and under which the third party grants, to any of the
-parties who would receive the covered work from you, a discriminatory
-patent license (a) in connection with copies of the covered work
-conveyed by you (or copies made from those copies), or (b) primarily
-for and in connection with specific products or compilations that
-contain the covered work, unless you entered into that arrangement,
-or that patent license was granted, prior to 28 March 2007.
-
-  Nothing in this License shall be construed as excluding or limiting
-any implied license or other defenses to infringement that may
-otherwise be available to you under applicable patent law.
-
-  12. No Surrender of Others' Freedom.
-
-  If conditions are imposed on you (whether by court order, agreement or
-otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this License, they do not
-excuse you from the conditions of this License.  If you cannot convey a
-covered work so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this
-License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence you may
-not convey it at all.  For example, if you agree to terms that obligate you
-to collect a royalty for further conveying from those to whom you convey
-the Program, the only way you could satisfy both those terms and this
-License would be to refrain entirely from conveying the Program.
-
-  13. Use with the GNU Affero General Public License.
-
-  Notwithstanding any other provision of this License, you have
-permission to link or combine any covered work with a work licensed
-under version 3 of the GNU Affero General Public License into a single
-combined work, and to convey the resulting work.  The terms of this
-License will continue to apply to the part which is the covered work,
-but the special requirements of the GNU Affero General Public License,
-section 13, concerning interaction through a network will apply to the
-combination as such.
-
-  14. Revised Versions of this License.
-
-  The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new versions of
-the GNU General Public License from time to time.  Such new versions will
-be similar in spirit to the present version, but may differ in detail to
-address new problems or concerns.
-
-  Each version is given a distinguishing version number.  If the
-Program specifies that a certain numbered version of the GNU General
-Public License "or any later version" applies to it, you have the
-option of following the terms and conditions either of that numbered
-version or of any later version published by the Free Software
-Foundation.  If the Program does not specify a version number of the
-GNU General Public License, you may choose any version ever published
-by the Free Software Foundation.
-
-  If the Program specifies that a proxy can decide which future
-versions of the GNU General Public License can be used, that proxy's
-public statement of acceptance of a version permanently authorizes you
-to choose that version for the Program.
-
-  Later license versions may give you additional or different
-permissions.  However, no additional obligations are imposed on any
-author or copyright holder as a result of your choosing to follow a
-later version.
-
-  15. Disclaimer of Warranty.
-
-  THERE IS NO WARRANTY FOR THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY
-APPLICABLE LAW.  EXCEPT WHEN OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT
-HOLDERS AND/OR OTHER PARTIES PROVIDE THE PROGRAM "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY
-OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO,
-THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
-PURPOSE.  THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE PROGRAM
-IS WITH YOU.  SHOULD THE PROGRAM PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME THE COST OF
-ALL NECESSARY SERVICING, REPAIR OR CORRECTION.
-
-  16. Limitation of Liability.
-
-  IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING
-WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MODIFIES AND/OR CONVEYS
-THE PROGRAM AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR DAMAGES, INCLUDING ANY
-GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF THE
-USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE PROGRAM (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO LOSS OF
-DATA OR DATA BEING RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY YOU OR THIRD
-PARTIES OR A FAILURE OF THE PROGRAM TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER PROGRAMS),
-EVEN IF SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
-SUCH DAMAGES.
-
-  17. Interpretation of Sections 15 and 16.
-
-  If the disclaimer of warranty and limitation of liability provided
-above cannot be given local legal effect according to their terms,
-reviewing courts shall apply local law that most closely approximates
-an absolute waiver of all civil liability in connection with the
-Program, unless a warranty or assumption of liability accompanies a
-copy of the Program in return for a fee.
-
-                     END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS
-
-            How to Apply These Terms to Your New Programs
-
-  If you develop a new program, and you want it to be of the greatest
-possible use to the public, the best way to achieve this is to make it
-free software which everyone can redistribute and change under these terms.
-
-  To do so, attach the following notices to the program.  It is safest
-to attach them to the start of each source file to most effectively
-state the exclusion of warranty; and each file should have at least
-the "copyright" line and a pointer to where the full notice is found.
-
-    <one line to give the program's name and a brief idea of what it does.>
-    Copyright (C) <year>  <name of author>
-
-    This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
-    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-    the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
-    (at your option) any later version.
-
-    This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-    GNU General Public License for more details.
-
-    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-    along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
-
-Also add information on how to contact you by electronic and paper mail.
-
-  If the program does terminal interaction, make it output a short
-notice like this when it starts in an interactive mode:
-
-    <program>  Copyright (C) <year>  <name of author>
-    This program comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY; for details type `show w'.
-    This is free software, and you are welcome to redistribute it
-    under certain conditions; type `show c' for details.
-
-The hypothetical commands `show w' and `show c' should show the appropriate
-parts of the General Public License.  Of course, your program's commands
-might be different; for a GUI interface, you would use an "about box".
-
-  You should also get your employer (if you work as a programmer) or school,
-if any, to sign a "copyright disclaimer" for the program, if necessary.
-For more information on this, and how to apply and follow the GNU GPL, see
-<http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
-
-  The GNU General Public License does not permit incorporating your program
-into proprietary programs.  If your program is a subroutine library, you
-may consider it more useful to permit linking proprietary applications with
-the library.  If this is what you want to do, use the GNU Lesser General
-Public License instead of this License.  But first, please read
-<http://www.gnu.org/philosophy/why-not-lgpl.html>.
-

Package.swift

@@ -15,25 +15,39 @@ let package = Package(
         .library(
             name: "Adwaita",
             targets: ["Adwaita"]
+        ),
+        .library(
+            name: "CAdw",
+            targets: ["CAdw"]
         )
     ],
     dependencies: [
-        .package(url: "https://github.com/AparokshaUI/Libadwaita", from: "0.1.6"),
         .package(
             url: "https://github.com/david-swift/LevenshteinTransformations",
             from: "0.1.1"
-        )
+        ),
+        .package(url: "https://github.com/CoreOffice/XMLCoder", from: "0.17.1")
     ],
     targets: [
+        .systemLibrary(
+            name: "CAdw",
+            pkgConfig: "libadwaita-1"
+        ),
         .target(
             name: "Adwaita",
             dependencies: [
-                .product(name: "Libadwaita", package: "Libadwaita"),
+                "CAdw",
                 .product(name: "LevenshteinTransformations", package: "LevenshteinTransformations")
             ]
         ),
         .executableTarget(
-            name: "Swift Adwaita Demo",
+            name: "Generation",
+            dependencies: [
+                .product(name: "XMLCoder", package: "XMLCoder")
+            ]
+        ),
+        .executableTarget(
+            name: "Demo",
             dependencies: ["Adwaita"],
             path: "Tests"
         )

README.md

@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 <p align="center">
   <img width="256" alt="Adwaita Icon" src="Icons/AdwaitaIcon.png">
-  <h1 align="center">Adwaita</h1>
+  <h1 align="center">Adwaita for Swift</h1>
 </p>
 
 <p align="center">
@@ -110,15 +110,17 @@ I recommend using the [template repository](https://github.com/AparokshaUI/Adwai
 ### Information
 
 * [Widgets](user-manual/Information/Widgets.md)
+* [Auto-Generated Widgets](user-manual/Information/AutoGeneratedWidgets.md)
 
 ## Thanks
 
 ### Dependencies
-- [Libadwaita][18] licensed under the [GPL-3.0 license][19]
+- [XMLCoder][18] licensed under the [MIT license][19]
 - [Levenshtein Transformations](https://github.com/david-swift/LevenshteinTransformations) licensed under the [MIT license](https://github.com/david-swift/LevenshteinTransformations/blob/main/LICENSE.md)
 
 ### Other Thanks
 - The [contributors][20]
+- The auto-generation of widgets is based on [Swift Cross UI](https://github.com/stackotter/swift-cross-ui)
 - [SwiftLint][21] for checking whether code style conventions are violated
 - The programming language [Swift][22]
 - [SourceDocs][23] used for generating the [docs][24]
@@ -140,8 +142,8 @@ I recommend using the [template repository](https://github.com/AparokshaUI/Adwai
 [15]:   user-manual/Basics/Windows.md
 [16]:   user-manual/Basics/KeyboardShortcuts.md
 [17]:   user-manual/Advanced/CreatingWidgets.md
-[18]:	https://github.com/AparokshaUI/Libadwaita
+[18]:	https://github.com/CoreOffice/XMLCoder
-[19]:	https://github.com/AparokshaUI/Libadwaita/blob/main/LICENSE.md
+[19]:	https://github.com/CoreOffice/XMLCoder/blob/main/LICENSE
 [20]:	Contributors.md
 [21]:	https://github.com/realm/SwiftLint
 [22]:	https://github.com/apple/swift

SUMMARY.md

@@ -17,6 +17,7 @@
 ## Information
 
 * [Widgets](user-manual/Information/Widgets.md)
+* [Auto-Generated Widgets](user-manual/Information/AutoGeneratedWidgets.md)
 
 [1]:	README.md
 [2]:	user-manual/GettingStarted.md

Sources/Adwaita/Menu/MenuButton.swift

@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 //  Created by david-swift on 22.10.23.
 //
 
-import Libadwaita
+import CAdw
 
 /// A button widget for menus.
 public struct MenuButton: MenuItem {
@@ -19,6 +19,9 @@ public struct MenuButton: MenuItem {
     /// Whether to prefer adding the action to the application window.
     var preferApplicationWindow: Bool
 
+    /// The action label.
+    var filteredLabel: String { label.filter { $0.isLetter || $0.isNumber || $0 == "-" || $0 == "." } }
+
     /// Initialize a menu button.
     /// - Parameters:
     ///   - label: The buttons label.
@@ -35,11 +38,13 @@ public struct MenuButton: MenuItem {
     ///   - menu: The menu.
     ///   - app: The application containing the menu.
     ///   - window: The application window containing the menu.
-    public func addMenuItem(menu: Libadwaita.Menu, app: GTUIApp, window: GTUIApplicationWindow?) {
+    public func addMenuItem(menu: OpaquePointer?, app: GTUIApp, window: GTUIApplicationWindow?) {
         if let window, preferApplicationWindow {
-            _ = menu.append(label, window: window, shortcut: shortcut, handler: handler)
+            window.addKeyboardShortcut(shortcut, id: filteredLabel, handler: handler)
+            g_menu_append(menu, label, "win." + filteredLabel)
         } else {
-            _ = menu.append(label, app: app, shortcut: shortcut, handler: handler)
+            app.addKeyboardShortcut(shortcut, id: filteredLabel, handler: handler)
+            g_menu_append(menu, label, "app." + filteredLabel)
         }
     }
 

Sources/Adwaita/Menu/MenuSection.swift

@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 //  Created by david-swift on 22.10.23.
 //
 
-import Libadwaita
+import CAdw
 
 /// A section for menus.
 public struct MenuSection: MenuItem {
@@ -24,9 +24,9 @@ public struct MenuSection: MenuItem {
     ///   - menu: The menu.
     ///   - app: The application containing the menu.
     ///   - window: The application window containing the menu.
-    public func addMenuItem(menu: Libadwaita.Menu, app: GTUIApp, window: GTUIApplicationWindow?) {
+    public func addMenuItem(menu: OpaquePointer?, app: GTUIApp, window: GTUIApplicationWindow?) {
-        let section = Libadwaita.Menu()
+        let section = g_menu_new()
-        _ = menu.append("", section: section)
+        g_menu_append_section(menu, nil, section?.cast())
         for element in sectionContent {
             element.addMenuItems(menu: section, app: app, window: window)
         }

Sources/Adwaita/Menu/Submenu.swift

@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 //  Created by david-swift on 22.10.23.
 //
 
-import Libadwaita
+import CAdw
 
 /// A submenu widget.
 public struct Submenu: MenuItem {
@@ -29,9 +29,9 @@ public struct Submenu: MenuItem {
     ///   - menu: The menu.
     ///   - app: The application containing the menu.
     ///   - window: The application window containing the menu.
-    public func addMenuItem(menu: Libadwaita.Menu, app: GTUIApp, window: GTUIApplicationWindow?) {
+    public func addMenuItem(menu: OpaquePointer?, app: GTUIApp, window: GTUIApplicationWindow?) {
-        let submenu = Libadwaita.Menu()
+        let submenu = g_menu_new()
-        _ = menu.append(label, submenu: submenu)
+        g_menu_append_submenu(menu, label, submenu?.cast())
         for element in submenuContent {
             element.addMenuItems(menu: submenu, app: app, window: window)
         }

Sources/Adwaita/Model/ArrayBuilder.swift

@@ -9,8 +9,6 @@
 //  https://gist.github.com/JadenGeller/c375fc15ad5900a0ddac4ed8ba8307a9
 //
 
-import Foundation
-
 /// The ``ArrayBuilder`` is a simple result builder that outputs an array of any type.
 ///
 /// You can define any array using Swift's DSL:

Sources/Adwaita/Model/Data Flow/State.swift

@@ -5,8 +5,8 @@
 //  Created by david-swift on 06.08.23.
 //
 
+import CAdw
 import Foundation
-import Libadwaita
 
 /// A property wrapper for properties in a view that should be stored throughout view updates.
 @propertyWrapper
@@ -110,11 +110,23 @@ public struct State<Value>: StateProtocol {
         }
     }
 
+    /// The directory used for storing user data.
+    /// - Returns: The URL.
+    public static func userDataDir() -> URL {
+        .init(fileURLWithPath: .init(cString: g_get_user_data_dir()))
+    }
+
+    /// Copy a text to the clipboard.
+    /// - Parameter text: The text.
+    public static func copy(_ text: String) {
+        let clipboard = gdk_display_get_clipboard(gdk_display_get_default())
+        gdk_clipboard_set_text(clipboard, text)
+    }
+
     /// Get the settings directory path.
     /// - Returns: The path.
     private func dirPath() -> URL {
-        NativePeer
+        Self.userDataDir()
-            .getUserDataDirectory()
             .appendingPathComponent(content.storage.folder ?? GTUIApp.appID, isDirectory: true)
     }
 

Sources/Adwaita/Model/Enumerations/Alignment.swift

@@ -0,0 +1,44 @@
+//
+//  Alignment.swift
+//  Adwaita
+//
+//  Created by david-swift on 21.01.24.
+//
+
+import CAdw
+
+/// The alignment for a widget.
+public enum Alignment: Int {
+
+    /// The widget will fill the available space.
+    case fill
+    /// The widget will start at the beginning of the available space.
+    case start
+    /// The widget will end at the end of the available space.
+    case end
+    /// The widget will be centered in the available space.
+    case center
+    /// The widget will be baseline aligned in the available space.
+    case baselineFill
+    /// The widget will be baseline aligned at the start of the available space.
+    case baselineCenter
+
+    /// Get the GtkAlign alignment.
+    public var cAlign: GtkAlign {
+        switch self {
+        case .fill:
+            return GTK_ALIGN_FILL
+        case .start:
+            return GTK_ALIGN_START
+        case .end:
+            return GTK_ALIGN_END
+        case .center:
+            return GTK_ALIGN_CENTER
+        case .baselineFill:
+            return GTK_ALIGN_BASELINE_FILL
+        case .baselineCenter:
+            return GTK_ALIGN_BASELINE_CENTER
+        }
+    }
+
+}

Sources/Adwaita/Model/Enumerations/Edge.swift

@@ -0,0 +1,20 @@
+//
+//  Edge.swift
+//  Adwaita
+//
+//  Created by david-swift on 21.01.24.
+//
+
+/// The edges for a widget.
+public enum Edge {
+
+    /// The leading (start) edge.
+    case leading
+    /// The trailing (end) edge.
+    case trailing
+    /// The top edge.
+    case top
+    /// The bottom edge.
+    case bottom
+
+}

Sources/Adwaita/Model/Enumerations/Icon.swift

@@ -0,0 +1,767 @@
+//
+//  Icon.swift
+//  Adwaita
+//
+//  Created by david-swift on 21.01.24.
+//
+
+import Foundation
+
+// swiftlint:disable type_body_length file_length
+/// An icon.
+public enum Icon {
+
+    /// A preinstalled icon.
+    /// - Parameter icon: The default icon.
+    case `default`(icon: DefaultIcon)
+    /// A custom icon.
+    /// - Parameter name: The icon's name.
+    case custom(name: String)
+
+    /// A string representation of the icon.
+    public var string: String {
+        switch self {
+        case let .default(icon):
+            return icon.string
+        case let .custom(name):
+            return name
+        }
+    }
+
+    /// A preinstalled icon.
+    public enum DefaultIcon: String {
+        // swiftlint:disable missing_docs identifier_name
+        case acAdapter
+        case accessoriesCalculator
+        case accessoriesCharacterMap
+        case accessoriesDictionary
+        case accessoriesTextEditor
+        case actionUnavailable
+        case addressBookNew
+        case airplaneMode
+        case alarm
+        case appRemove
+        case appletsScreenshooter
+        case applicationCertificate
+        case applicationExitRtl
+        case applicationExit
+        case applicationRss_plus_xml
+        case applicationXAddon
+        case applicationXAppliance
+        case applicationXExecutable
+        case applicationXFirmware
+        case applicationXSharedlib
+        case applicationsEngineering
+        case applicationsGames
+        case applicationsGraphics
+        case applicationsMultimedia
+        case applicationsScience
+        case applicationsSystem
+        case applicationsUtilities
+        case appointmentMissed
+        case appointmentNew
+        case appointmentSoon
+        case audioCard
+        case audioHeadphones
+        case audioHeadset
+        case audioInputMicrophone
+        case audioSpeakersRtl
+        case audioSpeakers
+        case audioVolumeHighRtl
+        case audioVolumeHigh
+        case audioVolumeLowRtl
+        case audioVolumeLow
+        case audioVolumeMediumRtl
+        case audioVolumeMedium
+        case audioVolumeMutedRtl
+        case audioVolumeMuted
+        case audioVolumeOveramplifiedRtl
+        case audioVolumeOveramplified
+        case audioXGeneric
+        case authFace
+        case authFingerprint
+        case authSimLocked
+        case authSimMissing
+        case authSim
+        case authSmartcard
+        case avatarDefault
+        case batteryAction
+        case batteryCautionCharging
+        case batteryCaution
+        case batteryEmptyCharging
+        case batteryEmpty
+        case batteryFullCharged
+        case batteryFullCharging
+        case batteryFull
+        case batteryGoodCharging
+        case batteryGood
+        case batteryLevel_0Charging
+        case batteryLevel_0
+        case batteryLevel_10Charging
+        case batteryLevel_10
+        case batteryLevel_100Charged
+        case batteryLevel_100
+        case batteryLevel_20Charging
+        case batteryLevel_20
+        case batteryLevel_30Charging
+        case batteryLevel_30
+        case batteryLevel_40Charging
+        case batteryLevel_40
+        case batteryLevel_50Charging
+        case batteryLevel_50
+        case batteryLevel_60Charging
+        case batteryLevel_60
+        case batteryLevel_70Charging
+        case batteryLevel_70
+        case batteryLevel_80Charging
+        case batteryLevel_80
+        case batteryLevel_90Charging
+        case batteryLevel_90
+        case batteryLowCharging
+        case batteryLow
+        case batteryMissing
+        case battery
+        case bluetoothAcquiring
+        case bluetoothActive
+        case bluetoothDisabled
+        case bluetoothDisconnected
+        case bluetoothHardwareDisabled
+        case bluetooth
+        case bookmarkNew
+        case callIncoming
+        case callMissed
+        case callOutgoing
+        case callStart
+        case callStop
+        case cameraDisabled
+        case cameraHardwareDisabled
+        case cameraPhoto
+        case cameraSwitch
+        case cameraVideo
+        case cameraWeb
+        case capsLock
+        case changesAllow
+        case changesPrevent
+        case channelInsecure
+        case channelSecure
+        case chatMessageNew
+        case checkboxChecked
+        case checkboxMixed
+        case checkbox
+        case colorSelect
+        case colorimeterColorhug
+        case completionSnippet
+        case completionWord
+        case computerAppleIpad
+        case computerFail
+        case computer
+        case contactNew
+        case contentLoading
+        case daytimeSunrise
+        case daytimeSunset
+        case dialogError
+        case dialogInformation
+        case dialogPassword
+        case dialogQuestion
+        case dialogWarning
+        case displayBrightness
+        case displayProjector
+        case documentEdit
+        case documentNew
+        case documentOpenRecent
+        case documentOpen
+        case documentPageSetup
+        case documentPrintPreview
+        case documentPrint
+        case documentProperties
+        case documentRevertRtl
+        case documentRevert
+        case documentSaveAs
+        case documentSave
+        case documentSend
+        case driveHarddiskIeee1394
+        case driveHarddiskSolidstate
+        case driveHarddisk
+        case driveHarddiskSystem
+        case driveHarddiskUsb
+        case driveMultidisk
+        case driveOptical
+        case driveRemovableMedia
+        case editClearAll
+        case editClearRtl
+        case editClear
+        case editCopy
+        case editCut
+        case editDelete
+        case editFindReplace
+        case editFind
+        case editPaste
+        case editRedo
+        case editSelectAll
+        case editSelect
+        case editUndo
+        case emblemDefault
+        case emblemDocuments
+        case emblemFavorite
+        case emblemImportant
+        case emblemMusic
+        case emblemOk
+        case emblemPhotos
+        case emblemShared
+        case emblemSynchronizing
+        case emblemSystem
+        case emblemVideos
+        case emojiActivities
+        case emojiBody
+        case emojiFlags
+        case emojiFood
+        case emojiNature
+        case emojiObjects
+        case emojiPeople
+        case emojiRecent
+        case emojiSymbols
+        case emojiTravel
+        case emoteLove
+        case errorCorrect
+        case faceAngel
+        case faceAngry
+        case faceConfused
+        case faceCool
+        case faceCrying
+        case faceDevilish
+        case faceEmbarrassed
+        case faceGlasses
+        case faceKiss
+        case faceLaugh
+        case faceMonkey
+        case facePlain
+        case faceRaspberry
+        case faceSad
+        case faceShutmouth
+        case faceSick
+        case faceSmileBig
+        case faceSmile
+        case faceSmirk
+        case faceSurprise
+        case faceTired
+        case faceUncertain
+        case faceWink
+        case faceWorried
+        case faceYawn
+        case findLocation
+        case focusLegacySystray
+        case focusTopBar
+        case focusWindows
+        case folderDocuments
+        case folderDownload
+        case folderDragAccept
+        case folderMusic
+        case folderNew
+        case folderOpen
+        case folderPictures
+        case folderPublicshare
+        case folderRemote
+        case folderSavedSearch
+        case folder
+        case folderTemplates
+        case folderVideos
+        case folderVisiting
+        case fontSelect
+        case fontXGeneric
+        case formatIndentLessRtl
+        case formatIndentLess
+        case formatIndentMoreRtl
+        case formatIndentMore
+        case formatJustifyCenter
+        case formatJustifyFill
+        case formatJustifyLeft
+        case formatJustifyRight
+        case formatTextBold
+        case formatTextDirectionLtr
+        case formatTextDirectionRtl
+        case formatTextDirection
+        case formatTextItalic
+        case formatTextPlaintext
+        case formatTextRich
+        case formatTextStrikethrough
+        case formatTextUnderline
+        case functionLinear
+        case gestureSwipeLeft
+        case gestureSwipeRight
+        case gnomeDisksStateStandby
+        case gnomePowerManager
+        case goBottom
+        case goDown
+        case goFirst
+        case goHome
+        case goJumpRtl
+        case goJump
+        case goLast
+        case goNext
+        case goPrevious
+        case goTop
+        case goUp
+        case goaAccountExchange
+        case goaAccountGoogle
+        case goaAccountLastfm
+        case goaAccountMsn
+        case goaAccountOwncloud
+        case goaAccount
+        case goaPanel
+        case gtk3Demo
+        case gtk3WidgetFactory
+        case helpAbout
+        case helpBrowser
+        case helpContents
+        case helpFaq
+        case imageLoading
+        case imageMissing
+        case imageXGeneric
+        case info
+        case inodeDirectory
+        case inputDialpad
+        case inputGaming
+        case inputKeyboard
+        case inputMouse
+        case inputTablet
+        case inputTouchpad
+        case insertImage
+        case insertLink
+        case insertObject
+        case insertText
+        case keyboardBrightness
+        case langClass
+        case langDefine
+        case langEnum
+        case langEnumValue
+        case langFunction
+        case langInclude
+        case langMethod
+        case langNamespace
+        case langStructField
+        case langStruct
+        case langTypedef
+        case langUnion
+        case langVariable
+        case libreofficeBase
+        case libreofficeCalc
+        case libreofficeDraw
+        case libreofficeImpress
+        case libreofficeMain
+        case libreofficeMath
+        case libreofficeWriter
+        case listAdd
+        case listDragHandle
+        case listRemoveAll
+        case listRemove
+        case locationServicesActive
+        case locationServicesDisabled
+        case mailAttachment
+        case mailForward
+        case mailMarkImportant
+        case mailMarkJunk
+        case mailMarkNotjunk
+        case mailMessageNew
+        case mailRead
+        case mailRepliedRtl
+        case mailReplied
+        case mailReplyAllRtl
+        case mailReplyAll
+        case mailReplySender
+        case mailSendReceive
+        case mailSend
+        case mailUnread
+        case markLocation
+        case mediaEject
+        case mediaFlash
+        case mediaFloppy
+        case mediaOpticalBd
+        case mediaOpticalCdAudio
+        case mediaOpticalCd
+        case mediaOpticalDvd
+        case mediaOptical
+        case mediaPlaybackPause
+        case mediaPlaybackStart
+        case mediaPlaybackStop
+        case mediaPlaylistConsecutive
+        case mediaPlaylistRepeatSong
+        case mediaPlaylistRepeat
+        case mediaPlaylistShuffle
+        case mediaRecord
+        case mediaRemovable
+        case mediaSeekBackward
+        case mediaSeekForward
+        case mediaSkipBackward
+        case mediaSkipForward
+        case mediaTape
+        case mediaViewSubtitles
+        case mediaZip
+        case microphoneDisabled
+        case microphoneHardwareDisabled
+        case microphoneSensitivityHigh
+        case microphoneSensitivityLow
+        case microphoneSensitivityMedium
+        case microphoneSensitivityMuted
+        case modem
+        case multimediaPlayerAppleIpodTouch
+        case multimediaPlayer
+        case multimediaVolumeControl
+        case networkCellular_2g
+        case networkCellular_3g
+        case networkCellular_4g
+        case networkCellular_5g
+        case networkCellularAcquiringRtl
+        case networkCellularAcquiring
+        case networkCellularConnected
+        case networkCellularDisabledRtl
+        case networkCellularDisabled
+        case networkCellularEdge
+        case networkCellularGprs
+        case networkCellularHardwareDisabledRtl
+        case networkCellularHardwareDisabled
+        case networkCellularHspa
+        case networkCellularNoRouteRtl
+        case networkCellularNoRoute
+        case networkCellularOfflineRtl
+        case networkCellularOffline
+        case networkCellularSignalExcellentRtl
+        case networkCellularSignalExcellent
+        case networkCellularSignalGoodRtl
+        case networkCellularSignalGood
+        case networkCellularSignalNoneRtl
+        case networkCellularSignalNone
+        case networkCellularSignalOkRtl
+        case networkCellularSignalOk
+        case networkCellularSignalWeakRtl
+        case networkCellularSignalWeak
+        case networkCellular
+        case networkError
+        case networkIdle
+        case networkNoRoute
+        case networkOffline
+        case networkReceive
+        case networkServer
+        case networkTransmitReceive
+        case networkTransmit
+        case networkVpnAcquiring
+        case networkVpnDisabled
+        case networkVpnDisconnected
+        case networkVpnNoRoute
+        case networkVpn
+        case networkWiredAcquiring
+        case networkWiredDisconnected
+        case networkWiredNoRoute
+        case networkWired
+        case networkWirelessAcquiring
+        case networkWirelessConnected
+        case networkWirelessDisabled
+        case networkWirelessEncrypted
+        case networkWirelessHardwareDisabled
+        case networkWirelessHotspot
+        case networkWirelessNoRoute
+        case networkWirelessOffline
+        case networkWirelessSignalExcellent
+        case networkWirelessSignalGood
+        case networkWirelessSignalNone
+        case networkWirelessSignalOk
+        case networkWirelessSignalWeak
+        case networkWireless
+        case networkWorkgroup
+        case nightLightDisabled
+        case nightLight
+        case nmDeviceWiredSecure
+        case nmDeviceWired
+        case nmDeviceWwan
+        case nonStarred
+        case notificationsDisabled
+        case objectFlipHorizontal
+        case objectFlipVertical
+        case objectRotateLeft
+        case objectRotateRight
+        case objectSelect
+        case openMenu
+        case orca
+        case fedoraprojectAnacondaInstaller = "org.fedoraproject.AnacondaInstaller"
+        case freedesktopMalcontentControl = "org.freedesktop.MalcontentControl"
+        case gnomeAdwaita1Demo = "org.gnome.Adwaita1.Demo"
+        case gnomeBoxes = "org.gnome.Boxes"
+        case gnomeBuilder = "org.gnome.Builder"
+        case gnomeCalculator = "org.gnome.Calculator"
+        case gnomeCharacters = "org.gnome.Characters"
+        case gnomeCheese = "org.gnome.Cheese"
+        case gnomeConsole = "org.gnome.Console"
+        case gnomeDiskUtility = "org.gnome.DiskUtility"
+        case gnomeEpiphany = "org.gnome.Epiphany"
+        case gnomeEvince = "org.gnome.Evince"
+        case gnomeLogs = "org.gnome.Logs"
+        case gnomeMaps = "org.gnome.Maps"
+        case gnomeNautilus = "org.gnome.Nautilus"
+        case gnomePhotos = "org.gnome.Photos"
+        case gnomeRhythmbox3 = "org.gnome.Rhythmbox3"
+        case gnomeSettingsAbout = "org.gnome.Settings-about"
+        case gnomeSettingsAccessibility = "org.gnome.Settings-accessibility"
+        case gnomeSettingsAppearance = "org.gnome.Settings-appearance"
+        case gnomeSettingsApplications = "org.gnome.Settings-applications"
+        case gnomeSettingsBluetooth = "org.gnome.Settings-bluetooth"
+        case gnomeSettingsCamera = "org.gnome.Settings-camera"
+        case gnomeSettingsColor = "org.gnome.Settings-color"
+        case gnomeSettingsDefaultApps = "org.gnome.Settings-default-apps"
+        case gnomeSettingsDiagnostics = "org.gnome.Settings-diagnostics"
+        case gnomeSettingsDisplay = "org.gnome.Settings-display"
+        case gnomeSettingsFileHistory = "org.gnome.Settings-file-history"
+        case gnomeSettingsKeyboard = "org.gnome.Settings-keyboard"
+        case gnomeSettingsLocation = "org.gnome.Settings-location"
+        case gnomeSettingsMicrophone = "org.gnome.Settings-microphone"
+        case gnomeSettingsMobileNetwork = "org.gnome.Settings-mobile-network"
+        case gnomeSettingsMouse = "org.gnome.Settings-mouse"
+        case gnomeSettingsMultitasking = "org.gnome.Settings-multitasking"
+        case gnomeSettingsNetwork = "org.gnome.Settings-network"
+        case gnomeSettingsNotifications = "org.gnome.Settings-notifications"
+        case gnomeSettingsOnlineAccounts = "org.gnome.Settings-online-accounts"
+        case gnomeSettingsPower = "org.gnome.Settings-power"
+        case gnomeSettingsPinters = "org.gnome.Setting-printers"
+        case gnomeSettingsRegion = "org.gnome.Settings-region"
+        case gnomeSettingsRemovableMedia = "org.gnome.Settings-removable-media"
+        case gnomeSettingsSearch = "org.gnome.Settings-search"
+        case gnomeSettingsSharing = "org.gnome.Settings-sharing"
+        case gnomeSettingsSound = "org.gnome.Settings-sound"
+        case gnomeSettings = "org.gnome.Settings"
+        case gnomeSettingsSystemLockScreen = "org.gnome.Settings-system-lock-screen"
+        case gnomeSettingsThunderbolt = "org.gnome.Settings-thunderbolt"
+        case gnomeSettingsTime = "org.gnome.Settings-time"
+        case gnomeSettingsUsers = "org.gnome.Settings-users"
+        case gnomeSettingsWacom = "org.gnome.Settings-wacom"
+        case gnomeShellExtensions = "org.gnome.Shell.Extensions"
+        case gnomeSoftware = "org.gnome.Software"
+        case gnomeSystemMonitor = "org.gnome.SystemMonitor"
+        case gnomeTextEditor = "org.gnome.TextEditor"
+        case gnomeTotem = "org.gnome.Totem"
+        case gnomeWeather = "org.gnome.Weather"
+        case gnomeYelp = "org.gnome.Yelp"
+        case gnomeBaobab = "org.gnome.baobab"
+        case gnomeClocks = "org.gnome.clocks"
+        case gnomeDesignIconLibrary = "org.gnome.design.IconLibrary"
+        case gnomeEog = "org.gnome.eog"
+        case gnomeFontViewer = "org.gnome.font-viewer"
+        case gnomeTweaks = "org.gnome.tweaks"
+        case gtkDemo4 = "org.gtk.Demo4"
+        case gtkIconBrowser4 = "org.gtk.IconBrowser4"
+        case gtkPrintEditor4 = "org.gtk.PrintEditor4"
+        case gtkWidgetFactory4 = "org.gtk.WidgetFactory4"
+        case gtkGtk4NodeEditor = "org.gtk.gtk4.NodeEditor"
+        case orientationLandscapeInverse
+        case orientationLandscape
+        case orientationPortraitInverse
+        case orientationPortraitLeft
+        case orientationPortraitRight
+        case orientationProtrait
+        case packageXGeneric
+        case panDown
+        case panEnd
+        case panStart
+        case panUp
+        case panelBottom
+        case panelCenter
+        case panelLeft
+        case panelModified
+        case panelRight
+        case panelTop
+        case pda
+        case phoneAppleIphone
+        case phoneOld
+        case phone
+        case powerProfileBalancedRtl
+        case powerProfileBalanced
+        case powerProfilePerformanceRtl
+        case powerProfilePerformance
+        case powerProfilePowerSaverRtl
+        case powerProfilePowerSaver
+        case preferencesColor
+        case preferencesDesktopAccessibility
+        case preferencesDesktopAppearance
+        case preferencesDesktopApps
+        case preferencesDesktopDisplay
+        case preferencesDesktopFont
+        case preferencesDesktopKeyboardShortcuts
+        case preferencesDesktopKeyboard
+        case preferencesDesktopLocale
+        case preferencesDesktopMultitasking
+        case preferencesDesktopRemoteDesktop
+        case preferencesDesktopScreensaver
+        case preferencesDesktopWallpaper
+        case preferencesOther
+        case preferencesSystemDetails
+        case preferencesSystemDevices
+        case preferencesSystemNetworkProxy
+        case preferencesSystemNetwork
+        case preferencesSystemNotifications
+        case preferencesSystemParentalControls
+        case preferencesSystemPrivacy
+        case preferencesSystemSearch
+        case preferencesSystemSharing
+        case preferencesSystem
+        case preferencesSystemTime
+        case printerError
+        case printerNetwork
+        case printerPrinting
+        case printer
+        case printerWarning
+        case processStop
+        case processWorking
+        case radioChecked
+        case radioMixed
+        case radio
+        case rotationAllowed
+        case rotationLocked
+        case scanner
+        case screenShared
+        case securityHigh
+        case securityLow
+        case securityMediumRtl
+        case securityMedium
+        case selectionEnd
+        case selectionMode
+        case selectionStart
+        case semiStarredRtl
+        case semiStarred
+        case sendTo
+        case sidebarShowRight
+        case sidebarShow
+        case softwareUpdateAvailable
+        case softwareUpdateUrgent
+        case speedometer
+        case starNew
+        case starred
+        case startHere
+        case switchOff
+        case switchOn
+        case systemFileManager
+        case systemHelp
+        case systemLockScreen
+        case systemLogOutRtl
+        case systemLogOut
+        case systemReboot
+        case systemRun
+        case systemSearch
+        case systemShutdown
+        case systemSoftwareInstall
+        case systemSwitchUserRtl
+        case systemSwitchUser
+        case systemUsers
+        case tabNew
+        case tablet
+        case taskDue
+        case taskPastDue
+        case temperature
+        case textEditor
+        case textXGeneric
+        case thunderboltAcquiring
+        case thunderbolt
+        case toolsCheckSpelling
+        case totemTv
+        case touchDisabled
+        case touchpadDisabled
+        case tv
+        case uninterruptiblePowerSupply
+        case userAvailable
+        case userAway
+        case userBookmarks
+        case userBusy
+        case userDesktop
+        case userHome
+        case userIdle
+        case userInfo
+        case userInvisible
+        case userNotTracked
+        case userOffline
+        case userStatusPending
+        case userTrashFull
+        case userTrash
+        case utilitiesTerminal
+        case valueDecrease
+        case valueIncrease
+        case videoDisplay
+        case videoJoineDisplays
+        case videoSingleDisplay
+        case videoXGeneric
+        case viewAppGrid
+        case viewConceal
+        case viewContinuous
+        case viewDual
+        case viewFullscreen
+        case viewGrid
+        case viewListBulletRtl
+        case viewListBullet
+        case viewListOrderedRtl
+        case viewListOrdered
+        case viewListRtl
+        case viewList
+        case viewMirror
+        case viewMoreHorizontal
+        case viewMore
+        case viewPagedRtl
+        case viewPaged
+        case viewPin
+        case viewRefresh
+        case viewRestore
+        case viewReveal
+        case viewSortAscendingRtl
+        case viewSortAscending
+        case viewSortDescendingRtl
+        case viewSortDescending
+        case viewWrappedRtl
+        case viewWrapped
+        case weatherClearNight
+        case weatherClear
+        case weatherFewCloudsNight
+        case weatherFewClouds
+        case weatherFog
+        case weatherHourly
+        case weatherOvercast
+        case weatherSevereAlert
+        case weatherShowersScattered
+        case weatherShowers
+        case weatherSnow
+        case weatherStorm
+        case weatherTornado
+        case weatherWindy
+        case webBrowser
+        case windowClose
+        case windowMaximize
+        case windowMinimize
+        case windowNew
+        case windowRestore
+        case xOfficeAddressBook
+        case xOfficeCalendar
+        case xOfficeDocument
+        case xOfficeDrawing
+        case xOfficePresentation
+        case xOfficeSpreadsheet
+        case zoomFitBest
+        case zoomIn
+        case zoomOriginal
+        case zoomOut
+        // swiftlint:enable missing_docs identifier_name
+
+        /// A string representation of the icon.
+        public var string: String {
+            var string = rawValue
+            if !string.hasPrefix("org.") {
+                let result = string
+                    .map { letter in
+                        if letter.isUppercase {
+                            return "-\(letter)"
+                        } else {
+                            return "\(letter)"
+                        }
+                    }
+                    .joined()
+                string = result.lowercased()
+            }
+            string = string.replacingOccurrences(of: "_plus_", with: "+")
+            string = string.replacingOccurrences(of: "_", with: "-")
+            return string + "-symbolic"
+        }
+    }
+}
+// swiftlint:enable type_body_length file_length

Sources/Adwaita/Model/Enumerations/Transition.swift

@@ -0,0 +1,75 @@
+//
+//  Transition.swift
+//  Adwaita
+//
+//  Created by david-swift on 21.01.24.
+//
+
+import CAdw
+
+/// A transition for a stack.
+public enum Transition: Int {
+
+    // swiftlint:disable missing_docs discouraged_none_name
+    case none
+    case crossfade
+    case slideRight, slideLeft, slideUp, slideDown, slideLeftRight, slideUpDown
+    case coverUp, coverDown, coverLeft, coverRight
+    case uncoverUp, uncoverDown, uncoverLeft, uncoverRight
+    case coverUpDown, coverDownUp, coverLeftRight, coverRightLeft
+    case rotateLeft, rotateRight, rotateLeftRight
+    // swiftlint:enable missing_docs discouraged_none_name
+
+    /// Get the GtkStackTransitionType transition.
+    public var cTransition: GtkStackTransitionType {
+        switch self {
+        case .none:
+            return GTK_STACK_TRANSITION_TYPE_NONE
+        case .crossfade:
+            return GTK_STACK_TRANSITION_TYPE_CROSSFADE
+        case .slideRight:
+            return GTK_STACK_TRANSITION_TYPE_SLIDE_RIGHT
+        case .slideLeft:
+            return GTK_STACK_TRANSITION_TYPE_SLIDE_LEFT
+        case .slideUp:
+            return GTK_STACK_TRANSITION_TYPE_SLIDE_UP
+        case .slideDown:
+            return GTK_STACK_TRANSITION_TYPE_SLIDE_DOWN
+        case .slideLeftRight:
+            return GTK_STACK_TRANSITION_TYPE_SLIDE_LEFT_RIGHT
+        case .slideUpDown:
+            return GTK_STACK_TRANSITION_TYPE_SLIDE_UP_DOWN
+        case .coverUp:
+            return GTK_STACK_TRANSITION_TYPE_OVER_UP
+        case .coverDown:
+            return GTK_STACK_TRANSITION_TYPE_OVER_DOWN
+        case .coverLeft:
+            return GTK_STACK_TRANSITION_TYPE_OVER_LEFT
+        case .coverRight:
+            return GTK_STACK_TRANSITION_TYPE_OVER_RIGHT
+        case .uncoverUp:
+            return GTK_STACK_TRANSITION_TYPE_UNDER_UP
+        case .uncoverDown:
+            return GTK_STACK_TRANSITION_TYPE_UNDER_DOWN
+        case .uncoverLeft:
+            return GTK_STACK_TRANSITION_TYPE_UNDER_LEFT
+        case .uncoverRight:
+            return GTK_STACK_TRANSITION_TYPE_UNDER_RIGHT
+        case .coverUpDown:
+            return GTK_STACK_TRANSITION_TYPE_OVER_UP_DOWN
+        case .coverDownUp:
+            return GTK_STACK_TRANSITION_TYPE_OVER_DOWN_UP
+        case .coverLeftRight:
+            return GTK_STACK_TRANSITION_TYPE_OVER_LEFT_RIGHT
+        case .coverRightLeft:
+            return GTK_STACK_TRANSITION_TYPE_OVER_RIGHT_LEFT
+        case .rotateLeft:
+            return GTK_STACK_TRANSITION_TYPE_ROTATE_LEFT
+        case .rotateRight:
+            return GTK_STACK_TRANSITION_TYPE_ROTATE_RIGHT
+        case .rotateLeftRight:
+            return GTK_STACK_TRANSITION_TYPE_ROTATE_LEFT_RIGHT
+        }
+    }
+
+}

Sources/Adwaita/Model/Extensions/Array.swift

@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 //  Created by david-swift on 06.08.23.
 //
 
-import Libadwaita
+import Foundation
 
 extension Array: View where Element == View {
 
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ extension Array: View where Element == View {
             var modified = self
             for (index, view) in modified.enumerated() {
                 for modifier in modifiers {
-                    modified[index] = modifier(view)
+                    modified[safe: index] = modifier(view)
                 }
             }
             return VStack { modified }
@@ -53,6 +53,28 @@ extension Array where Element == WindowSceneGroup {
 
 }
 
+extension Array where Element == String {
+
+    /// Get the C version of the array.
+    var cArray: UnsafePointer<UnsafePointer<CChar>?>? {
+        let cStrings = self.map { $0.utf8CString }
+        let cStringPointers = cStrings.map { $0.withUnsafeBufferPointer { $0.baseAddress } }
+        let optionalCStringPointers = cStringPointers + [nil]
+        var optionalCStringPointersCopy = optionalCStringPointers
+        optionalCStringPointersCopy.withUnsafeMutableBufferPointer { bufferPointer in
+            bufferPointer.baseAddress?.advanced(by: cStrings.count).pointee = nil
+        }
+        let flatArray = optionalCStringPointersCopy.compactMap { $0 }
+        let pointer = UnsafeMutablePointer<UnsafePointer<CChar>?>.allocate(capacity: flatArray.count + 1)
+        for (index, element) in flatArray.enumerated() {
+            pointer.advanced(by: index).pointee = element
+        }
+        pointer.advanced(by: flatArray.count).pointee = nil
+        return UnsafePointer(pointer)
+    }
+
+}
+
 extension Array {
 
     /// Accesses the element at the specified position safely.

Sources/Adwaita/Model/Extensions/Bool.swift

@@ -0,0 +1,15 @@
+//
+//  Bool.swift
+//  Adwaita
+//
+//  Created by david-swift on 15.01.24.
+//
+
+extension Bool {
+
+    /// Get the gboolean for C.
+    public var cBool: Int32 {
+        self ? 1 : 0
+    }
+
+}

Sources/Adwaita/Model/Extensions/Int.swift

@@ -0,0 +1,17 @@
+//
+//  Int.swift
+//  Adwaita
+//
+//  Created by david-swift on 15.01.24.
+//
+
+extension Int: Identifiable {
+
+    /// Get the integer itself as the identifier.
+    public var id: Int { self }
+    /// The C integer.
+    public var cInt: Int32 {
+        .init(self)
+    }
+
+}

Sources/Adwaita/Model/Extensions/Libadwaita.FileDialog.swift

@@ -1,74 +0,0 @@
-//
-//  Libadwaita.FileDialog.swift
-//  Adwaita
-//
-//  Created by david-swift on 09.12.23.
-//
-
-import Foundation
-import Libadwaita
-
-extension Libadwaita.FileDialog: WindowType {
-
-    /// An ID for the importer field.
-    static var importer: String { "importer" }
-    /// An ID for the folder field.
-    static var folder: String { "folder" }
-    /// An ID for the result field.
-    static var result: String { "result" }
-    /// An ID for the cancel field.
-    static var cancel: String { "cancel" }
-
-    /// Whether the file dialog is an importer.
-    var isImporter: Bool {
-        get {
-            fields[Self.importer] as? Bool ?? true
-        }
-        set {
-            fields[Self.importer] = newValue
-        }
-    }
-    /// The selected folder in the file dialog.
-    var folder: URL? {
-        get {
-            fields[Self.folder] as? URL
-        }
-        set {
-            fields[Self.folder] = newValue
-        }
-    }
-    /// A closure triggered on selecting a file in the dialog.
-    var onResult: ((URL) -> Void) {
-        get {
-            fields[Self.result] as? (URL) -> Void ?? { _ in }
-        }
-        set {
-            fields[Self.result] = newValue
-        }
-    }
-    /// A closure triggered when the dialog is canceled.
-    var onCancel: (() -> Void) {
-        get {
-            fields[Self.cancel] as? () -> Void ?? { }
-        }
-        set {
-            fields[Self.cancel] = newValue
-        }
-    }
-
-    /// Set the window's parent window.
-    /// - Parameter parent: The parent window.
-    ///
-    /// Currently not implemented.
-    public func setParentWindow(_ parent: WindowType) { }
-
-    /// Display the file dialog.
-    public func show() {
-        if isImporter {
-            self.open(folder: folder, onResult, onClose: onCancel)
-        } else {
-            self.save(folder: folder, onResult, onClose: onCancel)
-        }
-    }
-
-}

Sources/Adwaita/Model/Extensions/NativeWidgetPeer.swift

@@ -1,37 +0,0 @@
-//
-//  NativeWidgetPeer.swift
-//  Adwaita
-//
-//  Created by david-swift on 05.08.23.
-//
-
-import Libadwaita
-
-extension NativeWidgetPeer: Widget {
-
-    /// A `Libadwaita.NativeWidgetPeer` is static.
-    /// - Parameters:
-    ///     - storage: The view storage.
-    ///     - modifiers: Modify views before being updated.
-    public func update(_ storage: ViewStorage, modifiers: [(View) -> View]) { }
-
-    /// A `Libadwaita.NativeWidgetPeer`'s container is itself.
-    /// - Parameter modifiers: Modify views before being updated.
-    /// - Returns: The view storage.
-    public func container(modifiers: [(View) -> View]) -> ViewStorage {
-        let bold = "\(modifier(code: 1))"
-        let yellow = 33
-        let warning = "\(modifier(code: yellow))\(bold)"
-        let reset = modifier(code: 0)
-        print("\(warning)warning: \(reset)discouraged use of GTUI widgets (here: \(bold)\(Self.self)\(reset)) in views")
-        return .init(self)
-    }
-
-    /// Get a modifier stirng.
-    /// - Parameter code: The modifier.
-    /// - Returns: The string.
-    private func modifier(code: Int) -> String {
-        "\u{001B}[\(code)m"
-    }
-
-}

Sources/Adwaita/Model/Extensions/OpaquePointer.swift

@@ -0,0 +1,16 @@
+//
+//  OpaquePointer.swift
+//  Adwaita
+//
+//  Created by david-swift on 15.01.23.
+//
+
+extension OpaquePointer {
+
+    /// Convert an opaque pointer into an unsafe mutable pointer with a defined type.
+    /// - Returns: The unsafe mutable pointer.
+    public func cast<T>() -> UnsafeMutablePointer<T> {
+        .init(self)
+    }
+
+}

Sources/Adwaita/Model/Extensions/Set.swift

@@ -0,0 +1,35 @@
+//
+//  Set.swift
+//  Adwaita
+//
+//  Created by david-swift on 21.01.24.
+//
+
+extension Set where Element == Edge {
+
+    /// Horizontal and vertical edges.
+    public static var all: Self { vertical.union(horizontal) }
+
+    /// Top and bottom edges.
+    public static var vertical: Self { top.union(bottom) }
+
+    /// Leading and trailing edges.
+    public static var horizontal: Self { leading.union(trailing) }
+
+    /// Top edge.
+    public static var top: Self { [.top] }
+
+    /// Bottom edge.
+    public static var bottom: Self { [.bottom] }
+
+    /// Leading edge.
+    public static var leading: Self { [.leading] }
+
+    /// Trailing edge.
+    public static var trailing: Self { [.trailing] }
+
+    /// Add a collection of edges to a collection of edges.
+    /// - Parameter edges: The collection of edges.
+    /// - Returns: Both collections combined.
+    public func add(_ edges: Self) -> Self { union(edges) }
+}

Sources/Adwaita/Model/Extensions/String.swift

@@ -14,4 +14,28 @@ extension String {
     /// A label for the navigation label in a GTUI widget's fields.
     static var navigationLabel: Self { "navigation-label" }
 
+    /// Add the Ctrl key to a shortcut.
+    /// - Returns: The shortcut.
+    public func ctrl() -> String { "<Ctrl>\(self)" }
+
+    /// Add the Shift key to a shortcut.
+    /// - Returns: The shortcut.
+    public func shift() -> String { "<Shift>\(self)" }
+
+    /// Add the Alt key to a shortcut.
+    /// - Returns: The shortcut.
+    public func alt() -> String { "<Alt>\(self)" }
+
+    /// Add the Meta key to a shortcut.
+    /// - Returns: The shortcut.
+    public func meta() -> String { "<Meta>\(self)" }
+
+    /// Add the Super key to a shortcut.
+    /// - Returns: The shortcut.
+    public func `super`() -> String { "<Super>\(self)" }
+
+    /// Add the Hyper key to a shortcut.
+    /// - Returns: The shortcut.
+    public func hyper() -> String { "<Hyper>\(self)" }
+
 }

Sources/Adwaita/Model/Extensions/UInt.swift

@@ -0,0 +1,15 @@
+//
+//  UInt.swift
+//  Adwaita
+//
+//  Created by david-swift on 19.01.24.
+//
+
+extension UInt {
+
+    /// Convert an unsigned integer into the C form.
+    public var cInt: UInt32 {
+        .init(self)
+    }
+
+}

Sources/Adwaita/Model/Extensions/UnsafeMutablePointer.swift

@@ -0,0 +1,23 @@
+//
+//  UnsafeMutablePointer.swift
+//  Adwaita
+//
+//  Created by david-swift on 15.01.24.
+//
+
+extension UnsafeMutablePointer {
+
+    /// Convert into an opaque pointer.
+    /// - Returns: The opaque pointer.
+    public func opaque() -> OpaquePointer {
+        .init(self)
+    }
+
+    /// Convert into an unsafe mutable pointer of another type.
+    /// - Returns: The unsafe mutable pointer.
+    public func cast<T>() -> UnsafeMutablePointer<T> {
+        let pointer = UnsafeMutableRawPointer(self).bindMemory(to: T.self, capacity: 1)
+        return UnsafeMutablePointer<T>(mutating: pointer)
+    }
+
+}

Sources/Adwaita/Model/Extensions/UnsafeMutableRawPointer.swift

@@ -0,0 +1,17 @@
+//
+//  UnsafeMutableRawPointer.swift
+//  Adwaita
+//
+//  Created by david-swift on 15.01.24.
+//
+
+extension UnsafeMutableRawPointer {
+
+    /// Convert into an unsafe mutable pointer of a certain type.
+    /// - Returns: The unsafe mutable pointer.
+    public func cast<T>() -> UnsafeMutablePointer<T> {
+        let pointer = UnsafeMutableRawPointer(self).bindMemory(to: T.self, capacity: 1)
+        return UnsafeMutablePointer<T>(mutating: pointer)
+    }
+
+}

Sources/Adwaita/Model/User Interface/App/App.swift

@@ -5,8 +5,6 @@
 //  Created by david-swift on 05.08.23.
 //
 
-import Libadwaita
-
 /// A structure conforming to `App` is the entry point of your app.
 ///
 /// ```swift

Sources/Adwaita/Model/User Interface/App/GTUIApp.swift

@@ -5,16 +5,21 @@
 //  Created by david-swift on 05.08.23.
 //
 
-import Libadwaita
+import CAdw
 
 /// The GTUI application.
-public class GTUIApp: Application {
+public class GTUIApp {
 
     /// The handlers which are called when a state changes.
     static var updateHandlers: [() -> Void] = []
     /// The app's id for the file name for storing the data.
     static var appID = "temporary"
 
+    /// The pointer to the application.
+    public var pointer: UnsafeMutablePointer<GtkApplication>?
+    /// Fields for additional information.
+    public var fields: [String: Any] = [:]
+
     /// The app's content.
     var body: () -> App
     /// The scenes that are displayed.
@@ -28,11 +33,11 @@ public class GTUIApp: Application {
     ///     - body: The application's content.
     init(_ id: String, body: @escaping () -> App) {
         self.body = body
-        super.init(name: id)
+        self.pointer = adw_application_new(id, G_APPLICATION_DEFAULT_FLAGS)?.cast()
     }
 
     /// The entry point of the application.
-    override public func onActivate() {
+    public func onActivate() {
         let body = body()
         for windowScene in body.scene.windows() {
             for _ in 0..<windowScene.open {
@@ -42,6 +47,53 @@ public class GTUIApp: Application {
         }
     }
 
+    /// Run the application.
+    public func run() {
+        let data = ViewStorage.SignalData { self.onActivate() }
+        fields["run"] = data
+        g_signal_connect_data(
+            pointer?.cast(),
+            "activate",
+            unsafeBitCast(data.handler, to: GCallback.self),
+            Unmanaged.passUnretained(data).toOpaque().cast(),
+            nil,
+            G_CONNECT_AFTER
+        )
+        g_application_run(pointer?.cast(), 0, nil)
+    }
+
+    /// Add a keyboard shortcut to the application.
+    /// - Parameters:
+    ///     - shortcut: The keyboard shortcut.
+    ///     - id: The action's id.
+    ///     - window: Optionally an application window.
+    ///     - handler: The action's handler.
+    public func addKeyboardShortcut(
+        _ shortcut: String,
+        id: String,
+        window: GTUIApplicationWindow? = nil,
+        handler: @escaping () -> Void
+    ) {
+        let action = g_simple_action_new(id, nil)
+        let data = ViewStorage.SignalData(closure: handler)
+        g_signal_connect_data(
+            action?.cast(),
+            "activate",
+            unsafeBitCast(data.threeParamsHandler, to: GCallback.self),
+            Unmanaged.passUnretained(data).toOpaque().cast(),
+            nil,
+            G_CONNECT_AFTER
+        )
+        if let window {
+            g_action_map_add_action(.init(window.pointer), action)
+            window.fields[id] = data
+        } else {
+            g_action_map_add_action(.init(pointer), action)
+            fields[id] = data
+        }
+        gtk_application_set_accels_for_action(pointer, (window == nil ? "app." : "win.") + id, [shortcut].cArray)
+    }
+
     /// Focus the window with a certain id. Create the window if it doesn't already exist.
     /// - Parameters:
     ///     - id: The window's id.
@@ -75,4 +127,10 @@ public class GTUIApp: Application {
         }
       }
     }
+
+    /// Terminate the application.
+    public func quit() {
+        g_application_quit(pointer?.cast())
+    }
+
 }

Sources/Adwaita/Model/User Interface/Menu/MenuItem.swift

@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 //  Created by david-swift on 22.10.23.
 //
 
-import Libadwaita
+import CAdw
 
 /// A structure representing the content for a certain menu item type.
 public protocol MenuItem: MenuItemGroup {
@@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ public protocol MenuItem: MenuItemGroup {
     ///   - menu: The menu.
     ///   - app: The application containing the menu.
     ///   - window: The application window containing the menu.
-    func addMenuItem(menu: Libadwaita.Menu, app: GTUIApp, window: GTUIApplicationWindow?)
+    func addMenuItem(menu: OpaquePointer?, app: GTUIApp, window: GTUIApplicationWindow?)
 
 }
 

Sources/Adwaita/Model/User Interface/Menu/MenuItemGroup.swift

@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 //  Created by david-swift on 22.10.23.
 //
 
-import Libadwaita
+import CAdw
 
 /// A structure conforming to `MenuItemGroup` can be added to the content accepting a menu.
 public protocol MenuItemGroup {
@@ -19,7 +19,7 @@ extension MenuItemGroup {
 
     /// Add the menu items described by the group to a menu.
     /// - Parameter menu: The menu.
-    func addMenuItems(menu: Libadwaita.Menu, app: GTUIApp, window: GTUIApplicationWindow?) {
+    func addMenuItems(menu: OpaquePointer?, app: GTUIApp, window: GTUIApplicationWindow?) {
         for element in content {
             if let item = element as? MenuItem {
                 item.addMenuItem(menu: menu, app: app, window: window)

Sources/Adwaita/Model/User Interface/View/View.swift

@@ -5,8 +5,6 @@
 //  Created by david-swift on 05.08.23.
 //
 
-import Libadwaita
-
 /// A structure conforming to `View` is referred to as a view.
 /// It can be part of a body.
 ///
@@ -37,13 +35,7 @@ extension View {
         if let peer = modified as? Widget {
             return peer
         } else {
-            var state: [String: StateProtocol] = [:]
+            return StateWrapper(content: { view }, state: getState())
-            for property in Mirror(reflecting: self).children {
-                if let label = property.label, let value = property.value as? StateProtocol {
-                    state[label] = value
-                }
-            }
-            return StateWrapper(content: { view }, state: state)
         }
     }
 
@@ -56,10 +48,20 @@ extension View {
         if let widget = modified as? Widget {
             widget.update(storage, modifiers: modifiers)
         } else {
-            StateWrapper { self }.update(storage, modifiers: modifiers)
+            StateWrapper(content: { view }, state: getState()).update(storage, modifiers: modifiers)
         }
     }
 
+    func getState() -> [String: StateProtocol] {
+        var state: [String: StateProtocol] = [:]
+        for property in Mirror(reflecting: self).children {
+            if let label = property.label, let value = property.value as? StateProtocol {
+                state[label] = value
+            }
+        }
+        return state
+    }
+
     /// Get a storage.
     /// - Parameter modifiers: Modify views before being updated.
     /// - Returns: The storage.

Sources/Adwaita/Model/User Interface/View/ViewStorage.swift

@@ -5,31 +5,194 @@
 //  Created by david-swift on 31.08.23.
 //
 
-import Libadwaita
+import CAdw
 
 /// Store a rendered view in a view storage.
 public class ViewStorage {
 
-    /// The GTUI widget.
+    /// The pointer.
-    public var view: NativeWidgetPeer
+    public var pointer: OpaquePointer?
     /// The view's content.
     public var content: [String: [ViewStorage]]
     /// The view's state (used in `StateWrapper`).
     public var state: [String: StateProtocol]
+    /// The signal handlers.
+    public var handlers: [String: SignalData] = [:]
+    /// Other properties.
+    public var fields: [String: Any] = [:]
 
     /// Initialize a view storage.
     /// - Parameters:
-    ///   - view: The GTUI widget.
+    ///   - pointer: The pointer to the Gtk widget.
     ///   - content: The view's content.
     ///   - state: The view's state.
     public init(
-        _ view: NativeWidgetPeer,
+        _ pointer: OpaquePointer?,
         content: [String: [ViewStorage]] = [:],
         state: [String: StateProtocol] = [:]
     ) {
-        self.view = view
+        self.pointer = pointer
         self.content = content
         self.state = state
     }
 
+    /// Data to pass to signal handlers.
+    public class SignalData {
+
+        /// The closure.
+        public var closure: ([UnsafeMutableRawPointer]) -> Void
+
+        /// The closure as a C handler.
+        var handler: @convention(c) (UnsafeMutableRawPointer, UnsafeMutableRawPointer) -> Void {
+            { _, data in
+                let data = unsafeBitCast(data, to: SignalData.self)
+                data.closure([])
+            }
+        }
+
+        /// The closure as a C handler with three parameters.
+        var threeParamsHandler: @convention(c) (
+                UnsafeMutableRawPointer,
+                UnsafeMutableRawPointer,
+                UnsafeMutableRawPointer
+        ) -> Void {
+            { _, arg1, data in
+                let data = unsafeBitCast(data, to: SignalData.self)
+                data.closure([arg1])
+            }
+        }
+
+        /// The closure as a C handler with four parameters.
+        var fourParamsHandler: @convention(c) (
+                UnsafeMutableRawPointer,
+                UnsafeMutableRawPointer,
+                UnsafeMutableRawPointer,
+                UnsafeMutableRawPointer
+        ) -> Void {
+            { _, arg1, arg2, data in
+                let data = unsafeBitCast(data, to: SignalData.self)
+                data.closure([arg1, arg2])
+            }
+        }
+
+        /// The closure as a C handler with five parameters.
+        var fiveParamsHandler: @convention(c) (
+                UnsafeMutableRawPointer,
+                UnsafeMutableRawPointer,
+                UnsafeMutableRawPointer,
+                UnsafeMutableRawPointer,
+                UnsafeMutableRawPointer
+        ) -> Void {
+            { _, arg1, arg2, arg3, data in
+                let data = unsafeBitCast(data, to: SignalData.self)
+                data.closure([arg1, arg2, arg3])
+                print("Hi")
+            }
+        }
+
+        /// Initialize the signal data.
+        /// - Parameter closure: The signal's closure.
+        public convenience init(closure: @escaping () -> Void) {
+            self.init { _ in closure() }
+        }
+
+        /// Initialize the signal data.
+        /// - Parameter closure: The signal's closure.
+        public init(closure: @escaping ([UnsafeMutableRawPointer]) -> Void) {
+            self.closure = closure
+        }
+
+    }
+
+    /// Connect a handler to the observer of a property.
+    /// - Parameters:
+    ///     - name: The property's name.
+    ///     - id: The handlers id to separate form others connecting to the signal.
+    ///     - connectFlags: The GConnectFlags.
+    ///     - handler: The signal's handler.
+    public func notify(
+        name: String,
+        id: String = "",
+        connectFlags: GConnectFlags = G_CONNECT_AFTER,
+        handler: @escaping () -> Void
+    ) {
+        let name = "notify::" + name
+        connectSignal(name: name, id: id, connectFlags: connectFlags, argCount: 1, handler: handler)
+    }
+
+    /// Connect a handler to a signal.
+    /// - Parameters:
+    ///     - name: The signal's name.
+    ///     - id: The handlers id to separate form others connecting to the signal.
+    ///     - connectFlags: The GConnectFlags.
+    ///     - argCount: The number of additional arguments (without the first and the last one).
+    ///     - handler: The signal's handler.
+    public func connectSignal(
+        name: String,
+        id: String = "",
+        connectFlags: GConnectFlags = G_CONNECT_AFTER,
+        argCount: Int = 0,
+        handler: @escaping () -> Void
+    ) {
+        connectSignal(name: name, id: id, connectFlags: connectFlags, argCount: argCount) { _ in
+            handler()
+        }
+    }
+
+    /// Connect a handler to a signal.
+    /// - Parameters:
+    ///     - name: The signal's name.
+    ///     - id: The handlers id to separate form others connecting to the signal.
+    ///     - connectFlags: The GConnectFlags.
+    ///     - argCount: The number of additional arguments (without the first and the last one).
+    ///     - handler: The signal's handler.
+    public func connectSignal(
+        name: String,
+        id: String = "",
+        connectFlags: GConnectFlags = G_CONNECT_AFTER,
+        argCount: Int = 0,
+        handler: @escaping ([UnsafeMutableRawPointer]) -> Void
+    ) {
+        if let data = handlers[name + id] {
+            data.closure = handler
+        } else {
+            let data = SignalData(closure: handler)
+            handlers[name + id] = data
+            let callback: GCallback
+            let three = 3
+            let two = 2
+            if argCount >= three {
+                callback = unsafeBitCast(data.fiveParamsHandler, to: GCallback.self)
+            } else if argCount == two {
+                callback = unsafeBitCast(data.fourParamsHandler, to: GCallback.self)
+            } else if argCount == 1 {
+                callback = unsafeBitCast(data.threeParamsHandler, to: GCallback.self)
+            } else {
+                callback = unsafeBitCast(data.handler, to: GCallback.self)
+            }
+            g_signal_connect_data(
+                pointer?.cast(),
+                name,
+                callback,
+                Unmanaged.passUnretained(data).toOpaque().cast(),
+                nil,
+                connectFlags
+            )
+        }
+    }
+
+    /// Modify the view.
+    /// - Parameter modify: The modification function.
+    public func modify(_ modify: (OpaquePointer?) -> Void) {
+        modify(pointer)
+    }
+
+    /// Convert the pointer to a pointer of a certain type and modify the view.
+    /// - Parameters:
+    ///     - type: The pointer's type.
+    ///     - modify: The modification function.
+    public func modify<T>(_ type: T.Type, _ modify: (UnsafeMutablePointer<T>?) -> Void) {
+        modify(pointer?.cast())
+    }
+
 }

Sources/Adwaita/Model/User Interface/View/Widget.swift

@@ -5,8 +5,6 @@
 //  Created by david-swift on 16.08.23.
 //
 
-import Libadwaita
-
 /// A widget is a view that know about its GTUI widget.
 public protocol Widget: View {
 

Sources/Adwaita/Model/User Interface/Window/GTUIAboutWindow.swift

@@ -0,0 +1,49 @@
+//
+//  GTUIAboutWindow.swift
+//  Adwaita
+//
+//  Created by david-swift on 21.01.24.
+//
+
+import CAdw
+
+/// A GTUI about window.
+public class GTUIAboutWindow: GTUIWindow {
+
+    /// Initialize an about window using the AppStream metadata.
+    /// - Parameter filePath: The path.
+    public init(filePath: String? = nil) {
+        super.init(fields: [:])
+        if let filePath {
+            pointer = adw_about_window_new_from_appdata(filePath, nil)?.cast()
+        } else {
+            pointer = adw_about_window_new()?.cast()
+        }
+    }
+
+    /// Set the general data.
+    /// - Parameters:
+    ///     - title: The app name.
+    ///     - icon: The app icon.
+    ///     - developer: The app's developer.
+    ///     - version: The app's version.
+    public func generalData(title: String, icon: Icon, developer: String, version: String) {
+        adw_about_window_set_application_name(.init(pointer), title)
+        adw_about_window_set_application_icon(.init(pointer), icon.string)
+        adw_about_window_set_developer_name(.init(pointer), developer)
+        adw_about_window_set_version(.init(pointer), version)
+    }
+
+    /// Set the website.
+    /// - Parameter url: The website.
+    public func website(url: String) {
+        adw_about_window_set_website(.init(pointer), url)
+    }
+
+    /// Set the URL for issues.
+    /// - Parameter issues: The issues website.
+    public func issues(url: String) {
+        adw_about_window_set_issue_url(.init(pointer), url)
+    }
+
+}

Sources/Adwaita/Model/User Interface/Window/GTUIApplicationWindow.swift

@@ -5,7 +5,35 @@
 //  Created by david-swift on 19.10.23.
 //
 
-import Libadwaita
+import CAdw
 
 /// A GTUI application window.
-public typealias GTUIApplicationWindow = Libadwaita.ApplicationWindow
+public class GTUIApplicationWindow: GTUIWindow {
+
+    /// The window's parent app.
+    public var app: GTUIApp
+
+    /// Initialize the application window.
+    /// - Parameter app: The application.
+    public init(app: GTUIApp) {
+        self.app = app
+        super.init(fields: [:])
+        pointer = adw_application_window_new(app.pointer)?.cast()
+    }
+
+    /// Add a keyboard shortcut.
+    /// - Parameters:
+    ///     - shortcut: The keyboard shortcut.
+    ///     - id: The action's id.
+    ///     - handler: The action's handler.
+    public func addKeyboardShortcut(_ shortcut: String, id: String, handler: @escaping () -> Void) {
+        app.addKeyboardShortcut(shortcut, id: id, window: self, handler: handler)
+    }
+
+    /// Set the window's child.
+    /// - Parameter child: The child.
+    override public func setChild(_ child: OpaquePointer?) {
+        adw_application_window_set_content(pointer?.cast(), child?.cast())
+    }
+
+}

Sources/Adwaita/Model/User Interface/Window/GTUIFileDialog.swift

@@ -0,0 +1,138 @@
+//
+//  GTUIFileDialog.swift
+//  Adwaita
+//
+//  Created by david-swift on 09.12.23.
+//
+
+import CAdw
+import Foundation
+
+/// A GTUI file dialog window.
+public class GTUIFileDialog: WindowType {
+
+    /// The file dialog's pointer.
+    public var pointer: OpaquePointer?
+    /// Fields for additional data.
+    public var fields: [String: Any] = [:]
+    /// A link to the file dialog.
+    var selfAddr: UInt64 {
+        unsafeBitCast(self, to: UInt64.self)
+    }
+    /// The parent window.
+    var parent: OpaquePointer?
+    /// Whether the file dialog is an importer.
+    var isImporter = false
+    /// The selected folder in the file dialog.
+    var folder: URL?
+    /// A closure triggered on selecting a file in the dialog.
+    var onResult: (URL) -> Void = { _ in }
+    /// A closure triggered when the dialog is canceled.
+    var onCancel: () -> Void = { }
+
+    /// Initialize the window.
+    public init() {
+        pointer = gtk_file_dialog_new()
+    }
+
+    /// Set the window's parent window.
+    /// - Parameter parent: The parent window.
+    public func setParentWindow(_ parent: WindowType) {
+        if let window = parent as? GTUIWindow {
+            self.parent = .init(window.pointer)
+        }
+    }
+
+    /// Set the initial name.
+    /// - Parameter name: The parent window.
+    public func setInitialName(_ name: String) {
+        gtk_file_dialog_set_initial_name(pointer, name)
+    }
+
+    // swiftlint:disable discouraged_optional_collection
+    /// Set the allowed file extensions.
+    /// - Parameters:
+    ///     - extensions: The file extensions.
+    public func setExtensions(_ extensions: [String]?) {
+        if let extensions {
+            let filter = gtk_file_filter_new()
+            for name in extensions {
+                gtk_file_filter_add_suffix(filter, name)
+            }
+            gtk_file_dialog_set_default_filter(pointer, filter)
+        } else {
+            gtk_file_dialog_set_default_filter(pointer, nil)
+        }
+    }
+    // swiftlint:enable discouraged_optional_collection
+
+    /// Display the file dialog.
+    public func show() {
+        if let folder {
+            gtk_file_dialog_set_initial_folder(pointer, g_file_new_for_path(folder.absoluteString))
+        }
+        if isImporter {
+            gtui_filedialog_open(UInt64(Int(bitPattern: pointer)), selfAddr, UInt64(Int(bitPattern: parent)))
+        } else {
+            gtui_filedialog_save(UInt64(Int(bitPattern: pointer)), selfAddr, UInt64(Int(bitPattern: parent)))
+        }
+    }
+
+    /// Run this when a file gets opened.
+    /// - Parameter path: The file path.
+    func onOpen(_ path: String) {
+        let url = URL(fileURLWithPath: path)
+        onResult(url)
+    }
+
+    /// Run this when a file gets saved.
+    /// - Parameter path: The file path.
+    func onSave(_ path: String) {
+        let url = URL(fileURLWithPath: path)
+        onResult(url)
+    }
+
+    /// Run this when the user cancels the action.
+    func onClose() {
+        onCancel()
+    }
+
+}
+
+/// Run when a file should be opened.
+/// - Parameters:
+///   - ptr: The pointer.
+///   - file: The path to the file.
+///   - userData: The file dialog data.
+@_cdecl("filedialog_on_open_cb")
+func filedialog_on_open_cb(
+    ptr: UnsafeMutableRawPointer,
+    file: UnsafePointer<CChar>?,
+    userData: UnsafeMutableRawPointer
+) {
+    let dialog = Unmanaged<GTUIFileDialog>.fromOpaque(userData).takeUnretainedValue()
+    if let file {
+        dialog.onOpen(.init(cString: file))
+    } else {
+        dialog.onClose()
+    }
+}
+
+/// Run when a file should be saved.
+/// - Parameters:
+///   - ptr: The pointer.
+///   - file: The path to the file.
+///   - userData: The file dialog data.
+@_cdecl("filedialog_on_save_cb")
+func filedialog_on_save_cb(
+    ptr: UnsafeMutableRawPointer,
+    file: UnsafePointer<CChar>?,
+    userData: UnsafeMutableRawPointer
+) {
+    let dialog = Unmanaged<GTUIFileDialog>.fromOpaque(userData).takeUnretainedValue()
+    if let file {
+        dialog.onSave(.init(cString: file))
+    } else {
+        dialog.onClose()
+    }
+}

Sources/Adwaita/Model/User Interface/Window/GTUIWindow.swift

@@ -5,19 +5,93 @@
 //  Created by david-swift on 12.10.23.
 //
 
-import Libadwaita
+import CAdw
 
 /// A GTUI window.
-public typealias GTUIWindow = Libadwaita.Window
+public class GTUIWindow: WindowType {
 
-extension GTUIWindow: WindowType {
+    /// The window's pointer.
+    public var pointer: UnsafeMutablePointer<GtkWindow>?
+    /// Fields for additional information.
+    public var fields: [String: Any] = [:]
+
+    /// Initialize the window.
+    public init() {
+        pointer = adw_window_new()?.cast()
+    }
+
+    /// Initialize the window, but not the pointer.
+    /// - Parameter fields: The fields.
+    init(fields: [String: Any]) {
+        self.fields = fields
+    }
+
+    /// Set the default window size.
+    /// - Parameters:
+    ///     - width: The width.
+    ///     - height: The height.
+    public func setDefaultSize(width: Int?, height: Int?) {
+        gtk_window_set_default_size(pointer, width?.cInt ?? -1, height?.cInt ?? -1)
+    }
+
+    /// Set the resizability.
+    /// - Parameter resizable: Whether the window is resizable.
+    public func setResizability(_ resizable: Bool) {
+        gtk_window_set_resizable(pointer, resizable.cBool)
+    }
+
+    /// Set the deletability.
+    /// - Parameter deletable: Whether the window is deletable.
+    public func setDeletability(_ deletable: Bool) {
+        gtk_window_set_deletable(pointer, deletable.cBool)
+    }
+
+    /// Set the window title.
+    /// - Parameter title: The window's title.
+    public func setTitle(_ title: String) {
+        gtk_window_set_title(pointer, title)
+    }
+
+    /// Set the window's child.
+    /// - Parameter child: The child.
+    public func setChild(_ child: OpaquePointer?) {
+        gtk_window_set_child(pointer, child?.cast())
+    }
+
+    /// Present the window.
+    public func show() {
+        gtk_window_present(pointer)
+    }
+
+    /// Observe when the window is being closed.
+    /// - Parameter observer: The signal closure.
+    public func observeHide(observer: @escaping () -> Void) {
+        let hideObserver = ViewStorage.SignalData(closure: observer)
+        self.fields["observe-hide"] = hideObserver
+        g_signal_connect_data(
+            pointer?.cast(),
+            "destroy",
+            unsafeBitCast(hideObserver.handler, to: GCallback.self),
+            Unmanaged.passUnretained(hideObserver).toOpaque().cast(),
+            nil,
+            G_CONNECT_AFTER
+        )
+    }
+
+    /// Close the window.
+    public func close() {
+        gtk_window_close(pointer)
+    }
 
     /// Set the window's parent window.
     /// - Parameter parent: The parent window.
     public func setParentWindow(_ parent: WindowType) {
+        // swiftlint:disable prefer_self_in_static_references
         if let window = parent as? GTUIWindow {
-            self.setParent(window)
+            gtk_window_set_modal(pointer, 1)
+            gtk_window_set_transient_for(pointer, window.pointer)
         }
+        // swiftlint:enable prefer_self_in_static_references
     }
 
 }

Sources/Adwaita/Model/User Interface/Window/WindowScene.swift

@@ -5,8 +5,6 @@
 //  Created by david-swift on 05.08.23.
 //
 
-import Libadwaita
-
 /// A structure representing the content for a certain window type.
 public protocol WindowScene: WindowSceneGroup {
 

Sources/Adwaita/Model/User Interface/Window/WindowStorage.swift

@@ -5,8 +5,6 @@
 //  Created by david-swift on 31.08.23.
 //
 
-import Libadwaita
-
 /// A storage for an app's window.
 public class WindowStorage {
 

Sources/Adwaita/Model/User Interface/Window/WindowType.swift

@@ -5,8 +5,6 @@
 //  Created by david-swift on 09.12.23.
 //
 
-import Libadwaita
-
 /// A window type.
 public protocol WindowType {
 

Sources/Adwaita/View/Banner+.swift

@@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
+//
+//  Banner+.swift
+//  Adwaita
+//
+//  Created by david-swift on 17.01.24.
+//
+
+import CAdw
+
+extension Banner {
+
+    /// Initialize a text widget.
+    /// - Parameters:
+    ///     - title: The content.
+    ///     - visible: Whether the banner is visible.
+    public init(_ title: String, visible: Bool) {
+        self.init(title: title)
+        self = self.revealed(visible)
+    }
+
+    /// Configure the banner's button.
+    /// - Parameters:
+    ///     - label: The button's title.
+    ///     - handler: The button's handler.
+    /// - Returns: The banner.
+    public func button(_ label: String, handler: @escaping () -> Void) -> Self {
+        buttonLabel(label)
+            .buttonClicked {
+                handler()
+            }
+    }
+
+}

Sources/Adwaita/View/Banner.swift

@@ -1,76 +0,0 @@
-//
-//  Banner.swift
-//  Adwaita
-//
-//  Created by david-swift on 03.01.24.
-//
-
-import Libadwaita
-
-/// A banner widget.
-public struct Banner: Widget {
-
-    /// The content.
-    var title: String
-    /// Whether the banner is visible.
-    var visible: Bool
-    /// The button's label.
-    var buttonLabel: String?
-    /// The button's handler.
-    var handler: () -> Void = { }
-
-    /// Initialize a text widget.
-    /// - Parameters:
-    ///     - title: The content.
-    ///     - visible: Whether the banner is visible.
-    public init(_ title: String, visible: Bool) {
-        self.title = title
-        self.visible = visible
-    }
-
-    /// Update the view storage of the text widget.
-    /// - Parameters:
-    ///     - storage: The view storage.
-    ///     - modifiers: Modify views before being updated.
-    public func update(_ storage: ViewStorage, modifiers: [(View) -> View]) {
-        if let banner = storage.view as? Libadwaita.Banner {
-            update(banner: banner)
-        }
-    }
-
-    /// Get the container of the text widget.
-    /// - Returns: The view storage.
-    public func container(modifiers: [(View) -> View]) -> ViewStorage {
-        let banner = Libadwaita.Banner(title)
-        update(banner: banner)
-        return .init(banner)
-    }
-
-    /// Update the banner.
-    /// - Parameter banner: The banner.
-    func update(banner: Libadwaita.Banner) {
-        _ = banner.title(title)
-        if let buttonLabel {
-            _ = banner.buttonLabel(buttonLabel)
-            _ = banner.buttonHandler(handler)
-        }
-        if visible {
-            banner.show()
-        } else {
-            banner.hide()
-        }
-    }
-
-    /// Configure the banner's button.
-    /// - Parameters:
-    ///     - label: The button's title.
-    ///     - handler: The button's handler.
-    /// - Returns: The banner.
-    public func button(_ label: String, handler: @escaping () -> Void) -> Self {
-        var newSelf = self
-        newSelf.buttonLabel = label
-        newSelf.handler = handler
-        return newSelf
-    }
-
-}

Sources/Adwaita/View/Button+.swift

@@ -0,0 +1,64 @@
+//
+//  Button+.swift
+//  Adwaita
+//
+//  Created by david-swift on 15.01.24.
+//
+
+import CAdw
+
+/// A button widget.
+extension Button {
+
+    // swiftlint:disable function_default_parameter_at_end
+    /// Initialize a button.
+    /// - Parameters:
+    ///   - label: The button's label.
+    ///   - icon: The button's icon.
+    ///   - handler: The button's action handler.
+    public init(_ label: String? = nil, icon: Icon, handler: @escaping () -> Void) {
+        self.init()
+        self = self.child {
+            ButtonContent()
+                .label(label)
+                .iconName(icon.string)
+        }
+        self = self.clicked(handler)
+    }
+    // swiftlint:enable function_default_parameter_at_end
+
+    /// Initialize a button.
+    /// - Parameters:
+    ///   - label: The buttons label.
+    ///   - handler: The button's action handler.
+    public init(_ label: String, handler: @escaping () -> Void) {
+        self.init()
+        self = self.label(label)
+        self = self.clicked(handler)
+    }
+
+    /// Create a keyboard shortcut for an application window from a button.
+    ///
+    /// Note that the keyboard shortcut is available after the view has been visible for the first time.
+    /// - Parameters:
+    ///     - shortcut: The keyboard shortcut.
+    ///     - window: The application window.
+    /// - Returns: The button.
+    public func keyboardShortcut(_ shortcut: String, window: GTUIApplicationWindow) -> Self {
+        window.addKeyboardShortcut(shortcut, id: shortcut) { self.clicked?() }
+        return self
+    }
+
+    /// Create a keyboard shortcut for an application from a button.
+    ///
+    /// Note that the keyboard shortcut is available after the view has been visible for the first time.
+    /// - Parameters:
+    ///     - shortcut: The keyboard shortcut.
+    ///     - window: The application.
+    /// - Returns: The button.
+    public func keyboardShortcut(_ shortcut: String, app: GTUIApp) -> Self {
+        app.addKeyboardShortcut(shortcut, id: shortcut) { self.clicked?() }
+        return self
+    }
+
+}

Sources/Adwaita/View/Button.swift

@@ -1,98 +0,0 @@
-//
-//  Button.swift
-//  Adwaita
-//
-//  Created by david-swift on 10.09.23.
-//
-
-import Libadwaita
-
-/// A button widget.
-public struct Button: Widget {
-
-    /// The button's label.
-    var label: String?
-    /// The button's icon.
-    var icon: Icon?
-    /// The button's action handler.
-    var handler: () -> Void
-
-    // swiftlint:disable function_default_parameter_at_end
-    /// Initialize a button.
-    /// - Parameters:
-    ///   - label: The button's label.
-    ///   - icon: The button's icon.
-    ///   - handler: The button's action handler.
-    public init(_ label: String? = nil, icon: Icon, handler: @escaping () -> Void) {
-        self.label = label
-        self.icon = icon
-        self.handler = handler
-    }
-    // swiftlint:enable function_default_parameter_at_end
-
-    /// Initialize a button.
-    /// - Parameters:
-    ///   - label: The buttons label.
-    ///   - handler: The button's action handler.
-    public init(_ label: String, handler: @escaping () -> Void) {
-        self.label = label
-        self.handler = handler
-    }
-
-    /// Update a button's view storage.
-    /// - Parameters:
-    ///     - storage: The view storage.
-    ///     - modifiers: Modify views before being updated.
-    public func update(_ storage: ViewStorage, modifiers: [(View) -> View]) {
-        if let button = storage.view as? Libadwaita.Button {
-            let content = button.getContent()
-            if let label {
-                if icon == nil {
-                  button.setLabel(label)
-                } else {
-                  content?.setLabel(label)
-                }
-            }
-            if let icon {
-                content?.setIcon(icon)
-            }
-            _ = button.handler(handler)
-        }
-    }
-
-    /// Get a button's view storage.
-    /// - Parameter modifiers: Modify views before being updated.
-    /// - Returns: The button's view storage.
-    public func container(modifiers: [(View) -> View]) -> ViewStorage {
-        if let icon {
-            return .init(Libadwaita.Button(label, icon: icon).handler(handler))
-        } else {
-            return .init(Libadwaita.Button(label ?? .init()).handler(handler))
-        }
-    }
-
-    /// Create a keyboard shortcut for an application window from a button.
-    ///
-    /// Note that the keyboard shortcut is available after the view has been visible for the first time.
-    /// - Parameters:
-    ///     - shortcut: The keyboard shortcut.
-    ///     - window: The application window.
-    /// - Returns: The button.
-    public func keyboardShortcut(_ shortcut: String, window: GTUIApplicationWindow) -> Self {
-        window.addKeyboardShortcut(shortcut, id: shortcut, handler: handler)
-        return self
-    }
-
-    /// Create a keyboard shortcut for an application from a button.
-    ///
-    /// Note that the keyboard shortcut is available after the view has been visible for the first time.
-    /// - Parameters:
-    ///     - shortcut: The keyboard shortcut.
-    ///     - window: The application.
-    /// - Returns: The button.
-    public func keyboardShortcut(_ shortcut: String, app: GTUIApp) -> Self {
-        app.addKeyboardShortcut(shortcut, id: shortcut, handler: handler)
-        return self
-    }
-
-}

Sources/Adwaita/View/Carousel+.swift

@@ -0,0 +1,17 @@
+//
+//  Carousel+.swift
+//  Adwaita
+//
+//  Created by david-swift on 18.01.24.
+//
+
+extension Carousel {
+
+    /// Set whether long swipes are allowed or not.
+    /// - Parameter longSwipes: Whether long swipes are allowed.
+    /// - Returns: The carousel.
+    public func longSwipes(_ longSwipes: Bool = true) -> Self {
+        allowLongSwipes(longSwipes)
+    }
+
+}

Sources/Adwaita/View/Carousel.swift

@@ -1,49 +0,0 @@
-//
-//  Carousel.swift
-//  Adwaita
-//
-//  Created by david-swift on 01.01.24.
-//
-
-import Libadwaita
-
-/// A carousel view.
-public struct Carousel<Element>: View where Element: Identifiable {
-
-    /// The elements.
-    var elements: [Element]
-    /// The content.
-    var content: (Element) -> Body
-    /// Whether long swipes are allowed.
-    var allowLongSwipes = false
-
-    /// The view.
-    public var view: Body {
-        Container(elements, content: content) {
-            Libadwaita.Carousel()
-        }
-        .inspect { _ = ($0 as? Libadwaita.Carousel)?.longSwipes(allowLongSwipes) }
-    }
-
-    /// Initialize `Carousel`.
-    /// - Parameters:
-    ///   - elements: The elements.
-    ///   - content: The view for an element.
-    public init(
-        _ elements: [Element],
-        @ViewBuilder content: @escaping (Element) -> Body
-    ) {
-        self.content = content
-        self.elements = elements
-    }
-
-    /// Set whether long swipes are allowed or not.
-    /// - Parameter longSwipes: Whether long swipes are allowed.
-    /// - Returns: The carousel.
-    public func longSwipes(_ longSwipes: Bool = true) -> Self {
-        var newSelf = self
-        newSelf.allowLongSwipes = longSwipes
-        return newSelf
-    }
-
-}

Sources/Adwaita/View/Container.swift

@@ -1,101 +0,0 @@
-//
-//  Container.swift
-//  Adwaita
-//
-//  Created by david-swift on 01.01.24.
-//
-
-import LevenshteinTransformations
-import Libadwaita
-
-/// A container widget.
-public struct Container<Type, Element>: Widget
-where Element: Identifiable, Type: InsertableContainer, Type: NativeWidgetPeer {
-
-    /// The elements.
-    var elements: [Element]
-    /// The content.
-    var content: (Element) -> Body
-    /// Get the container for initialization.
-    var container: () -> Type
-
-    /// The identifier of the elements storage.
-    let elementsID = "elements"
-
-    /// Initialize `Container`.
-    /// - Parameters:
-    ///   - elements: The elements.
-    ///   - content: The view for an element.
-    ///   - container: Get the initial Libadwaita container widget.
-    public init(
-        _ elements: [Element],
-        @ViewBuilder content: @escaping (Element) -> Body,
-        container: @escaping () -> Type
-    ) {
-        self.content = content
-        self.elements = elements
-        self.container = container
-    }
-
-    /// Update a view storage.
-    /// - Parameters:
-    ///     - storage: The view storage.
-    ///     - modifiers: Modify views before being updated.
-    public func update(_ storage: ViewStorage, modifiers: [(View) -> View]) {
-        if let container = storage.view as? Type {
-            var content: [ViewStorage] = storage.content[.mainContent] ?? []
-            updateContainer(container, content: .init { content } set: { content = $0 }, modifiers: modifiers)
-            storage.content[.mainContent] = content
-            for (index, element) in elements.enumerated() {
-                self.content(element).widget(modifiers: modifiers).update(content[index], modifiers: modifiers)
-            }
-        }
-    }
-
-    /// Get a view storage.
-    /// - Parameter modifiers: Modify views before being updated.
-    /// - Returns: The view storage.
-    public func container(modifiers: [(View) -> View]) -> ViewStorage {
-        let container = self.container()
-        var content: [ViewStorage] = []
-        updateContainer(container, content: .init { content } set: { content = $0 }, modifiers: modifiers)
-        return .init(container, content: [.mainContent: content])
-    }
-
-    /// Update the container's content.
-    /// - Parameters:
-    ///     - container: The container.
-    ///     - content: The content's view storage.
-    ///     - modifiers: The view modifiers.
-    func updateContainer(_ container: Type, content: Binding<[ViewStorage]>, modifiers: [(View) -> View]) {
-        let old = container.fields[elementsID] as? [Element] ?? []
-        old.identifiableTransform(
-            to: elements,
-            functions: .init { index, element in
-                let widget = getWidget(element: element, modifiers: modifiers)
-                _ = container.removeWidgets([content.wrappedValue[index].view])
-                _ = container.insert(widget.view, at: index)
-                content.wrappedValue.remove(at: index)
-                content.wrappedValue.insert(widget, at: index)
-            } delete: { index in
-                _ = container.removeWidgets([content.wrappedValue[index].view])
-                content.wrappedValue.remove(at: index)
-            } insert: { index, element in
-                let widget = getWidget(element: element, modifiers: modifiers)
-                _ = container.insert(widget.view, at: index)
-                content.wrappedValue.insert(widget, at: index)
-            }
-        )
-        container.fields[elementsID] = elements
-    }
-
-    /// Get the view storage of an element.
-    /// - Parameters:
-    ///     - element: The element.
-    ///     - modifiers: The modifiers.
-    /// - Returns: The view storage.
-    func getWidget(element: Element, modifiers: [(View) -> View]) -> ViewStorage {
-        self.content(element).widget(modifiers: modifiers).container(modifiers: modifiers)
-    }
-
-}

Sources/Adwaita/View/Forms/ActionRow+.swift

@@ -0,0 +1,17 @@
+//
+//  ActionRow+.swift
+//  Adwaita
+//
+//  Created by david-swift on 20.01.24.
+//
+
+/// A form content row showing a title and optionally a subtitle and widgets.
+extension ActionRow {
+
+    /// Initialize an action row.
+    /// - Parameter title: The row's title.
+    public init(_ title: String) {
+        self = self.title(title)
+    }
+
+}

Sources/Adwaita/View/Forms/ActionRow.swift

@@ -1,99 +0,0 @@
-//
-//  ActionRow.swift
-//  Adwaita
-//
-//  Created by david-swift on 03.01.24.
-//
-
-import Libadwaita
-
-/// A form content row showing a title and optionally a subtitle and widgets.
-public struct ActionRow: Widget {
-
-    /// The title.
-    var title: String
-    /// The subtitle.
-    var subtitle = ""
-    /// The prefix.
-    var prefix: Body = []
-    /// The suffix.
-    var suffix: Body = []
-
-    /// The identifier for the prefix content.
-    let prefixID = "prefix"
-    /// The identifier for the suffix content.
-    let suffixID = "suffix"
-
-    /// Initialize an action row.
-    /// - Parameter title: The row's title.
-    public init(_ title: String) {
-        self.title = title
-    }
-
-    /// Update a view storage.
-    /// - Parameters:
-    ///     - storage: The view storage.
-    ///     - modifiers: Modify views before being updated.
-    public func update(_ storage: ViewStorage, modifiers: [(View) -> View]) {
-        if let row = storage.view as? Libadwaita.ActionRow {
-            update(row: row)
-        }
-        if let prefixStorage = storage.content[prefixID]?.first {
-            prefix.widget(modifiers: modifiers).update(prefixStorage, modifiers: modifiers)
-        }
-        if let suffixStorage = storage.content[suffixID]?.first {
-            suffix.widget(modifiers: modifiers).update(suffixStorage, modifiers: modifiers)
-        }
-    }
-
-    /// Get a view storage.
-    /// - Parameter modifiers: Modify views before being updated.
-    /// - Returns: The view storage.
-    public func container(modifiers: [(View) -> View]) -> ViewStorage {
-        let row: Libadwaita.ActionRow = .init(title: title, subtitle: subtitle)
-        let prefixContent = prefix.widget(modifiers: modifiers).container(modifiers: modifiers)
-        let suffixContent = suffix.widget(modifiers: modifiers).container(modifiers: modifiers)
-        if !prefix.isEmpty {
-            _ = row.addPrefix(prefixContent.view)
-        }
-        if !suffix.isEmpty {
-            _ = row.addSuffix(suffixContent.view)
-        }
-        return .init(row, content: [prefixID: [prefixContent], suffixID: [suffixContent]])
-    }
-
-    /// Update the action row.
-    /// - Parameter row: The action row.
-    func update(row: Libadwaita.ActionRow) {
-        _ = row.title(title)
-        _ = row.subtitle(subtitle)
-    }
-
-    /// Set the action row's subtitle.
-    /// - Parameter subtitle: The subtitle.
-    /// - Returns: The action row.
-    public func subtitle(_ subtitle: String) -> Self {
-        var newSelf = self
-        newSelf.subtitle = subtitle
-        return newSelf
-    }
-
-    /// Set the action row's prefix view.
-    /// - Parameter prefix: The prefix.
-    /// - Returns: The action row.
-    public func prefix(@ViewBuilder _ prefix: @escaping () -> Body) -> Self {
-        var newSelf = self
-        newSelf.prefix = prefix()
-        return newSelf
-    }
-
-    /// Set the action row's suffix view.
-    /// - Parameter suffix: The suffix.
-    /// - Returns: The action row.
-    public func suffix(@ViewBuilder _ suffix: @escaping () -> Body) -> Self {
-        var newSelf = self
-        newSelf.suffix = suffix()
-        return newSelf
-    }
-
-}

Sources/Adwaita/View/Forms/ComboRow+.swift

@@ -0,0 +1,61 @@
+//
+//  ComboRow+.swift
+//  Adwaita
+//
+//  Created by david-swift on 20.01.24.
+//
+
+import CAdw
+import LevenshteinTransformations
+
+/// A row for selecting an element out of a list of elements.
+extension ComboRow {
+
+    static var values: String { "values" }
+    static var stringList: String { "string-list" }
+
+    /// Initialize a combo row.
+    /// - Parameters:
+    ///     - title: The row's title.
+    ///     - selection: The selected value.
+    ///     - values: The available values.
+    public init<Element>(
+        _ title: String,
+        selection: Binding<Element.ID>,
+        values: [Element]
+    ) where Element: Identifiable, Element: CustomStringConvertible {
+        self = self.title(title)
+        self = self.selected(.init {
+            .init(values.firstIndex { $0.id == selection.wrappedValue } ?? 0)
+        } set: { index in
+            if let id = values[safe: .init(index)]?.id {
+                selection.wrappedValue = id
+            }
+        })
+        appearFunctions.append { storage in
+            let list = gtk_string_list_new(nil)
+            storage.fields[Self.stringList] = list
+            adw_combo_row_set_model(storage.pointer?.cast(), list)
+        }
+        updateFunctions.append { storage in
+            if let list = storage.fields[Self.stringList] as? OpaquePointer {
+                let old = storage.fields[Self.values] as? [Element] ?? []
+                var new = values.filter { element in !old.contains { $0.id == element.id } }
+                new = old + new
+                old.identifiableTransform(
+                    to: new,
+                    functions: .init { index, element in
+                        gtk_string_list_remove(list, .init(index))
+                        gtk_string_list_append(list, element.description)
+                    } delete: { index in
+                        gtk_string_list_remove(list, .init(index))
+                    } insert: { _, element in
+                        gtk_string_list_append(list, element.description)
+                    }
+                )
+                storage.fields[Self.values] = new
+            }
+        }
+    }
+
+}

Sources/Adwaita/View/Forms/ComboRow.swift

@@ -1,132 +0,0 @@
-//
-//  ComboRow.swift
-//  Adwaita
-//
-//  Created by david-swift on 04.01.24.
-//
-
-import Libadwaita
-
-/// A row for selecting an element out of a list of elements.
-public struct ComboRow<Element>: Widget
-where Element: CustomStringConvertible, Element: Identifiable, Element: Equatable {
-
-    /// The title.
-    var title: String
-    /// The selected element.
-    @Binding var selection: Element.ID
-    /// The content.
-    var content: [Element]
-    /// The subtitle.
-    var subtitle = ""
-    /// The prefix.
-    var prefix: Body = []
-    /// The suffix.
-    var suffix: Body = []
-
-    /// The identifier for the prefix content.
-    let prefixID = "prefix"
-    /// The identifier for the suffix content.
-    let suffixID = "suffix"
-
-    /// The identifier for the elements.
-    let elementsID = "elements"
-
-    /// Initialize a combo row.
-    /// - Parameters:
-    ///     - title: The row's title.
-    ///     - selection: The selected value.
-    ///     - values: The available values.
-    public init(_ title: String, selection: Binding<Element.ID>, values: [Element]) {
-        self.title = title
-        self._selection = selection
-        content = values
-    }
-
-    /// Update a view storage.
-    /// - Parameters:
-    ///     - storage: The view storage.
-    ///     - modifiers: Modify views before being updated.
-    public func update(_ storage: ViewStorage, modifiers: [(View) -> View]) {
-        if let row = storage.view as? Libadwaita.ComboRow {
-            update(row: row)
-        }
-        if let prefixStorage = storage.content[prefixID]?.first {
-            prefix.widget(modifiers: modifiers).update(prefixStorage, modifiers: modifiers)
-        }
-        if let suffixStorage = storage.content[suffixID]?.first {
-            suffix.widget(modifiers: modifiers).update(suffixStorage, modifiers: modifiers)
-        }
-    }
-
-    /// Get a view storage.
-    /// - Parameter modifiers: Modify views before being updated.
-    /// - Returns: The view storage.
-    public func container(modifiers: [(View) -> View]) -> ViewStorage {
-        let row: Libadwaita.ComboRow = .init(title: title, subtitle: subtitle)
-        let prefixContent = prefix.widget(modifiers: modifiers).container(modifiers: modifiers)
-        let suffixContent = suffix.widget(modifiers: modifiers).container(modifiers: modifiers)
-        if !prefix.isEmpty {
-            _ = row.addPrefix(prefixContent.view)
-        }
-        if !suffix.isEmpty {
-            _ = row.addSuffix(suffixContent.view)
-        }
-        update(row: row)
-        _ = row.onChange {
-            if let element = content.first(where: { $0.description == row.selected() }), element.id != selection {
-                selection = element.id
-            }
-        }
-        return .init(row, content: [prefixID: [prefixContent], suffixID: [suffixContent]])
-    }
-
-    /// Update the combo row.
-    /// - Parameter row: The combo row.
-    func update(row: Libadwaita.ComboRow) {
-        _ = row.title(title)
-        _ = row.subtitle(subtitle)
-        let oldElements = row.fields[elementsID] as? [Element] ?? []
-        if oldElements != content {
-            for element in oldElements {
-                row.remove(at: 0)
-            }
-            for element in content {
-                row.append(element.description)
-            }
-        }
-        let index = content.firstIndex { $0.id == selection } ?? 0
-        if row.selected() != content[safe: index]?.description {
-            row.select(at: index)
-        }
-        row.fields[elementsID] = content
-    }
-
-    /// Set the combo row's subtitle.
-    /// - Parameter subtitle: The subtitle.
-    /// - Returns: The combo row.
-    public func subtitle(_ subtitle: String) -> Self {
-        var newSelf = self
-        newSelf.subtitle = subtitle
-        return newSelf
-    }
-
-    /// Set the combo row's prefix view.
-    /// - Parameter prefix: The prefix.
-    /// - Returns: The combo row.
-    public func prefix(@ViewBuilder _ prefix: @escaping () -> Body) -> Self {
-        var newSelf = self
-        newSelf.prefix = prefix()
-        return newSelf
-    }
-
-    /// Set the combo row's suffix view.
-    /// - Parameter suffix: The suffix.
-    /// - Returns: The combo row.
-    public func suffix(@ViewBuilder _ suffix: @escaping () -> Body) -> Self {
-        var newSelf = self
-        newSelf.suffix = suffix()
-        return newSelf
-    }
-
-}

Sources/Adwaita/View/Forms/EntryRow+.swift

@@ -0,0 +1,59 @@
+//
+//  EntryRow+.swift
+//  Adwaita
+//
+//  Created by david-swift on 20.01.24.
+//
+
+import CAdw
+
+extension EntryRow {
+
+    static var textField: String { "text" }
+
+    /// Initialize an entry row.
+    /// - Parameters:
+    ///     - title: The row's title.
+    ///     - text: The text.
+    public init(_ title: String, text: Binding<String>) {
+        self.init()
+        self = self.title(title)
+        appearFunctions.append { storage in
+            storage.fields[Self.textField] = text
+            storage.notify(name: "text") {
+                if let binding = storage.fields[Self.textField] as? Binding<String> {
+                    binding.wrappedValue = .init(cString: gtk_editable_get_text(storage.pointer))
+                }
+            }
+        }
+        updateFunctions.append { storage in
+            if text.wrappedValue != .init(cString: gtk_editable_get_text(storage.pointer)) {
+                gtk_editable_set_text(storage.pointer, text.wrappedValue)
+            }
+        }
+    }
+
+    /// Set the entry row's subtitle.
+    /// - Parameter subtitle: The subtitle.
+    /// - Returns: The entry row.
+    public func onSubmit(_ onSubmit: @escaping () -> Void) -> Self {
+        showApplyButton()
+            .apply(onSubmit)
+    }
+
+    /// Let the user securely enter private text.
+    /// - Parameter: The text.
+    /// - Returns: The entry row.
+    public func secure(text: Binding<String>? = nil) -> PasswordEntryRow {
+        .init(title ?? "", text: text ?? .constant(""))
+            .activatesDefault(activatesDefault)
+            .enableEmojiCompletion(enableEmojiCompletion)
+            .showApplyButton(showApplyButton)
+            .titleSelectable(titleSelectable)
+            .useMarkup(useMarkup)
+            .useUnderline(useUnderline)
+            .apply(apply ?? { })
+            .entryActivated(entryActivated ?? { })
+    }
+
+}

Sources/Adwaita/View/Forms/EntryRow.swift

@@ -1,136 +0,0 @@
-//
-//  EntryRow.swift
-//  Adwaita
-//
-//  Created by david-swift on 04.01.24.
-//
-
-import Libadwaita
-
-/// A form content row accepting text input.
-public struct EntryRow: Widget {
-
-    /// The title.
-    var title: String
-    /// The text.
-    @Binding var text: String
-    /// The prefix.
-    var prefix: Body = []
-    /// The suffix.
-    var suffix: Body = []
-    /// The handler that gets executed when the user submits the content.
-    var onSubmit: (() -> Void)?
-    /// Whether the password entry row should be used.
-    var password = false
-
-    /// The identifier for the prefix content.
-    let prefixID = "prefix"
-    /// The identifier for the suffix content.
-    let suffixID = "suffix"
-
-    /// The identifier for the title.
-    let titleID = "title"
-
-    /// Initialize an entry row.
-    /// - Parameters:
-    ///     - title: The row's title.
-    ///     - text: The text.
-    public init(_ title: String, text: Binding<String>) {
-        self.title = title
-        self._text = text
-    }
-
-    /// Update a view storage.
-    /// - Parameters:
-    ///     - storage: The view storage.
-    ///     - modifiers: Modify views before being updated.
-    public func update(_ storage: ViewStorage, modifiers: [(View) -> View]) {
-        if let row = storage.view as? Libadwaita.EntryRow {
-            update(row: row)
-        }
-        if let prefixStorage = storage.content[prefixID]?.first {
-            prefix.widget(modifiers: modifiers).update(prefixStorage, modifiers: modifiers)
-        }
-        if let suffixStorage = storage.content[suffixID]?.first {
-            suffix.widget(modifiers: modifiers).update(suffixStorage, modifiers: modifiers)
-        }
-    }
-
-    /// Get a view storage.
-    /// - Parameter modifiers: Modify views before being updated.
-    /// - Returns: The view storage.
-    public func container(modifiers: [(View) -> View]) -> ViewStorage {
-        let row: Libadwaita.EntryRow
-        if password {
-            row = PasswordEntryRow(title: title)
-        } else {
-            row = .init(title: title)
-        }
-        let prefixContent = prefix.widget(modifiers: modifiers).container(modifiers: modifiers)
-        let suffixContent = suffix.widget(modifiers: modifiers).container(modifiers: modifiers)
-        if !prefix.isEmpty {
-            _ = row.addPrefix(prefixContent.view)
-        }
-        if !suffix.isEmpty {
-            _ = row.addSuffix(suffixContent.view)
-        }
-        _ = row.changeHandler {
-            if row.contents() != text {
-                text = row.contents()
-            }
-        }
-        update(row: row)
-        return .init(row, content: [prefixID: [prefixContent], suffixID: [suffixContent]])
-    }
-
-    /// Update the entry row.
-    /// - Parameter row: The entry row.
-    func update(row: Libadwaita.EntryRow) {
-        if row.fields[titleID] as? String != title {
-            _ = row.title(title)
-            row.fields[titleID] = title
-        }
-        if row.contents() != text {
-            row.setContents(text)
-        }
-        if let onSubmit {
-            _ = row.submitHandler(onSubmit)
-        }
-    }
-
-    /// Set the entry row's subtitle.
-    /// - Parameter subtitle: The subtitle.
-    /// - Returns: The entry row.
-    public func onSubmit(_ onSubmit: @escaping () -> Void) -> Self {
-        var newSelf = self
-        newSelf.onSubmit = onSubmit
-        return newSelf
-    }
-
-    /// Set the entry row's prefix view.
-    /// - Parameter prefix: The prefix.
-    /// - Returns: The entry row.
-    public func prefix(@ViewBuilder _ prefix: @escaping () -> Body) -> Self {
-        var newSelf = self
-        newSelf.prefix = prefix()
-        return newSelf
-    }
-
-    /// Set the entry row's suffix view.
-    /// - Parameter suffix: The suffix.
-    /// - Returns: The entry row.
-    public func suffix(@ViewBuilder _ suffix: @escaping () -> Body) -> Self {
-        var newSelf = self
-        newSelf.suffix = suffix()
-        return newSelf
-    }
-
-    /// Let the user securely enter private text.
-    /// - Returns: The entry row.
-    public func secure() -> Self {
-        var newSelf = self
-        newSelf.password = true
-        return newSelf
-    }
-
-}

Sources/Adwaita/View/Forms/Form.swift

@@ -5,43 +5,24 @@
 //  Created by david-swift on 03.01.24.
 //
 
-import Libadwaita
+import CAdw
 
 /// A list with no dynamic content styled as a boxed list.
-public struct Form: Widget {
+public struct Form: View {
 
     /// The content.
-    var content: () -> Body
+    var content: Body
+
+    /// The view's body.
+    public var view: Body {
+        List([Int](content.indices), selection: nil) { index in content[index] }
+            .style("boxed-list")
+    }
 
     /// Initialize a `Form`.
     /// - Parameter content: The view content, usually different kind of rows.
     public init(@ViewBuilder content: @escaping () -> Body) {
-        self.content = content
+        self.content = content()
-    }
-
-    /// Update a view storage.
-    /// - Parameters:
-    ///     - storage: The view storage.
-    ///     - modifiers: Modify views before being updated.
-    public func update(_ storage: ViewStorage, modifiers: [(View) -> View]) {
-        content().update(storage.content[.mainContent] ?? [], modifiers: modifiers)
-    }
-
-    /// Get a view storage.
-    /// - Parameter modifiers: Modify views before being updated.
-    /// - Returns: The view storage.
-    public func container(modifiers: [(View) -> View]) -> ViewStorage {
-        let form: ListBox = .init()
-        _ = form
-            .noSelection()
-            .addStyle("boxed-list")
-        var content: [ViewStorage] = []
-        for element in self.content() {
-            let widget = element.storage(modifiers: modifiers)
-            _ = form.append(widget.view)
-            content.append(widget)
-        }
-        return .init(form, content: [.mainContent: content])
     }
 
 }

Sources/Adwaita/View/Forms/FormSection+.swift

@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+//
+//  FormSection+.swift
+//  Adwaita
+//
+//  Created by david-swift on 20.01.24.
+//
+
+/// A section usually groups forms.
+public typealias FormSection = PreferencesGroup
+
+extension FormSection {
+
+    /// Initialize a form section.
+    /// - Parameters:
+    ///     - title: The title.
+    ///     - content: The content, usually one or more forms.
+    public init(_ title: String, @ViewBuilder content: @escaping () -> Body) {
+        self.init()
+        self = self.title(title)
+        self = self.child(content)
+    }
+
+    /// Set the form section's suffix view.
+    /// - Parameter suffix: The suffix.
+    /// - Returns: The form section.
+    public func suffix(@ViewBuilder _ suffix: @escaping () -> Body) -> Self {
+        headerSuffix(suffix)
+    }
+
+}

Sources/Adwaita/View/Forms/FormSection.swift

@@ -1,89 +0,0 @@
-//
-//  FormSection.swift
-//  Adwaita
-//
-//  Created by david-swift on 03.01.24.
-//
-
-import Libadwaita
-
-/// A section usually groups forms.
-public struct FormSection: Widget {
-
-    /// The title.
-    var title: String
-    /// The content.
-    var content: Body
-    /// The description.
-    var description = ""
-    /// The suffix.
-    var suffix: Body = []
-
-    /// The identifier for the suffix content.
-    let suffixID = "suffix"
-
-    /// Initialize a form section.
-    /// - Parameters:
-    ///     - title: The title.
-    ///     - content: The content, usually one or more forms.
-    public init(_ title: String, @ViewBuilder content: () -> Body) {
-        self.title = title
-        self.content = content()
-    }
-
-    /// Update a view storage.
-    /// - Parameters:
-    ///     - storage: The view storage.
-    ///     - modifiers: Modify views before being updated.
-    public func update(_ storage: ViewStorage, modifiers: [(View) -> View]) {
-        if let group = storage.view as? Libadwaita.PreferencesGroup {
-            update(group: group)
-        }
-        if let storage = storage.content[.mainContent]?.first {
-            content.widget(modifiers: modifiers).update(storage, modifiers: modifiers)
-        }
-        if let suffixStorage = storage.content[suffixID]?.first {
-            suffix.widget(modifiers: modifiers).update(suffixStorage, modifiers: modifiers)
-        }
-    }
-
-    /// Get a view storage.
-    /// - Parameter modifiers: Modify views before being updated.
-    /// - Returns: The view storage.
-    public func container(modifiers: [(View) -> View]) -> ViewStorage {
-        let group: Libadwaita.PreferencesGroup = .init(name: title, description: description)
-        let content = content.widget(modifiers: modifiers).container(modifiers: modifiers)
-        let suffixContent = suffix.widget(modifiers: modifiers).container(modifiers: modifiers)
-        group.add(content.view)
-        if !suffix.isEmpty {
-            _ = group.headerSuffix(suffixContent.view)
-        }
-        return .init(group, content: [.mainContent: [content], suffixID: [suffixContent]])
-    }
-
-    /// Update the form section.
-    /// - Parameter group: The form section.
-    func update(group: Libadwaita.PreferencesGroup) {
-        _ = group.title(title)
-        _ = group.description(description)
-    }
-
-    /// Set the form section's description.
-    /// - Parameter description: The description.
-    /// - Returns: The form section.
-    public func description(_ description: String) -> Self {
-        var newSelf = self
-        newSelf.description = description
-        return newSelf
-    }
-
-    /// Set the form section's suffix view.
-    /// - Parameter suffix: The suffix.
-    /// - Returns: The form section.
-    public func suffix(@ViewBuilder _ suffix: @escaping () -> Body) -> Self {
-        var newSelf = self
-        newSelf.suffix = suffix()
-        return newSelf
-    }
-
-}

Sources/Adwaita/View/Forms/PasswordEntryRow+.swift

@@ -0,0 +1,43 @@
+//
+//  PasswordEntryRow+.swift
+//  Adwaita
+//
+//  Created by david-swift on 20.01.24.
+//
+
+import CAdw
+
+extension PasswordEntryRow {
+
+    static var textField: String { "text" }
+
+    /// Initialize an entry row.
+    /// - Parameters:
+    ///     - title: The row's title.
+    ///     - text: The text.
+    public init(_ title: String, text: Binding<String>) {
+        self.init()
+        self = self.title(title)
+        appearFunctions.append { storage in
+            storage.fields[Self.textField] = text
+            storage.notify(name: "text") {
+                if let binding = storage.fields[Self.textField] as? Binding<String> {
+                    binding.wrappedValue = .init(cString: gtk_editable_get_text(storage.pointer))
+                }
+            }
+        }
+        updateFunctions.append { storage in
+            if text.wrappedValue != .init(cString: gtk_editable_get_text(storage.pointer)) {
+                gtk_editable_set_text(storage.pointer, text.wrappedValue)
+            }
+        }
+    }
+
+    /// Set the entry row's subtitle.
+    /// - Parameter subtitle: The subtitle.
+    /// - Returns: The entry row.
+    public func onSubmit(_ onSubmit: @escaping () -> Void) -> Self {
+        apply(onSubmit)
+    }
+
+}

Sources/Adwaita/View/Forms/SpinRow+.swift

@@ -0,0 +1,62 @@
+//
+//  SpinRow+.swift
+//  Adwaita
+//
+//  Created by david-swift on 20.01.24.
+//
+
+import CAdw
+
+extension SpinRow {
+
+    /// Initialize a spin row.
+    /// - Parameters:
+    ///     - title: The row's title.
+    ///     - value: The selected value.
+    ///     - min: The minimum value.
+    ///     - max: The maximum value.
+    public init(_ title: String, value: Binding<Int>, min: Int, max: Int) {
+        self.init(
+            title,
+            value: .init { .init(value.wrappedValue) } set: { value.wrappedValue = .init($0) },
+            min: .init(min),
+            max: .init(max)
+        )
+    }
+
+    /// Initialize a spin row.
+    /// - Parameters:
+    ///     - title: The row's title.
+    ///     - value: The selected value.
+    ///     - min: The minimum value.
+    ///     - max: The maximum value.
+    public init(_ title: String, value: Binding<Double>, min: Double, max: Double) {
+        self.init(climbRate: 1, digits: 0)
+        self = self.title(title)
+        self = self.value(value)
+        self = self.step(1)
+        updateFunctions.append { storage in
+            adw_spin_row_set_range(storage.pointer, min, max)
+        }
+    }
+
+    /// Set the difference a single click on the increase/decrease buttons makes.
+    /// - Parameter step: The increase/decrease step.
+    /// - Returns: The spin row.
+    public func step(_ step: Int) -> Self {
+        self.step(.init(step))
+    }
+
+    /// Set the difference a single click on the increase/decrease buttons makes.
+    /// - Parameter step: The increase/decrease step.
+    /// - Returns: The spin row.
+    public func step(_ step: Double) -> Self {
+        var newSelf = self
+        newSelf.updateFunctions.append { storage in
+            let adjustment = adw_spin_row_get_adjustment(storage.pointer)
+            gtk_adjustment_set_step_increment(adjustment, step)
+        }
+        return newSelf
+    }
+
+}

Sources/Adwaita/View/Forms/SpinRow.swift

@@ -1,149 +0,0 @@
-//
-//  SpinRow.swift
-//  Adwaita
-//
-//  Created by david-swift on 04.01.24.
-//
-
-import Libadwaita
-
-/// A spin row lets the user select an integer in a certain range.
-public struct SpinRow: Widget {
-
-    /// The title.
-    var title: String
-    /// The selected value.
-    @Binding var value: Int
-    /// The minimum value.
-    var min: Int
-    /// The maximum value.
-    var max: Int
-    /// The increase/decrease step.
-    var step = 1
-    /// The subtitle.
-    var subtitle = ""
-    /// The prefix.
-    var prefix: Body = []
-    /// The suffix.
-    var suffix: Body = []
-
-    /// The identifier for the prefix content.
-    let prefixID = "prefix"
-    /// The identifier for the suffix content.
-    let suffixID = "suffix"
-
-    /// The identifier of the configuration field.
-    let configID = "config"
-
-    /// Initialize a spin row.
-    /// - Parameters:
-    ///     - title: The row's title.
-    ///     - value: The selected value.
-    ///     - min: The minimum value.
-    ///     - max: The maximum value.
-    public init(_ title: String, value: Binding<Int>, min: Int, max: Int) {
-        self.title = title
-        self._value = value
-        self.min = min
-        self.max = max
-    }
-
-    /// Update a view storage.
-    /// - Parameters:
-    ///     - storage: The view storage.
-    ///     - modifiers: Modify views before being updated.
-    public func update(_ storage: ViewStorage, modifiers: [(View) -> View]) {
-        if let row = storage.view as? Libadwaita.SpinRow {
-            update(row: row)
-        }
-        if let prefixStorage = storage.content[prefixID]?.first {
-            prefix.widget(modifiers: modifiers).update(prefixStorage, modifiers: modifiers)
-        }
-        if let suffixStorage = storage.content[suffixID]?.first {
-            suffix.widget(modifiers: modifiers).update(suffixStorage, modifiers: modifiers)
-        }
-    }
-
-    /// Get a view storage.
-    /// - Parameter modifiers: Modify views before being updated.
-    /// - Returns: The view storage.
-    public func container(modifiers: [(View) -> View]) -> ViewStorage {
-        let row: Libadwaita.SpinRow = .init(
-            title: title,
-            subtitle: subtitle,
-            min: .init(min),
-            max: .init(max),
-            step: .init(step)
-        )
-        row.fields[configID] = (min, max, step)
-        let prefixContent = prefix.widget(modifiers: modifiers).container(modifiers: modifiers)
-        let suffixContent = suffix.widget(modifiers: modifiers).container(modifiers: modifiers)
-        if !prefix.isEmpty {
-            _ = row.addPrefix(prefixContent.view)
-        }
-        if !suffix.isEmpty {
-            _ = row.addSuffix(suffixContent.view)
-        }
-        _ = row.onChange {
-            let value = Int(row.getValue().rounded())
-            if self.value != value {
-                self.value = value
-            }
-        }
-        update(row: row)
-        return .init(row, content: [prefixID: [prefixContent], suffixID: [suffixContent]])
-    }
-
-    // swiftlint:disable large_tuple
-    /// Update the spin row.
-    /// - Parameter row: The spin row.
-    func update(row: Libadwaita.SpinRow) {
-        _ = row.title(title)
-        _ = row.subtitle(subtitle)
-        if row.fields[configID] as? (Int, Int, Int) ?? (0, 0, 0) != (min, max, step) {
-            _ = row.configuration(min: .init(min), max: .init(max), step: .init(step))
-            row.fields[configID] = (min, max, step)
-        }
-        if row.getValue() != .init(value) {
-            row.setValue(.init(value))
-        }
-    }
-    // swiftlint:enable large_tuple
-
-    /// Set the spin row's subtitle.
-    /// - Parameter subtitle: The subtitle.
-    /// - Returns: The spin row.
-    public func subtitle(_ subtitle: String) -> Self {
-        var newSelf = self
-        newSelf.subtitle = subtitle
-        return newSelf
-    }
-
-    /// Set the spin row's prefix view.
-    /// - Parameter prefix: The prefix.
-    /// - Returns: The spin row.
-    public func prefix(@ViewBuilder _ prefix: @escaping () -> Body) -> Self {
-        var newSelf = self
-        newSelf.prefix = prefix()
-        return newSelf
-    }
-
-    /// Set the spin row's suffix view.
-    /// - Parameter suffix: The suffix.
-    /// - Returns: The spin row.
-    public func suffix(@ViewBuilder _ suffix: @escaping () -> Body) -> Self {
-        var newSelf = self
-        newSelf.suffix = suffix()
-        return newSelf
-    }
-
-    /// Set the difference a single click on the increase/decrease buttons makes.
-    /// - Parameter step: The increase/decrease step.
-    /// - Returns: The spin row.
-    public func step(_ step: Int) -> Self {
-        var newSelf = self
-        newSelf.step = step
-        return newSelf
-    }
-
-}

Sources/Adwaita/View/Forms/SwitchRow+.swift

@@ -0,0 +1,21 @@
+//
+//  SwitchRow+.swift
+//  Adwaita
+//
+//  Created by david-swift on 20.01.24.
+//
+
+/// A row representing a boolean state.
+extension SwitchRow {
+
+    /// Initialize a switch row.
+    /// - Parameters:
+    ///     - title: The row's title.
+    ///     - isOn: Whether the switch is on.
+    public init(_ title: String, isOn: Binding<Bool>) {
+        self.init()
+        self = self.title(title)
+        self = self.active(isOn)
+    }
+
+}

Sources/Adwaita/View/Forms/SwitchRow.swift

@@ -1,113 +0,0 @@
-//
-//  SwitchRow.swift
-//  Adwaita
-//
-//  Created by david-swift on 04.01.24.
-//
-
-import Libadwaita
-
-/// A row representing a boolean state.
-public struct SwitchRow: Widget {
-
-    /// The title.
-    var title: String
-    /// Whether the switch is activated.
-    @Binding var isOn: Bool
-    /// The subtitle.
-    var subtitle = ""
-    /// The prefix.
-    var prefix: Body = []
-    /// The suffix.
-    var suffix: Body = []
-
-    /// The identifier for the prefix content.
-    let prefixID = "prefix"
-    /// The identifier for the suffix content.
-    let suffixID = "suffix"
-
-    /// Initialize a switch row.
-    /// - Parameters:
-    ///     - title: The row's title.
-    ///     - isOn: Whether the switch is on.
-    public init(_ title: String, isOn: Binding<Bool>) {
-        self.title = title
-        self._isOn = isOn
-    }
-
-    /// Update a view storage.
-    /// - Parameters:
-    ///     - storage: The view storage.
-    ///     - modifiers: Modify views before being updated.
-    public func update(_ storage: ViewStorage, modifiers: [(View) -> View]) {
-        if let row = storage.view as? Libadwaita.SwitchRow {
-            update(row: row)
-        }
-        if let prefixStorage = storage.content[prefixID]?.first {
-            prefix.widget(modifiers: modifiers).update(prefixStorage, modifiers: modifiers)
-        }
-        if let suffixStorage = storage.content[suffixID]?.first {
-            suffix.widget(modifiers: modifiers).update(suffixStorage, modifiers: modifiers)
-        }
-    }
-
-    /// Get a view storage.
-    /// - Parameter modifiers: Modify views before being updated.
-    /// - Returns: The view storage.
-    public func container(modifiers: [(View) -> View]) -> ViewStorage {
-        let row: Libadwaita.SwitchRow = .init(title: title, subtitle: subtitle)
-        let prefixContent = prefix.widget(modifiers: modifiers).container(modifiers: modifiers)
-        let suffixContent = suffix.widget(modifiers: modifiers).container(modifiers: modifiers)
-        if !prefix.isEmpty {
-            _ = row.addPrefix(prefixContent.view)
-        }
-        if !suffix.isEmpty {
-            _ = row.addSuffix(suffixContent.view)
-        }
-        _ = row.onChange {
-            if row.getActive() != isOn {
-                isOn = row.getActive()
-            }
-        }
-        update(row: row)
-        return .init(row, content: [prefixID: [prefixContent], suffixID: [suffixContent]])
-    }
-
-    /// Update the switch row.
-    /// - Parameter row: The switch row.
-    func update(row: Libadwaita.SwitchRow) {
-        _ = row.title(title)
-        _ = row.subtitle(subtitle)
-        if row.getActive() != isOn {
-            row.setActive(isOn)
-        }
-    }
-
-    /// Set the switch row's subtitle.
-    /// - Parameter subtitle: The subtitle.
-    /// - Returns: The switch row.
-    public func subtitle(_ subtitle: String) -> Self {
-        var newSelf = self
-        newSelf.subtitle = subtitle
-        return newSelf
-    }
-
-    /// Set the switch row's prefix view.
-    /// - Parameter prefix: The prefix.
-    /// - Returns: The switch row.
-    public func prefix(@ViewBuilder _ prefix: @escaping () -> Body) -> Self {
-        var newSelf = self
-        newSelf.prefix = prefix()
-        return newSelf
-    }
-
-    /// Set the switch row's suffix view.
-    /// - Parameter suffix: The suffix.
-    /// - Returns: The switch row.
-    public func suffix(@ViewBuilder _ suffix: @escaping () -> Body) -> Self {
-        var newSelf = self
-        newSelf.suffix = suffix()
-        return newSelf
-    }
-
-}

Sources/Adwaita/View/Generated/ActionRow.swift

@@ -0,0 +1,334 @@
+//
+//  ActionRow.swift
+//  Adwaita
+//
+//  Created by auto-generation on 22.01.24.
+//
+
+import CAdw
+import LevenshteinTransformations
+
+/// A [class@Gtk.ListBoxRow] used to present actions.
+/// 
+/// <picture><source srcset="action-row-dark.png" media="(prefers-color-scheme: dark)"><img src="action-row.png" alt="action-row"></picture>
+/// 
+/// The `AdwActionRow` widget can have a title, a subtitle and an icon. The row
+/// can receive additional widgets at its end, or prefix widgets at its start.
+/// 
+/// It is convenient to present a preference and its related actions.
+/// 
+/// `AdwActionRow` is unactivatable by default, giving it an activatable widget
+/// will automatically make it activatable, but unsetting it won't change the
+/// row's activatability.
+/// 
+/// ## AdwActionRow as GtkBuildable
+/// 
+/// The `AdwActionRow` implementation of the [iface@Gtk.Buildable] interface
+/// supports adding a child at its end by specifying “suffix” or omitting the
+/// “type” attribute of a <child> element.
+/// 
+/// It also supports adding a child as a prefix widget by specifying “prefix” as
+/// the “type” attribute of a <child> element.
+/// 
+/// ## CSS nodes
+/// 
+/// `AdwActionRow` has a main CSS node with name `row`.
+/// 
+/// It contains the subnode `box.header` for its main horizontal box, and
+/// `box.title` for the vertical box containing the title and subtitle labels.
+/// 
+/// It contains subnodes `label.title` and `label.subtitle` representing
+/// respectively the title label and subtitle label.
+public struct ActionRow: Widget {
+
+    /// Additional update functions for type extensions.
+    var updateFunctions: [(ViewStorage) -> Void] = []
+    /// Additional appear functions for type extensions.
+    var appearFunctions: [(ViewStorage) -> Void] = []
+
+    /// The widget to activate when the row is activated.
+    /// 
+    /// The row can be activated either by clicking on it, calling
+    /// [method@ActionRow.activate], or via mnemonics in the title.
+    /// See the [property@PreferencesRow:use-underline] property to enable
+    /// mnemonics.
+    /// 
+    /// The target widget will be activated by emitting the
+    /// [signal@Gtk.Widget::mnemonic-activate] signal on it.
+    var activatableWidget:  (() -> Body)?
+    /// The icon name for this row.
+    var iconName: String?
+    /// The subtitle for this row.
+    /// 
+    /// The subtitle is interpreted as Pango markup unless
+    /// [property@PreferencesRow:use-markup] is set to `FALSE`.
+    var subtitle: String?
+    /// The number of lines at the end of which the subtitle label will be
+    /// ellipsized.
+    /// 
+    /// If the value is 0, the number of lines won't be limited.
+    var subtitleLines: Int?
+    /// Whether the user can copy the subtitle from the label.
+    /// 
+    /// See also [property@Gtk.Label:selectable].
+    var subtitleSelectable: Bool?
+    /// The number of lines at the end of which the title label will be ellipsized.
+    /// 
+    /// If the value is 0, the number of lines won't be limited.
+    var titleLines: Int?
+    /// The title of the preference represented by this row.
+    /// 
+    /// The title is interpreted as Pango markup unless
+    /// [property@PreferencesRow:use-markup] is set to `FALSE`.
+    var title: String?
+    /// Whether the user can copy the title from the label.
+    /// 
+    /// See also [property@Gtk.Label:selectable].
+    var titleSelectable: Bool?
+    /// Whether to use Pango markup for the title label.
+    /// 
+    /// Subclasses may also use it for other labels, such as subtitle.
+    /// 
+    /// See also [func@Pango.parse_markup].
+    var useMarkup: Bool?
+    /// Whether an embedded underline in the title indicates a mnemonic.
+    var useUnderline: Bool?
+    /// This signal is emitted after the row has been activated.
+    var activated: (() -> Void)?
+    /// The body for the widget "suffix".
+    var suffix: () -> Body = { [] }
+    /// The body for the widget "prefix".
+    var prefix: () -> Body = { [] }
+    /// The application.
+    var app: GTUIApp?
+    /// The window.
+    var window: GTUIApplicationWindow?
+
+    /// Initialize `ActionRow`.
+    public init() {
+    }
+
+    /// Get the widget's view storage.
+    /// - Parameter modifiers: The view modifiers.
+    /// - Returns: The view storage.
+    public func container(modifiers: [(View) -> View]) -> ViewStorage {
+        let storage = ViewStorage(adw_action_row_new()?.opaque())
+        update(storage, modifiers: modifiers)
+        if let activatableWidgetStorage = activatableWidget?().widget(modifiers: modifiers).storage(modifiers: modifiers) {
+            storage.content["activatableWidget"] = [activatableWidgetStorage]
+            adw_action_row_set_activatable_widget(storage.pointer?.cast(), activatableWidgetStorage.pointer?.cast())
+        }
+
+        var suffixStorage: [ViewStorage] = []
+        for view in suffix() {
+            suffixStorage.append(view.storage(modifiers: modifiers))
+            adw_action_row_add_suffix(storage.pointer?.cast(), suffixStorage.last?.pointer?.cast())
+        }
+        storage.content["suffix"] = suffixStorage
+        var prefixStorage: [ViewStorage] = []
+        for view in prefix() {
+            prefixStorage.append(view.storage(modifiers: modifiers))
+            adw_action_row_add_prefix(storage.pointer?.cast(), prefixStorage.last?.pointer?.cast())
+        }
+        storage.content["prefix"] = prefixStorage
+
+        for function in appearFunctions {
+            function(storage)
+        }
+        return storage
+    }
+
+    /// Update the widget's view storage.
+    /// - Parameters:
+    ///     - storage: The view storage.
+    ///     - modifiers: The view modifiers.
+    public func update(_ storage: ViewStorage, modifiers: [(View) -> View]) {
+        if let activated {
+            storage.connectSignal(name: "activated") {
+                activated()
+            }
+        }
+        storage.modify { widget in
+            if let widget = storage.content["activatableWidget"]?.first {
+                activatableWidget?().widget(modifiers: modifiers).update(widget, modifiers: modifiers)
+            }
+            if let iconName {
+                adw_action_row_set_icon_name(widget?.cast(), iconName)
+            }
+            if let subtitle {
+                adw_action_row_set_subtitle(widget?.cast(), subtitle)
+            }
+            if let subtitleLines {
+                adw_action_row_set_subtitle_lines(widget?.cast(), subtitleLines.cInt)
+            }
+            if let subtitleSelectable {
+                adw_action_row_set_subtitle_selectable(widget?.cast(), subtitleSelectable.cBool)
+            }
+            if let titleLines {
+                adw_action_row_set_title_lines(widget?.cast(), titleLines.cInt)
+            }
+            if let title {
+                adw_preferences_row_set_title(widget?.cast(), title)
+            }
+            if let titleSelectable {
+                adw_preferences_row_set_title_selectable(widget?.cast(), titleSelectable.cBool)
+            }
+            if let useMarkup {
+                adw_preferences_row_set_use_markup(widget?.cast(), useMarkup.cBool)
+            }
+            if let useUnderline {
+                adw_preferences_row_set_use_underline(widget?.cast(), useUnderline.cBool)
+            }
+
+            if let suffixStorage = storage.content["suffix"] {
+                for (index, view) in suffix().enumerated() {
+                    if let storage = suffixStorage[safe: index] {
+                        view.updateStorage(storage, modifiers: modifiers)
+                    }
+                }
+            }
+            if let prefixStorage = storage.content["prefix"] {
+                for (index, view) in prefix().enumerated() {
+                    if let storage = prefixStorage[safe: index] {
+                        view.updateStorage(storage, modifiers: modifiers)
+                    }
+                }
+            }
+
+        }
+        for function in updateFunctions {
+            function(storage)
+        }
+    }
+
+    /// The widget to activate when the row is activated.
+    /// 
+    /// The row can be activated either by clicking on it, calling
+    /// [method@ActionRow.activate], or via mnemonics in the title.
+    /// See the [property@PreferencesRow:use-underline] property to enable
+    /// mnemonics.
+    /// 
+    /// The target widget will be activated by emitting the
+    /// [signal@Gtk.Widget::mnemonic-activate] signal on it.
+    public func activatableWidget(@ViewBuilder _ activatableWidget: @escaping (() -> Body)) -> Self {
+        var newSelf = self
+        newSelf.activatableWidget = activatableWidget
+        
+        return newSelf
+    }
+
+    /// The icon name for this row.
+    public func iconName(_ iconName: String?) -> Self {
+        var newSelf = self
+        newSelf.iconName = iconName
+        
+        return newSelf
+    }
+
+    /// The subtitle for this row.
+    /// 
+    /// The subtitle is interpreted as Pango markup unless
+    /// [property@PreferencesRow:use-markup] is set to `FALSE`.
+    public func subtitle(_ subtitle: String?) -> Self {
+        var newSelf = self
+        newSelf.subtitle = subtitle
+        
+        return newSelf
+    }
+
+    /// The number of lines at the end of which the subtitle label will be
+    /// ellipsized.
+    /// 
+    /// If the value is 0, the number of lines won't be limited.
+    public func subtitleLines(_ subtitleLines: Int?) -> Self {
+        var newSelf = self
+        newSelf.subtitleLines = subtitleLines
+        
+        return newSelf
+    }
+
+    /// Whether the user can copy the subtitle from the label.
+    /// 
+    /// See also [property@Gtk.Label:selectable].
+    public func subtitleSelectable(_ subtitleSelectable: Bool? = true) -> Self {
+        var newSelf = self
+        newSelf.subtitleSelectable = subtitleSelectable
+        
+        return newSelf
+    }
+
+    /// The number of lines at the end of which the title label will be ellipsized.
+    /// 
+    /// If the value is 0, the number of lines won't be limited.
+    public func titleLines(_ titleLines: Int?) -> Self {
+        var newSelf = self
+        newSelf.titleLines = titleLines
+        
+        return newSelf
+    }
+
+    /// The title of the preference represented by this row.
+    /// 
+    /// The title is interpreted as Pango markup unless
+    /// [property@PreferencesRow:use-markup] is set to `FALSE`.
+    public func title(_ title: String?) -> Self {
+        var newSelf = self
+        newSelf.title = title
+        
+        return newSelf
+    }
+
+    /// Whether the user can copy the title from the label.
+    /// 
+    /// See also [property@Gtk.Label:selectable].
+    public func titleSelectable(_ titleSelectable: Bool? = true) -> Self {
+        var newSelf = self
+        newSelf.titleSelectable = titleSelectable
+        
+        return newSelf
+    }
+
+    /// Whether to use Pango markup for the title label.
+    /// 
+    /// Subclasses may also use it for other labels, such as subtitle.
+    /// 
+    /// See also [func@Pango.parse_markup].
+    public func useMarkup(_ useMarkup: Bool? = true) -> Self {
+        var newSelf = self
+        newSelf.useMarkup = useMarkup
+        
+        return newSelf
+    }
+
+    /// Whether an embedded underline in the title indicates a mnemonic.
+    public func useUnderline(_ useUnderline: Bool? = true) -> Self {
+        var newSelf = self
+        newSelf.useUnderline = useUnderline
+        
+        return newSelf
+    }
+
+    /// This signal is emitted after the row has been activated.
+    public func activated(_ activated: @escaping () -> Void) -> Self {
+        var newSelf = self
+        newSelf.activated = activated
+        return newSelf
+    }
+
+    /// Set the body for "suffix".
+    /// - Parameter body: The body.
+    /// - Returns: The widget.
+    public func suffix(@ViewBuilder _ body: @escaping () -> Body) -> Self {
+        var newSelf = self
+        newSelf.suffix = body
+        return newSelf
+    }
+    /// Set the body for "prefix".
+    /// - Parameter body: The body.
+    /// - Returns: The widget.
+    public func prefix(@ViewBuilder _ body: @escaping () -> Body) -> Self {
+        var newSelf = self
+        newSelf.prefix = body
+        return newSelf
+    }
+}

Sources/Adwaita/View/Generated/Avatar.swift

@@ -0,0 +1,139 @@
+//
+//  Avatar.swift
+//  Adwaita
+//
+//  Created by auto-generation on 22.01.24.
+//
+
+import CAdw
+import LevenshteinTransformations
+
+/// A widget displaying an image, with a generated fallback.
+/// 
+/// <picture><source srcset="avatar-dark.png" media="(prefers-color-scheme: dark)"><img src="avatar.png" alt="avatar"></picture>
+/// 
+/// `AdwAvatar` is a widget that shows a round avatar.
+/// 
+/// `AdwAvatar` generates an avatar with the initials of  the
+/// [property@Avatar:text] on top of a colored background.
+/// 
+/// The color is picked based on the hash of the [property@Avatar:text].
+/// 
+/// If [property@Avatar:show-initials] is set to `FALSE`,
+/// [property@Avatar:icon-name] or `avatar-default-symbolic` is shown instead of
+/// the initials.
+/// 
+/// Use [property@Avatar:custom-image] to set a custom image.
+/// 
+/// ## CSS nodes
+/// 
+/// `AdwAvatar` has a single CSS node with name `avatar`.
+public struct Avatar: Widget {
+
+    /// Additional update functions for type extensions.
+    var updateFunctions: [(ViewStorage) -> Void] = []
+    /// Additional appear functions for type extensions.
+    var appearFunctions: [(ViewStorage) -> Void] = []
+
+    /// The name of an icon to use as a fallback.
+    /// 
+    /// If no name is set, `avatar-default-symbolic` will be used.
+    var iconName: String?
+    /// Whether initials are used instead of an icon on the fallback avatar.
+    /// 
+    /// See [property@Avatar:icon-name] for how to change the fallback icon.
+    var showInitials: Bool
+    /// The size of the avatar.
+    var size: Int
+    /// Sets the text used to generate the fallback initials and color.
+    /// 
+    /// It's only used to generate the color if [property@Avatar:show-initials] is
+    /// `FALSE`.
+    var text: String?
+    /// The application.
+    var app: GTUIApp?
+    /// The window.
+    var window: GTUIApplicationWindow?
+
+    /// Initialize `Avatar`.
+    public init(showInitials: Bool, size: Int) {
+        self.showInitials = showInitials
+        self.size = size
+    }
+
+    /// Get the widget's view storage.
+    /// - Parameter modifiers: The view modifiers.
+    /// - Returns: The view storage.
+    public func container(modifiers: [(View) -> View]) -> ViewStorage {
+        let storage = ViewStorage(adw_avatar_new(size.cInt, text, showInitials.cBool)?.opaque())
+        update(storage, modifiers: modifiers)
+
+
+        for function in appearFunctions {
+            function(storage)
+        }
+        return storage
+    }
+
+    /// Update the widget's view storage.
+    /// - Parameters:
+    ///     - storage: The view storage.
+    ///     - modifiers: The view modifiers.
+    public func update(_ storage: ViewStorage, modifiers: [(View) -> View]) {
+        storage.modify { widget in
+            if let iconName {
+                adw_avatar_set_icon_name(widget, iconName)
+            }
+            adw_avatar_set_show_initials(widget, showInitials.cBool)
+            adw_avatar_set_size(widget, size.cInt)
+            if let text {
+                adw_avatar_set_text(widget, text)
+            }
+
+
+        }
+        for function in updateFunctions {
+            function(storage)
+        }
+    }
+
+    /// The name of an icon to use as a fallback.
+    /// 
+    /// If no name is set, `avatar-default-symbolic` will be used.
+    public func iconName(_ iconName: String?) -> Self {
+        var newSelf = self
+        newSelf.iconName = iconName
+        
+        return newSelf
+    }
+
+    /// Whether initials are used instead of an icon on the fallback avatar.
+    /// 
+    /// See [property@Avatar:icon-name] for how to change the fallback icon.
+    public func showInitials(_ showInitials: Bool) -> Self {
+        var newSelf = self
+        newSelf.showInitials = showInitials
+        
+        return newSelf
+    }
+
+    /// The size of the avatar.
+    public func size(_ size: Int) -> Self {
+        var newSelf = self
+        newSelf.size = size
+        
+        return newSelf
+    }
+
+    /// Sets the text used to generate the fallback initials and color.
+    /// 
+    /// It's only used to generate the color if [property@Avatar:show-initials] is
+    /// `FALSE`.
+    public func text(_ text: String?) -> Self {
+        var newSelf = self
+        newSelf.text = text
+        
+        return newSelf
+    }
+
+}

Sources/Adwaita/View/Generated/Banner.swift

@@ -0,0 +1,161 @@
+//
+//  Banner.swift
+//  Adwaita
+//
+//  Created by auto-generation on 22.01.24.
+//
+
+import CAdw
+import LevenshteinTransformations
+
+/// A bar with contextual information.
+/// 
+/// <picture><source srcset="banner-dark.png" media="(prefers-color-scheme: dark)"><img src="banner.png" alt="banner"></picture>
+/// 
+/// Banners are hidden by default, use [property@Banner:revealed] to show them.
+/// 
+/// Banners have a title, set with [property@Banner:title]. Titles can be marked
+/// up with Pango markup, use [property@Banner:use-markup] to enable it.
+/// 
+/// The title will be shown centered or left-aligned depending on available
+/// space.
+/// 
+/// Banners can optionally have a button with text on it, set through
+/// [property@Banner:button-label]. The button can be used with a `GAction`,
+/// or with the [signal@Banner::button-clicked] signal.
+/// 
+/// ## CSS nodes
+/// 
+/// `AdwBanner` has a main CSS node with the name `banner`.
+public struct Banner: Widget {
+
+    /// Additional update functions for type extensions.
+    var updateFunctions: [(ViewStorage) -> Void] = []
+    /// Additional appear functions for type extensions.
+    var appearFunctions: [(ViewStorage) -> Void] = []
+
+    /// The label to show on the button.
+    /// 
+    /// If set to `""` or `NULL`, the button won't be shown.
+    /// 
+    /// The button can be used with a `GAction`, or with the
+    /// [signal@Banner::button-clicked] signal.
+    var buttonLabel: String?
+    /// Whether the banner is currently revealed.
+    var revealed: Bool?
+    /// The title for this banner.
+    /// 
+    /// See also: [property@Banner:use-markup].
+    var title: String
+    /// Whether to use Pango markup for the banner title.
+    /// 
+    /// See also [func@Pango.parse_markup].
+    var useMarkup: Bool?
+    /// This signal is emitted after the action button has been clicked.
+    /// 
+    /// It can be used as an alternative to setting an action.
+    var buttonClicked: (() -> Void)?
+    /// The application.
+    var app: GTUIApp?
+    /// The window.
+    var window: GTUIApplicationWindow?
+
+    /// Initialize `Banner`.
+    public init(title: String) {
+        self.title = title
+    }
+
+    /// Get the widget's view storage.
+    /// - Parameter modifiers: The view modifiers.
+    /// - Returns: The view storage.
+    public func container(modifiers: [(View) -> View]) -> ViewStorage {
+        let storage = ViewStorage(adw_banner_new(title)?.opaque())
+        update(storage, modifiers: modifiers)
+
+
+        for function in appearFunctions {
+            function(storage)
+        }
+        return storage
+    }
+
+    /// Update the widget's view storage.
+    /// - Parameters:
+    ///     - storage: The view storage.
+    ///     - modifiers: The view modifiers.
+    public func update(_ storage: ViewStorage, modifiers: [(View) -> View]) {
+        if let buttonClicked {
+            storage.connectSignal(name: "button-clicked") {
+                buttonClicked()
+            }
+        }
+        storage.modify { widget in
+            if let buttonLabel {
+                adw_banner_set_button_label(widget, buttonLabel)
+            }
+            if let revealed {
+                adw_banner_set_revealed(widget, revealed.cBool)
+            }
+            adw_banner_set_title(widget, title)
+            if let useMarkup {
+                adw_banner_set_use_markup(widget, useMarkup.cBool)
+            }
+
+
+        }
+        for function in updateFunctions {
+            function(storage)
+        }
+    }
+
+    /// The label to show on the button.
+    /// 
+    /// If set to `""` or `NULL`, the button won't be shown.
+    /// 
+    /// The button can be used with a `GAction`, or with the
+    /// [signal@Banner::button-clicked] signal.
+    public func buttonLabel(_ buttonLabel: String?) -> Self {
+        var newSelf = self
+        newSelf.buttonLabel = buttonLabel
+        
+        return newSelf
+    }
+
+    /// Whether the banner is currently revealed.
+    public func revealed(_ revealed: Bool? = true) -> Self {
+        var newSelf = self
+        newSelf.revealed = revealed
+        
+        return newSelf
+    }
+
+    /// The title for this banner.
+    /// 
+    /// See also: [property@Banner:use-markup].
+    public func title(_ title: String) -> Self {
+        var newSelf = self
+        newSelf.title = title
+        
+        return newSelf
+    }
+
+    /// Whether to use Pango markup for the banner title.
+    /// 
+    /// See also [func@Pango.parse_markup].
+    public func useMarkup(_ useMarkup: Bool? = true) -> Self {
+        var newSelf = self
+        newSelf.useMarkup = useMarkup
+        
+        return newSelf
+    }
+
+    /// This signal is emitted after the action button has been clicked.
+    /// 
+    /// It can be used as an alternative to setting an action.
+    public func buttonClicked(_ buttonClicked: @escaping () -> Void) -> Self {
+        var newSelf = self
+        newSelf.buttonClicked = buttonClicked
+        return newSelf
+    }
+
+}

Sources/Adwaita/View/Generated/Bin.swift

@@ -0,0 +1,81 @@
+//
+//  Bin.swift
+//  Adwaita
+//
+//  Created by auto-generation on 22.01.24.
+//
+
+import CAdw
+import LevenshteinTransformations
+
+/// A widget with one child.
+/// 
+/// <picture><source srcset="bin-dark.png" media="(prefers-color-scheme: dark)"><img src="bin.png" alt="bin"></picture>
+/// 
+/// The `AdwBin` widget has only one child, set with the [property@Bin:child]
+/// property.
+/// 
+/// It is useful for deriving subclasses, since it provides common code needed
+/// for handling a single child widget.
+public struct Bin: Widget {
+
+    /// Additional update functions for type extensions.
+    var updateFunctions: [(ViewStorage) -> Void] = []
+    /// Additional appear functions for type extensions.
+    var appearFunctions: [(ViewStorage) -> Void] = []
+
+    /// The child widget of the `AdwBin`.
+    var child:  (() -> Body)?
+    /// The application.
+    var app: GTUIApp?
+    /// The window.
+    var window: GTUIApplicationWindow?
+
+    /// Initialize `Bin`.
+    public init() {
+    }
+
+    /// Get the widget's view storage.
+    /// - Parameter modifiers: The view modifiers.
+    /// - Returns: The view storage.
+    public func container(modifiers: [(View) -> View]) -> ViewStorage {
+        let storage = ViewStorage(adw_bin_new()?.opaque())
+        update(storage, modifiers: modifiers)
+        if let childStorage = child?().widget(modifiers: modifiers).storage(modifiers: modifiers) {
+            storage.content["child"] = [childStorage]
+            adw_bin_set_child(storage.pointer?.cast(), childStorage.pointer?.cast())
+        }
+
+
+        for function in appearFunctions {
+            function(storage)
+        }
+        return storage
+    }
+
+    /// Update the widget's view storage.
+    /// - Parameters:
+    ///     - storage: The view storage.
+    ///     - modifiers: The view modifiers.
+    public func update(_ storage: ViewStorage, modifiers: [(View) -> View]) {
+        storage.modify { widget in
+            if let widget = storage.content["child"]?.first {
+                child?().widget(modifiers: modifiers).update(widget, modifiers: modifiers)
+            }
+
+
+        }
+        for function in updateFunctions {
+            function(storage)
+        }
+    }
+
+    /// The child widget of the `AdwBin`.
+    public func child(@ViewBuilder _ child: @escaping (() -> Body)) -> Self {
+        var newSelf = self
+        newSelf.child = child
+        
+        return newSelf
+    }
+
+}

Sources/Adwaita/View/Generated/Box.swift

@@ -0,0 +1,173 @@
+//
+//  Box.swift
+//  Adwaita
+//
+//  Created by auto-generation on 22.01.24.
+//
+
+import CAdw
+import LevenshteinTransformations
+
+/// The `GtkBox` widget arranges child widgets into a single row or column.
+/// 
+/// ![An example GtkBox](box.png)
+/// 
+/// Whether it is a row or column depends on the value of its
+/// [property@Gtk.Orientable:orientation] property. Within the other
+/// dimension, all children are allocated the same size. Of course, the
+/// [property@Gtk.Widget:halign] and [property@Gtk.Widget:valign] properties
+/// can be used on the children to influence their allocation.
+/// 
+/// Use repeated calls to [method@Gtk.Box.append] to pack widgets into a
+/// `GtkBox` from start to end. Use [method@Gtk.Box.remove] to remove widgets
+/// from the `GtkBox`. [method@Gtk.Box.insert_child_after] can be used to add
+/// a child at a particular position.
+/// 
+/// Use [method@Gtk.Box.set_homogeneous] to specify whether or not all children
+/// of the `GtkBox` are forced to get the same amount of space.
+/// 
+/// Use [method@Gtk.Box.set_spacing] to determine how much space will be minimally
+/// placed between all children in the `GtkBox`. Note that spacing is added
+/// *between* the children.
+/// 
+/// Use [method@Gtk.Box.reorder_child_after] to move a child to a different
+/// place in the box.
+/// 
+/// # CSS nodes
+/// 
+/// `GtkBox` uses a single CSS node with name box.
+/// 
+/// # Accessibility
+/// 
+/// Until GTK 4.10, `GtkBox` used the `GTK_ACCESSIBLE_ROLE_GROUP` role.
+/// 
+/// Starting from GTK 4.12, `GtkBox` uses the `GTK_ACCESSIBLE_ROLE_GENERIC` role.
+public struct Box: Widget {
+
+    /// Additional update functions for type extensions.
+    var updateFunctions: [(ViewStorage) -> Void] = []
+    /// Additional appear functions for type extensions.
+    var appearFunctions: [(ViewStorage) -> Void] = []
+
+    /// The child that determines the baseline, in vertical orientation.
+    var baselineChild: Int?
+    /// Whether the children should all be the same size.
+    var homogeneous: Bool?
+    /// The amount of space between children.
+    var spacing: Int
+    /// The body for the widget "append".
+    var append: () -> Body = { [] }
+    /// The body for the widget "prepend".
+    var prepend: () -> Body = { [] }
+    /// The application.
+    var app: GTUIApp?
+    /// The window.
+    var window: GTUIApplicationWindow?
+
+    /// Initialize `Box`.
+    public init(spacing: Int) {
+        self.spacing = spacing
+    }
+
+    /// Get the widget's view storage.
+    /// - Parameter modifiers: The view modifiers.
+    /// - Returns: The view storage.
+    public func container(modifiers: [(View) -> View]) -> ViewStorage {
+        let storage = ViewStorage(gtk_box_new(GTK_ORIENTATION_VERTICAL, spacing.cInt)?.opaque())
+        update(storage, modifiers: modifiers)
+
+        var appendStorage: [ViewStorage] = []
+        for view in append() {
+            appendStorage.append(view.storage(modifiers: modifiers))
+            gtk_box_append(storage.pointer?.cast(), appendStorage.last?.pointer?.cast())
+        }
+        storage.content["append"] = appendStorage
+        var prependStorage: [ViewStorage] = []
+        for view in prepend() {
+            prependStorage.append(view.storage(modifiers: modifiers))
+            gtk_box_prepend(storage.pointer?.cast(), prependStorage.last?.pointer?.cast())
+        }
+        storage.content["prepend"] = prependStorage
+
+        for function in appearFunctions {
+            function(storage)
+        }
+        return storage
+    }
+
+    /// Update the widget's view storage.
+    /// - Parameters:
+    ///     - storage: The view storage.
+    ///     - modifiers: The view modifiers.
+    public func update(_ storage: ViewStorage, modifiers: [(View) -> View]) {
+        storage.modify { widget in
+            if let baselineChild {
+                gtk_box_set_baseline_child(widget?.cast(), baselineChild.cInt)
+            }
+            if let homogeneous {
+                gtk_box_set_homogeneous(widget?.cast(), homogeneous.cBool)
+            }
+            gtk_box_set_spacing(widget?.cast(), spacing.cInt)
+
+            if let appendStorage = storage.content["append"] {
+                for (index, view) in append().enumerated() {
+                    if let storage = appendStorage[safe: index] {
+                        view.updateStorage(storage, modifiers: modifiers)
+                    }
+                }
+            }
+            if let prependStorage = storage.content["prepend"] {
+                for (index, view) in prepend().enumerated() {
+                    if let storage = prependStorage[safe: index] {
+                        view.updateStorage(storage, modifiers: modifiers)
+                    }
+                }
+            }
+
+        }
+        for function in updateFunctions {
+            function(storage)
+        }
+    }
+
+    /// The child that determines the baseline, in vertical orientation.
+    public func baselineChild(_ baselineChild: Int?) -> Self {
+        var newSelf = self
+        newSelf.baselineChild = baselineChild
+        
+        return newSelf
+    }
+
+    /// Whether the children should all be the same size.
+    public func homogeneous(_ homogeneous: Bool? = true) -> Self {
+        var newSelf = self
+        newSelf.homogeneous = homogeneous
+        
+        return newSelf
+    }
+
+    /// The amount of space between children.
+    public func spacing(_ spacing: Int) -> Self {
+        var newSelf = self
+        newSelf.spacing = spacing
+        
+        return newSelf
+    }
+
+    /// Set the body for "append".
+    /// - Parameter body: The body.
+    /// - Returns: The widget.
+    public func append(@ViewBuilder _ body: @escaping () -> Body) -> Self {
+        var newSelf = self
+        newSelf.append = body
+        return newSelf
+    }
+    /// Set the body for "prepend".
+    /// - Parameter body: The body.
+    /// - Returns: The widget.
+    public func prepend(@ViewBuilder _ body: @escaping () -> Body) -> Self {
+        var newSelf = self
+        newSelf.prepend = body
+        return newSelf
+    }
+}

Sources/Adwaita/View/Generated/Button.swift

@@ -0,0 +1,221 @@
+//
+//  Button.swift
+//  Adwaita
+//
+//  Created by auto-generation on 22.01.24.
+//
+
+import CAdw
+import LevenshteinTransformations
+
+/// The `GtkButton` widget is generally used to trigger a callback function that is
+/// called when the button is pressed.
+/// 
+/// ![An example GtkButton](button.png)
+/// 
+/// The `GtkButton` widget can hold any valid child widget. That is, it can hold
+/// almost any other standard `GtkWidget`. The most commonly used child is the
+/// `GtkLabel`.
+/// 
+/// # CSS nodes
+/// 
+/// `GtkButton` has a single CSS node with name button. The node will get the
+/// style classes .image-button or .text-button, if the content is just an
+/// image or label, respectively. It may also receive the .flat style class.
+/// When activating a button via the keyboard, the button will temporarily
+/// gain the .keyboard-activating style class.
+/// 
+/// Other style classes that are commonly used with `GtkButton` include
+/// .suggested-action and .destructive-action. In special cases, buttons
+/// can be made round by adding the .circular style class.
+/// 
+/// Button-like widgets like [class@Gtk.ToggleButton], [class@Gtk.MenuButton],
+/// [class@Gtk.VolumeButton], [class@Gtk.LockButton], [class@Gtk.ColorButton]
+/// or [class@Gtk.FontButton] use style classes such as .toggle, .popup, .scale,
+/// .lock, .color on the button node to differentiate themselves from a plain
+/// `GtkButton`.
+/// 
+/// # Accessibility
+/// 
+/// `GtkButton` uses the %GTK_ACCESSIBLE_ROLE_BUTTON role.
+public struct Button: Widget {
+
+    /// Additional update functions for type extensions.
+    var updateFunctions: [(ViewStorage) -> Void] = []
+    /// Additional appear functions for type extensions.
+    var appearFunctions: [(ViewStorage) -> Void] = []
+
+    /// Whether the size of the button can be made smaller than the natural
+    /// size of its contents.
+    /// 
+    /// For text buttons, setting this property will allow ellipsizing the label.
+    /// 
+    /// If the contents of a button are an icon or a custom widget, setting this
+    /// property has no effect.
+    var canShrink: Bool?
+    /// The child widget.
+    var child:  (() -> Body)?
+    /// Whether the button has a frame.
+    var hasFrame: Bool?
+    /// The name of the icon used to automatically populate the button.
+    var iconName: String?
+    /// Text of the label inside the button, if the button contains a label widget.
+    var label: String?
+    /// If set, an underline in the text indicates that the following character is
+    /// to be used as mnemonic.
+    var useUnderline: Bool?
+    /// Emitted to animate press then release.
+    /// 
+    /// This is an action signal. Applications should never connect
+    /// to this signal, but use the [signal@Gtk.Button::clicked] signal.
+    /// 
+    /// The default bindings for this signal are all forms of the
+    /// <kbd>␣</kbd> and <kbd>Enter</kbd> keys.
+    var activate: (() -> Void)?
+    /// Emitted when the button has been activated (pressed and released).
+    var clicked: (() -> Void)?
+    /// The application.
+    var app: GTUIApp?
+    /// The window.
+    var window: GTUIApplicationWindow?
+
+    /// Initialize `Button`.
+    public init() {
+    }
+
+    /// Get the widget's view storage.
+    /// - Parameter modifiers: The view modifiers.
+    /// - Returns: The view storage.
+    public func container(modifiers: [(View) -> View]) -> ViewStorage {
+        let storage = ViewStorage(gtk_button_new()?.opaque())
+        update(storage, modifiers: modifiers)
+        if let childStorage = child?().widget(modifiers: modifiers).storage(modifiers: modifiers) {
+            storage.content["child"] = [childStorage]
+            gtk_button_set_child(storage.pointer?.cast(), childStorage.pointer?.cast())
+        }
+
+
+        for function in appearFunctions {
+            function(storage)
+        }
+        return storage
+    }
+
+    /// Update the widget's view storage.
+    /// - Parameters:
+    ///     - storage: The view storage.
+    ///     - modifiers: The view modifiers.
+    public func update(_ storage: ViewStorage, modifiers: [(View) -> View]) {
+        if let activate {
+            storage.connectSignal(name: "activate") {
+                activate()
+            }
+        }
+        if let clicked {
+            storage.connectSignal(name: "clicked") {
+                clicked()
+            }
+        }
+        storage.modify { widget in
+            if let canShrink {
+                gtk_button_set_can_shrink(widget?.cast(), canShrink.cBool)
+            }
+            if let widget = storage.content["child"]?.first {
+                child?().widget(modifiers: modifiers).update(widget, modifiers: modifiers)
+            }
+            if let hasFrame {
+                gtk_button_set_has_frame(widget?.cast(), hasFrame.cBool)
+            }
+            if let iconName {
+                gtk_button_set_icon_name(widget?.cast(), iconName)
+            }
+            if let label, storage.content["child"] == nil {
+                gtk_button_set_label(widget?.cast(), label)
+            }
+            if let useUnderline {
+                gtk_button_set_use_underline(widget?.cast(), useUnderline.cBool)
+            }
+
+
+        }
+        for function in updateFunctions {
+            function(storage)
+        }
+    }
+
+    /// Whether the size of the button can be made smaller than the natural
+    /// size of its contents.
+    /// 
+    /// For text buttons, setting this property will allow ellipsizing the label.
+    /// 
+    /// If the contents of a button are an icon or a custom widget, setting this
+    /// property has no effect.
+    public func canShrink(_ canShrink: Bool? = true) -> Self {
+        var newSelf = self
+        newSelf.canShrink = canShrink
+        
+        return newSelf
+    }
+
+    /// The child widget.
+    public func child(@ViewBuilder _ child: @escaping (() -> Body)) -> Self {
+        var newSelf = self
+        newSelf.child = child
+        
+        return newSelf
+    }
+
+    /// Whether the button has a frame.
+    public func hasFrame(_ hasFrame: Bool? = true) -> Self {
+        var newSelf = self
+        newSelf.hasFrame = hasFrame
+        
+        return newSelf
+    }
+
+    /// The name of the icon used to automatically populate the button.
+    public func iconName(_ iconName: String?) -> Self {
+        var newSelf = self
+        newSelf.iconName = iconName
+        
+        return newSelf
+    }
+
+    /// Text of the label inside the button, if the button contains a label widget.
+    public func label(_ label: String?) -> Self {
+        var newSelf = self
+        newSelf.label = label
+        
+        return newSelf
+    }
+
+    /// If set, an underline in the text indicates that the following character is
+    /// to be used as mnemonic.
+    public func useUnderline(_ useUnderline: Bool? = true) -> Self {
+        var newSelf = self
+        newSelf.useUnderline = useUnderline
+        
+        return newSelf
+    }
+
+    /// Emitted to animate press then release.
+    /// 
+    /// This is an action signal. Applications should never connect
+    /// to this signal, but use the [signal@Gtk.Button::clicked] signal.
+    /// 
+    /// The default bindings for this signal are all forms of the
+    /// <kbd>␣</kbd> and <kbd>Enter</kbd> keys.
+    public func activate(_ activate: @escaping () -> Void) -> Self {
+        var newSelf = self
+        newSelf.activate = activate
+        return newSelf
+    }
+
+    /// Emitted when the button has been activated (pressed and released).
+    public func clicked(_ clicked: @escaping () -> Void) -> Self {
+        var newSelf = self
+        newSelf.clicked = clicked
+        return newSelf
+    }
+
+}

Sources/Adwaita/View/Generated/ButtonContent.swift

@@ -0,0 +1,162 @@
+//
+//  ButtonContent.swift
+//  Adwaita
+//
+//  Created by auto-generation on 22.01.24.
+//
+
+import CAdw
+import LevenshteinTransformations
+
+/// A helper widget for creating buttons.
+/// 
+/// <picture><source srcset="button-content-dark.png" media="(prefers-color-scheme: dark)"><img src="button-content.png" alt="button-content"></picture>
+/// 
+/// `AdwButtonContent` is a box-like widget with an icon and a label.
+/// 
+/// It's intended to be used as a direct child of [class@Gtk.Button],
+/// [class@Gtk.MenuButton] or [class@SplitButton], when they need to have both an
+/// icon and a label, as follows:
+/// 
+/// ```xml
+/// <object class="GtkButton"><property name="child"><object class="AdwButtonContent"><property name="icon-name">document-open-symbolic</property><property name="label" translatable="yes">_Open</property><property name="use-underline">True</property></object></property></object>
+/// ```
+/// 
+/// `AdwButtonContent` handles style classes and connecting the mnemonic to the
+/// button automatically.
+/// 
+/// ## CSS nodes
+/// 
+/// ```
+/// buttoncontent
+/// ├── image
+/// ╰── label
+/// ```
+/// 
+/// `AdwButtonContent`'s CSS node is called `buttoncontent`. It contains the
+/// subnodes `image` and `label`.
+/// 
+/// When inside a `GtkButton` or `AdwSplitButton`, the button will receive the
+/// `.image-text-button` style class. When inside a `GtkMenuButton`, the
+/// internal `GtkButton` will receive it instead.
+/// 
+/// ## Accessibility
+/// 
+/// `AdwButtonContent` uses the `GTK_ACCESSIBLE_ROLE_GROUP` role.
+public struct ButtonContent: Widget {
+
+    /// Additional update functions for type extensions.
+    var updateFunctions: [(ViewStorage) -> Void] = []
+    /// Additional appear functions for type extensions.
+    var appearFunctions: [(ViewStorage) -> Void] = []
+
+    /// Whether the button can be smaller than the natural size of its contents.
+    /// 
+    /// If set to `TRUE`, the label will ellipsize.
+    /// 
+    /// See [property@Gtk.Button:can-shrink].
+    var canShrink: Bool?
+    /// The name of the displayed icon.
+    /// 
+    /// If empty, the icon is not shown.
+    var iconName: String?
+    /// The displayed label.
+    var label: String?
+    /// Whether an underline in the text indicates a mnemonic.
+    /// 
+    /// The mnemonic can be used to activate the parent button.
+    /// 
+    /// See [property@ButtonContent:label].
+    var useUnderline: Bool?
+    /// The application.
+    var app: GTUIApp?
+    /// The window.
+    var window: GTUIApplicationWindow?
+
+    /// Initialize `ButtonContent`.
+    public init() {
+    }
+
+    /// Get the widget's view storage.
+    /// - Parameter modifiers: The view modifiers.
+    /// - Returns: The view storage.
+    public func container(modifiers: [(View) -> View]) -> ViewStorage {
+        let storage = ViewStorage(adw_button_content_new()?.opaque())
+        update(storage, modifiers: modifiers)
+
+
+        for function in appearFunctions {
+            function(storage)
+        }
+        return storage
+    }
+
+    /// Update the widget's view storage.
+    /// - Parameters:
+    ///     - storage: The view storage.
+    ///     - modifiers: The view modifiers.
+    public func update(_ storage: ViewStorage, modifiers: [(View) -> View]) {
+        storage.modify { widget in
+            if let canShrink {
+                adw_button_content_set_can_shrink(widget, canShrink.cBool)
+            }
+            if let iconName {
+                adw_button_content_set_icon_name(widget, iconName)
+            }
+            if let label {
+                adw_button_content_set_label(widget, label)
+            }
+            if let useUnderline {
+                adw_button_content_set_use_underline(widget, useUnderline.cBool)
+            }
+
+
+        }
+        for function in updateFunctions {
+            function(storage)
+        }
+    }
+
+    /// Whether the button can be smaller than the natural size of its contents.
+    /// 
+    /// If set to `TRUE`, the label will ellipsize.
+    /// 
+    /// See [property@Gtk.Button:can-shrink].
+    public func canShrink(_ canShrink: Bool? = true) -> Self {
+        var newSelf = self
+        newSelf.canShrink = canShrink
+        
+        return newSelf
+    }
+
+    /// The name of the displayed icon.
+    /// 
+    /// If empty, the icon is not shown.
+    public func iconName(_ iconName: String?) -> Self {
+        var newSelf = self
+        newSelf.iconName = iconName
+        
+        return newSelf
+    }
+
+    /// The displayed label.
+    public func label(_ label: String?) -> Self {
+        var newSelf = self
+        newSelf.label = label
+        
+        return newSelf
+    }
+
+    /// Whether an underline in the text indicates a mnemonic.
+    /// 
+    /// The mnemonic can be used to activate the parent button.
+    /// 
+    /// See [property@ButtonContent:label].
+    public func useUnderline(_ useUnderline: Bool? = true) -> Self {
+        var newSelf = self
+        newSelf.useUnderline = useUnderline
+        
+        return newSelf
+    }
+
+}

Sources/Adwaita/View/Generated/Carousel.swift

@@ -0,0 +1,229 @@
+//
+//  Carousel.swift
+//  Adwaita
+//
+//  Created by auto-generation on 22.01.24.
+//
+
+import CAdw
+import LevenshteinTransformations
+
+/// A paginated scrolling widget.
+/// 
+/// <picture><source srcset="carousel-dark.png" media="(prefers-color-scheme: dark)"><img src="carousel.png" alt="carousel"></picture>
+/// 
+/// The `AdwCarousel` widget can be used to display a set of pages with
+/// swipe-based navigation between them.
+/// 
+/// [class@CarouselIndicatorDots] and [class@CarouselIndicatorLines] can be used
+/// to provide page indicators for `AdwCarousel`.
+/// 
+/// ## CSS nodes
+/// 
+/// `AdwCarousel` has a single CSS node with name `carousel`.
+public struct Carousel<Element>: Widget where Element: Identifiable {
+
+    /// Additional update functions for type extensions.
+    var updateFunctions: [(ViewStorage) -> Void] = []
+    /// Additional appear functions for type extensions.
+    var appearFunctions: [(ViewStorage) -> Void] = []
+
+    /// Whether to allow swiping for more than one page at a time.
+    /// 
+    /// If the value is `FALSE`, each swipe can only move to the adjacent pages.
+    var allowLongSwipes: Bool?
+    /// Sets whether the `AdwCarousel` can be dragged with mouse pointer.
+    /// 
+    /// If the value is `FALSE`, dragging is only available on touch.
+    var allowMouseDrag: Bool?
+    /// Whether the widget will respond to scroll wheel events.
+    /// 
+    /// If the value is `FALSE`, wheel events will be ignored.
+    var allowScrollWheel: Bool?
+    /// Whether the carousel can be navigated.
+    /// 
+    /// This can be used to temporarily disable the carousel to only allow
+    /// navigating it in a certain state.
+    var interactive: Bool?
+    /// The number of pages in a `AdwCarousel`.
+    var nPages: UInt?
+    /// Page reveal duration, in milliseconds.
+    /// 
+    /// Reveal duration is used when animating adding or removing pages.
+    var revealDuration: UInt?
+    /// Spacing between pages in pixels.
+    var spacing: UInt?
+    /// This signal is emitted after a page has been changed.
+    /// 
+    /// It can be used to implement "infinite scrolling" by amending the pages
+    /// after every scroll. Note that an empty carousel is indicated by
+    /// `(int)index == -1`.
+    var pageChanged: (() -> Void)?
+    /// The dynamic widget elements.
+    var elements: [Element]
+    /// The dynamic widget content.
+    var content: (Element) -> Body
+    /// The application.
+    var app: GTUIApp?
+    /// The window.
+    var window: GTUIApplicationWindow?
+
+    /// Initialize `Carousel`.
+    public init(_ elements: [Element], @ViewBuilder content: @escaping (Element) -> Body) {
+        self.elements = elements
+        self.content = content
+    }
+
+    /// Get the widget's view storage.
+    /// - Parameter modifiers: The view modifiers.
+    /// - Returns: The view storage.
+    public func container(modifiers: [(View) -> View]) -> ViewStorage {
+        let storage = ViewStorage(adw_carousel_new()?.opaque())
+        update(storage, modifiers: modifiers)
+
+
+        for function in appearFunctions {
+            function(storage)
+        }
+        return storage
+    }
+
+    /// Update the widget's view storage.
+    /// - Parameters:
+    ///     - storage: The view storage.
+    ///     - modifiers: The view modifiers.
+    public func update(_ storage: ViewStorage, modifiers: [(View) -> View]) {
+        if let pageChanged {
+            storage.connectSignal(name: "page-changed") {
+                pageChanged()
+            }
+        }
+        storage.modify { widget in
+            if let allowLongSwipes {
+                adw_carousel_set_allow_long_swipes(widget, allowLongSwipes.cBool)
+            }
+            if let allowMouseDrag {
+                adw_carousel_set_allow_mouse_drag(widget, allowMouseDrag.cBool)
+            }
+            if let allowScrollWheel {
+                adw_carousel_set_allow_scroll_wheel(widget, allowScrollWheel.cBool)
+            }
+            if let interactive {
+                adw_carousel_set_interactive(widget, interactive.cBool)
+            }
+            if let revealDuration {
+                adw_carousel_set_reveal_duration(widget, revealDuration.cInt)
+            }
+            if let spacing {
+                adw_carousel_set_spacing(widget, spacing.cInt)
+            }
+
+            var contentStorage: [ViewStorage] = storage.content[.mainContent] ?? []
+            let old = storage.fields["element"] as? [Element] ?? []
+            old.identifiableTransform(
+                to: elements,
+                functions: .init { index, element in
+                    let child = content(element).widget(modifiers: modifiers).container(modifiers: modifiers)
+                    adw_carousel_remove(widget, adw_carousel_get_nth_page(widget, UInt(index).cInt))
+                    adw_carousel_insert(widget, child.pointer?.cast(), index.cInt)
+                    contentStorage.remove(at: index)
+                    contentStorage.insert(child, at: index)
+                } delete: { index in
+                    adw_carousel_remove(widget, adw_carousel_get_nth_page(widget, UInt(index).cInt))
+                    contentStorage.remove(at: index)
+                } insert: { index, element in
+                    let child = content(element).widget(modifiers: modifiers).container(modifiers: modifiers)
+                    adw_carousel_insert(widget, child.pointer?.cast(), index.cInt)
+                    contentStorage.insert(child, at: index)
+                }
+            )
+            storage.fields["element"] = elements
+            storage.content[.mainContent] = contentStorage
+            for (index, element) in elements.enumerated() {
+                content(element).widget(modifiers: modifiers).update(contentStorage[index], modifiers: modifiers)
+            }
+        }
+        for function in updateFunctions {
+            function(storage)
+        }
+    }
+
+    /// Whether to allow swiping for more than one page at a time.
+    /// 
+    /// If the value is `FALSE`, each swipe can only move to the adjacent pages.
+    public func allowLongSwipes(_ allowLongSwipes: Bool? = true) -> Self {
+        var newSelf = self
+        newSelf.allowLongSwipes = allowLongSwipes
+        
+        return newSelf
+    }
+
+    /// Sets whether the `AdwCarousel` can be dragged with mouse pointer.
+    /// 
+    /// If the value is `FALSE`, dragging is only available on touch.
+    public func allowMouseDrag(_ allowMouseDrag: Bool? = true) -> Self {
+        var newSelf = self
+        newSelf.allowMouseDrag = allowMouseDrag
+        
+        return newSelf
+    }
+
+    /// Whether the widget will respond to scroll wheel events.
+    /// 
+    /// If the value is `FALSE`, wheel events will be ignored.
+    public func allowScrollWheel(_ allowScrollWheel: Bool? = true) -> Self {
+        var newSelf = self
+        newSelf.allowScrollWheel = allowScrollWheel
+        
+        return newSelf
+    }
+
+    /// Whether the carousel can be navigated.
+    /// 
+    /// This can be used to temporarily disable the carousel to only allow
+    /// navigating it in a certain state.
+    public func interactive(_ interactive: Bool? = true) -> Self {
+        var newSelf = self
+        newSelf.interactive = interactive
+        
+        return newSelf
+    }
+
+    /// The number of pages in a `AdwCarousel`.
+    public func nPages(_ nPages: UInt?) -> Self {
+        var newSelf = self
+        newSelf.nPages = nPages
+        
+        return newSelf
+    }
+
+    /// Page reveal duration, in milliseconds.
+    /// 
+    /// Reveal duration is used when animating adding or removing pages.
+    public func revealDuration(_ revealDuration: UInt?) -> Self {
+        var newSelf = self
+        newSelf.revealDuration = revealDuration
+        
+        return newSelf
+    }
+
+    /// Spacing between pages in pixels.
+    public func spacing(_ spacing: UInt?) -> Self {
+        var newSelf = self
+        newSelf.spacing = spacing
+        
+        return newSelf
+    }
+
+    /// This signal is emitted after a page has been changed.
+    /// 
+    /// It can be used to implement "infinite scrolling" by amending the pages
+    /// after every scroll. Note that an empty carousel is indicated by
+    /// `(int)index == -1`.
+    public func pageChanged(_ pageChanged: @escaping () -> Void) -> Self {
+        var newSelf = self
+        newSelf.pageChanged = pageChanged
+        return newSelf
+    }
+
+}

Sources/Adwaita/View/Generated/CenterBox.swift

@@ -0,0 +1,183 @@
+//
+//  CenterBox.swift
+//  Adwaita
+//
+//  Created by auto-generation on 22.01.24.
+//
+
+import CAdw
+import LevenshteinTransformations
+
+/// `GtkCenterBox` arranges three children in a row, keeping the middle child
+/// centered as well as possible.
+/// 
+/// ![An example GtkCenterBox](centerbox.png)
+/// 
+/// To add children to `GtkCenterBox`, use [method@Gtk.CenterBox.set_start_widget],
+/// [method@Gtk.CenterBox.set_center_widget] and
+/// [method@Gtk.CenterBox.set_end_widget].
+/// 
+/// The sizing and positioning of children can be influenced with the
+/// align and expand properties of the children.
+/// 
+/// # GtkCenterBox as GtkBuildable
+/// 
+/// The `GtkCenterBox` implementation of the `GtkBuildable` interface
+/// supports placing children in the 3 positions by specifying “start”, “center”
+/// or “end” as the “type” attribute of a `<child>` element.
+/// 
+/// # CSS nodes
+/// 
+/// `GtkCenterBox` uses a single CSS node with the name “box”,
+/// 
+/// The first child of the `GtkCenterBox` will be allocated depending on the
+/// text direction, i.e. in left-to-right layouts it will be allocated on the
+/// left and in right-to-left layouts on the right.
+/// 
+/// In vertical orientation, the nodes of the children are arranged from top to
+/// bottom.
+/// 
+/// # Accessibility
+/// 
+/// Until GTK 4.10, `GtkCenterBox` used the `GTK_ACCESSIBLE_ROLE_GROUP` role.
+/// 
+/// Starting from GTK 4.12, `GtkCenterBox` uses the `GTK_ACCESSIBLE_ROLE_GENERIC` role.
+public struct CenterBox: Widget {
+
+    /// Additional update functions for type extensions.
+    var updateFunctions: [(ViewStorage) -> Void] = []
+    /// Additional appear functions for type extensions.
+    var appearFunctions: [(ViewStorage) -> Void] = []
+
+    /// The widget that is placed at the center position.
+    var centerWidget:  (() -> Body)?
+    /// The widget that is placed at the end position.
+    /// 
+    /// In vertical orientation, the end position is at the bottom.
+    /// In horizontal orientation, the end position is at the trailing
+    /// edge wrt. to the text direction.
+    var endWidget:  (() -> Body)?
+    /// Whether to shrink the center widget after other children.
+    /// 
+    /// By default, when there's no space to give all three children their
+    /// natural widths, the start and end widgets start shrinking and the
+    /// center child keeps natural width until they reach minimum width.
+    /// 
+    /// If set to `FALSE`, start and end widgets keep natural width and the
+    /// center widget starts shrinking instead.
+    var shrinkCenterLast: Bool?
+    /// The widget that is placed at the start position.
+    /// 
+    /// In vertical orientation, the start position is at the top.
+    /// In horizontal orientation, the start position is at the leading
+    /// edge wrt. to the text direction.
+    var startWidget:  (() -> Body)?
+    /// The application.
+    var app: GTUIApp?
+    /// The window.
+    var window: GTUIApplicationWindow?
+
+    /// Initialize `CenterBox`.
+    public init() {
+    }
+
+    /// Get the widget's view storage.
+    /// - Parameter modifiers: The view modifiers.
+    /// - Returns: The view storage.
+    public func container(modifiers: [(View) -> View]) -> ViewStorage {
+        let storage = ViewStorage(gtk_center_box_new()?.opaque())
+        update(storage, modifiers: modifiers)
+        if let centerWidgetStorage = centerWidget?().widget(modifiers: modifiers).storage(modifiers: modifiers) {
+            storage.content["centerWidget"] = [centerWidgetStorage]
+            gtk_center_box_set_center_widget(storage.pointer, centerWidgetStorage.pointer?.cast())
+        }
+        if let endWidgetStorage = endWidget?().widget(modifiers: modifiers).storage(modifiers: modifiers) {
+            storage.content["endWidget"] = [endWidgetStorage]
+            gtk_center_box_set_end_widget(storage.pointer, endWidgetStorage.pointer?.cast())
+        }
+        if let startWidgetStorage = startWidget?().widget(modifiers: modifiers).storage(modifiers: modifiers) {
+            storage.content["startWidget"] = [startWidgetStorage]
+            gtk_center_box_set_start_widget(storage.pointer, startWidgetStorage.pointer?.cast())
+        }
+
+
+        for function in appearFunctions {
+            function(storage)
+        }
+        return storage
+    }
+
+    /// Update the widget's view storage.
+    /// - Parameters:
+    ///     - storage: The view storage.
+    ///     - modifiers: The view modifiers.
+    public func update(_ storage: ViewStorage, modifiers: [(View) -> View]) {
+        storage.modify { widget in
+            if let widget = storage.content["centerWidget"]?.first {
+                centerWidget?().widget(modifiers: modifiers).update(widget, modifiers: modifiers)
+            }
+            if let widget = storage.content["endWidget"]?.first {
+                endWidget?().widget(modifiers: modifiers).update(widget, modifiers: modifiers)
+            }
+            if let shrinkCenterLast {
+                gtk_center_box_set_shrink_center_last(widget, shrinkCenterLast.cBool)
+            }
+            if let widget = storage.content["startWidget"]?.first {
+                startWidget?().widget(modifiers: modifiers).update(widget, modifiers: modifiers)
+            }
+
+
+        }
+        for function in updateFunctions {
+            function(storage)
+        }
+    }
+
+    /// The widget that is placed at the center position.
+    public func centerWidget(@ViewBuilder _ centerWidget: @escaping (() -> Body)) -> Self {
+        var newSelf = self
+        newSelf.centerWidget = centerWidget
+        
+        return newSelf
+    }
+
+    /// The widget that is placed at the end position.
+    /// 
+    /// In vertical orientation, the end position is at the bottom.
+    /// In horizontal orientation, the end position is at the trailing
+    /// edge wrt. to the text direction.
+    public func endWidget(@ViewBuilder _ endWidget: @escaping (() -> Body)) -> Self {
+        var newSelf = self
+        newSelf.endWidget = endWidget
+        
+        return newSelf
+    }
+
+    /// Whether to shrink the center widget after other children.
+    /// 
+    /// By default, when there's no space to give all three children their
+    /// natural widths, the start and end widgets start shrinking and the
+    /// center child keeps natural width until they reach minimum width.
+    /// 
+    /// If set to `FALSE`, start and end widgets keep natural width and the
+    /// center widget starts shrinking instead.
+    public func shrinkCenterLast(_ shrinkCenterLast: Bool? = true) -> Self {
+        var newSelf = self
+        newSelf.shrinkCenterLast = shrinkCenterLast
+        
+        return newSelf
+    }
+
+    /// The widget that is placed at the start position.
+    /// 
+    /// In vertical orientation, the start position is at the top.
+    /// In horizontal orientation, the start position is at the leading
+    /// edge wrt. to the text direction.
+    public func startWidget(@ViewBuilder _ startWidget: @escaping (() -> Body)) -> Self {
+        var newSelf = self
+        newSelf.startWidget = startWidget
+        
+        return newSelf
+    }
+
+}

Sources/Adwaita/View/Generated/CheckButton.swift

@@ -0,0 +1,246 @@
+//
+//  CheckButton.swift
+//  Adwaita
+//
+//  Created by auto-generation on 22.01.24.
+//
+
+import CAdw
+import LevenshteinTransformations
+
+/// A `GtkCheckButton` places a label next to an indicator.
+/// 
+/// ![Example GtkCheckButtons](check-button.png)
+/// 
+/// A `GtkCheckButton` is created by calling either [ctor@Gtk.CheckButton.new]
+/// or [ctor@Gtk.CheckButton.new_with_label].
+/// 
+/// The state of a `GtkCheckButton` can be set specifically using
+/// [method@Gtk.CheckButton.set_active], and retrieved using
+/// [method@Gtk.CheckButton.get_active].
+/// 
+/// # Inconsistent state
+/// 
+/// In addition to "on" and "off", check buttons can be an
+/// "in between" state that is neither on nor off. This can be used
+/// e.g. when the user has selected a range of elements (such as some
+/// text or spreadsheet cells) that are affected by a check button,
+/// and the current values in that range are inconsistent.
+/// 
+/// To set a `GtkCheckButton` to inconsistent state, use
+/// [method@Gtk.CheckButton.set_inconsistent].
+/// 
+/// # Grouping
+/// 
+/// Check buttons can be grouped together, to form mutually exclusive
+/// groups - only one of the buttons can be toggled at a time, and toggling
+/// another one will switch the currently toggled one off.
+/// 
+/// Grouped check buttons use a different indicator, and are commonly referred
+/// to as *radio buttons*.
+/// 
+/// ![Example GtkCheckButtons](radio-button.png)
+/// 
+/// To add a `GtkCheckButton` to a group, use [method@Gtk.CheckButton.set_group].
+/// 
+/// When the code must keep track of the state of a group of radio buttons, it
+/// is recommended to keep track of such state through a stateful
+/// `GAction` with a target for each button. Using the `toggled` signals to keep
+/// track of the group changes and state is discouraged.
+/// 
+/// # CSS nodes
+/// 
+/// ```
+/// checkbutton[.text-button]
+/// ├── check
+/// ╰── [label]
+/// ```
+/// 
+/// A `GtkCheckButton` has a main node with name checkbutton. If the
+/// [property@Gtk.CheckButton:label] or [property@Gtk.CheckButton:child]
+/// properties are set, it contains a child widget. The indicator node
+/// is named check when no group is set, and radio if the checkbutton
+/// is grouped together with other checkbuttons.
+/// 
+/// # Accessibility
+/// 
+/// `GtkCheckButton` uses the %GTK_ACCESSIBLE_ROLE_CHECKBOX role.
+public struct CheckButton: Widget {
+
+    /// Additional update functions for type extensions.
+    var updateFunctions: [(ViewStorage) -> Void] = []
+    /// Additional appear functions for type extensions.
+    var appearFunctions: [(ViewStorage) -> Void] = []
+
+    /// If the check button is active.
+    /// 
+    /// Setting `active` to %TRUE will add the `:checked:` state to both
+    /// the check button and the indicator CSS node.
+    var active: Binding<Bool>?
+    /// The child widget.
+    var child:  (() -> Body)?
+    /// If the check button is in an “in between” state.
+    /// 
+    /// The inconsistent state only affects visual appearance,
+    /// not the semantics of the button.
+    var inconsistent: Bool?
+    /// Text of the label inside the check button, if it contains a label widget.
+    var label: String?
+    /// If set, an underline in the text indicates that the following
+    /// character is to be used as mnemonic.
+    var useUnderline: Bool?
+    /// Emitted to when the check button is activated.
+    /// 
+    /// The `::activate` signal on `GtkCheckButton` is an action signal and
+    /// emitting it causes the button to animate press then release.
+    /// 
+    /// Applications should never connect to this signal, but use the
+    /// [signal@Gtk.CheckButton::toggled] signal.
+    /// 
+    /// The default bindings for this signal are all forms of the
+    /// <kbd>␣</kbd> and <kbd>Enter</kbd> keys.
+    var activate: (() -> Void)?
+    /// Emitted when the buttons's [property@Gtk.CheckButton:active]
+    /// property changes.
+    var toggled: (() -> Void)?
+    /// The application.
+    var app: GTUIApp?
+    /// The window.
+    var window: GTUIApplicationWindow?
+
+    /// Initialize `CheckButton`.
+    public init() {
+    }
+
+    /// Get the widget's view storage.
+    /// - Parameter modifiers: The view modifiers.
+    /// - Returns: The view storage.
+    public func container(modifiers: [(View) -> View]) -> ViewStorage {
+        let storage = ViewStorage(gtk_check_button_new()?.opaque())
+        update(storage, modifiers: modifiers)
+        if let childStorage = child?().widget(modifiers: modifiers).storage(modifiers: modifiers) {
+            storage.content["child"] = [childStorage]
+            gtk_check_button_set_child(storage.pointer?.cast(), childStorage.pointer?.cast())
+        }
+
+
+        storage.notify(name: "active") {
+            active?.wrappedValue = gtk_check_button_get_active(storage.pointer?.cast()) != 0
+        }
+        for function in appearFunctions {
+            function(storage)
+        }
+        return storage
+    }
+
+    /// Update the widget's view storage.
+    /// - Parameters:
+    ///     - storage: The view storage.
+    ///     - modifiers: The view modifiers.
+    public func update(_ storage: ViewStorage, modifiers: [(View) -> View]) {
+        if let activate {
+            storage.connectSignal(name: "activate") {
+                activate()
+            }
+        }
+        if let toggled {
+            storage.connectSignal(name: "toggled") {
+                toggled()
+            }
+        }
+        storage.modify { widget in
+            if let active {
+                gtk_check_button_set_active(widget?.cast(), active.wrappedValue.cBool)
+            }
+            if let widget = storage.content["child"]?.first {
+                child?().widget(modifiers: modifiers).update(widget, modifiers: modifiers)
+            }
+            if let inconsistent {
+                gtk_check_button_set_inconsistent(widget?.cast(), inconsistent.cBool)
+            }
+            if let label, storage.content["child"] == nil {
+                gtk_check_button_set_label(widget?.cast(), label)
+            }
+            if let useUnderline {
+                gtk_check_button_set_use_underline(widget?.cast(), useUnderline.cBool)
+            }
+
+
+        }
+        for function in updateFunctions {
+            function(storage)
+        }
+    }
+
+    /// If the check button is active.
+    /// 
+    /// Setting `active` to %TRUE will add the `:checked:` state to both
+    /// the check button and the indicator CSS node.
+    public func active(_ active: Binding<Bool>?) -> Self {
+        var newSelf = self
+        newSelf.active = active
+        
+        return newSelf
+    }
+
+    /// The child widget.
+    public func child(@ViewBuilder _ child: @escaping (() -> Body)) -> Self {
+        var newSelf = self
+        newSelf.child = child
+        
+        return newSelf
+    }
+
+    /// If the check button is in an “in between” state.
+    /// 
+    /// The inconsistent state only affects visual appearance,
+    /// not the semantics of the button.
+    public func inconsistent(_ inconsistent: Bool? = true) -> Self {
+        var newSelf = self
+        newSelf.inconsistent = inconsistent
+        
+        return newSelf
+    }
+
+    /// Text of the label inside the check button, if it contains a label widget.
+    public func label(_ label: String?) -> Self {
+        var newSelf = self
+        newSelf.label = label
+        
+        return newSelf
+    }
+
+    /// If set, an underline in the text indicates that the following
+    /// character is to be used as mnemonic.
+    public func useUnderline(_ useUnderline: Bool? = true) -> Self {
+        var newSelf = self
+        newSelf.useUnderline = useUnderline
+        
+        return newSelf
+    }
+
+    /// Emitted to when the check button is activated.
+    /// 
+    /// The `::activate` signal on `GtkCheckButton` is an action signal and
+    /// emitting it causes the button to animate press then release.
+    /// 
+    /// Applications should never connect to this signal, but use the
+    /// [signal@Gtk.CheckButton::toggled] signal.
+    /// 
+    /// The default bindings for this signal are all forms of the
+    /// <kbd>␣</kbd> and <kbd>Enter</kbd> keys.
+    public func activate(_ activate: @escaping () -> Void) -> Self {
+        var newSelf = self
+        newSelf.activate = activate
+        return newSelf
+    }
+
+    /// Emitted when the buttons's [property@Gtk.CheckButton:active]
+    /// property changes.
+    public func toggled(_ toggled: @escaping () -> Void) -> Self {
+        var newSelf = self
+        newSelf.toggled = toggled
+        return newSelf
+    }
+
+}

Sources/Adwaita/View/Generated/Clamp.swift

@@ -0,0 +1,146 @@
+//
+//  Clamp.swift
+//  Adwaita
+//
+//  Created by auto-generation on 22.01.24.
+//
+
+import CAdw
+import LevenshteinTransformations
+
+/// A widget constraining its child to a given size.
+/// 
+/// <picture><source srcset="clamp-wide-dark.png" media="(prefers-color-scheme: dark)"><img src="clamp-wide.png" alt="clamp-wide"></picture><picture><source srcset="clamp-narrow-dark.png" media="(prefers-color-scheme: dark)"><img src="clamp-narrow.png" alt="clamp-narrow"></picture>
+/// 
+/// The `AdwClamp` widget constrains the size of the widget it contains to a
+/// given maximum size. It will constrain the width if it is horizontal, or the
+/// height if it is vertical. The expansion of the child from its minimum to its
+/// maximum size is eased out for a smooth transition.
+/// 
+/// If the child requires more than the requested maximum size, it will be
+/// allocated the minimum size it can fit in instead.
+/// 
+/// `AdwClamp` can scale with the text scale factor, use the
+/// [property@ClampLayout:unit] property to enable that behavior.
+/// 
+/// ## CSS nodes
+/// 
+/// `AdwClamp` has a single CSS node with name `clamp`.
+public struct Clamp: Widget {
+
+    /// Additional update functions for type extensions.
+    var updateFunctions: [(ViewStorage) -> Void] = []
+    /// Additional appear functions for type extensions.
+    var appearFunctions: [(ViewStorage) -> Void] = []
+
+    /// The child widget of the `AdwClamp`.
+    var child:  (() -> Body)?
+    /// The maximum size allocated to the child.
+    /// 
+    /// It is the width if the clamp is horizontal, or the height if it is vertical.
+    var maximumSize: Int?
+    /// The size above which the child is clamped.
+    /// 
+    /// Starting from this size, the clamp will tighten its grip on the child,
+    /// slowly allocating less and less of the available size up to the maximum
+    /// allocated size. Below that threshold and below the maximum size, the child
+    /// will be allocated all the available size.
+    /// 
+    /// If the threshold is greater than the maximum size to allocate to the child,
+    /// the child will be allocated all the size up to the maximum.
+    /// If the threshold is lower than the minimum size to allocate to the child,
+    /// that size will be used as the tightening threshold.
+    /// 
+    /// Effectively, tightening the grip on the child before it reaches its maximum
+    /// size makes transitions to and from the maximum size smoother when resizing.
+    var tighteningThreshold: Int?
+    /// The application.
+    var app: GTUIApp?
+    /// The window.
+    var window: GTUIApplicationWindow?
+
+    /// Initialize `Clamp`.
+    public init() {
+    }
+
+    /// Get the widget's view storage.
+    /// - Parameter modifiers: The view modifiers.
+    /// - Returns: The view storage.
+    public func container(modifiers: [(View) -> View]) -> ViewStorage {
+        let storage = ViewStorage(adw_clamp_new()?.opaque())
+        update(storage, modifiers: modifiers)
+        if let childStorage = child?().widget(modifiers: modifiers).storage(modifiers: modifiers) {
+            storage.content["child"] = [childStorage]
+            adw_clamp_set_child(storage.pointer, childStorage.pointer?.cast())
+        }
+
+
+        for function in appearFunctions {
+            function(storage)
+        }
+        return storage
+    }
+
+    /// Update the widget's view storage.
+    /// - Parameters:
+    ///     - storage: The view storage.
+    ///     - modifiers: The view modifiers.
+    public func update(_ storage: ViewStorage, modifiers: [(View) -> View]) {
+        storage.modify { widget in
+            if let widget = storage.content["child"]?.first {
+                child?().widget(modifiers: modifiers).update(widget, modifiers: modifiers)
+            }
+            if let maximumSize {
+                adw_clamp_set_maximum_size(widget, maximumSize.cInt)
+            }
+            if let tighteningThreshold {
+                adw_clamp_set_tightening_threshold(widget, tighteningThreshold.cInt)
+            }
+
+
+        }
+        for function in updateFunctions {
+            function(storage)
+        }
+    }
+
+    /// The child widget of the `AdwClamp`.
+    public func child(@ViewBuilder _ child: @escaping (() -> Body)) -> Self {
+        var newSelf = self
+        newSelf.child = child
+        
+        return newSelf
+    }
+
+    /// The maximum size allocated to the child.
+    /// 
+    /// It is the width if the clamp is horizontal, or the height if it is vertical.
+    public func maximumSize(_ maximumSize: Int?) -> Self {
+        var newSelf = self
+        newSelf.maximumSize = maximumSize
+        
+        return newSelf
+    }
+
+    /// The size above which the child is clamped.
+    /// 
+    /// Starting from this size, the clamp will tighten its grip on the child,
+    /// slowly allocating less and less of the available size up to the maximum
+    /// allocated size. Below that threshold and below the maximum size, the child
+    /// will be allocated all the available size.
+    /// 
+    /// If the threshold is greater than the maximum size to allocate to the child,
+    /// the child will be allocated all the size up to the maximum.
+    /// If the threshold is lower than the minimum size to allocate to the child,
+    /// that size will be used as the tightening threshold.
+    /// 
+    /// Effectively, tightening the grip on the child before it reaches its maximum
+    /// size makes transitions to and from the maximum size smoother when resizing.
+    public func tighteningThreshold(_ tighteningThreshold: Int?) -> Self {
+        var newSelf = self
+        newSelf.tighteningThreshold = tighteningThreshold
+        
+        return newSelf
+    }
+
+}

Sources/Adwaita/View/Generated/ComboRow.swift

@@ -0,0 +1,380 @@
+//
+//  ComboRow.swift
+//  Adwaita
+//
+//  Created by auto-generation on 22.01.24.
+//
+
+import CAdw
+import LevenshteinTransformations
+
+/// A [class@Gtk.ListBoxRow] used to choose from a list of items.
+/// 
+/// <picture><source srcset="combo-row-dark.png" media="(prefers-color-scheme: dark)"><img src="combo-row.png" alt="combo-row"></picture>
+/// 
+/// The `AdwComboRow` widget allows the user to choose from a list of valid
+/// choices. The row displays the selected choice. When activated, the row
+/// displays a popover which allows the user to make a new choice.
+/// 
+/// Example of an `AdwComboRow` UI definition:
+/// ```xml
+/// <object class="AdwComboRow"><property name="title" translatable="yes">Combo Row</property><property name="model"><object class="GtkStringList"><items><item translatable="yes">Foo</item><item translatable="yes">Bar</item><item translatable="yes">Baz</item></items></object></property></object>
+/// ```
+/// 
+/// The [property@ComboRow:selected] and [property@ComboRow:selected-item]
+/// properties can be used to keep track of the selected item and react to their
+/// changes.
+/// 
+/// `AdwComboRow` mirrors [class@Gtk.DropDown], see that widget for details.
+/// 
+/// `AdwComboRow` is [property@Gtk.ListBoxRow:activatable] if a model is set.
+/// 
+/// ## CSS nodes
+/// 
+/// `AdwComboRow` has a main CSS node with name `row` and the `.combo` style
+/// class.
+/// 
+/// Its popover has the node named `popover` with the `.menu` style class, it
+/// contains a [class@Gtk.ScrolledWindow], which in turn contains a
+/// [class@Gtk.ListView], both are accessible via their regular nodes.
+/// 
+/// ## Accessibility
+/// 
+/// `AdwComboRow` uses the `GTK_ACCESSIBLE_ROLE_COMBO_BOX` role.
+public struct ComboRow: Widget {
+
+    /// Additional update functions for type extensions.
+    var updateFunctions: [(ViewStorage) -> Void] = []
+    /// Additional appear functions for type extensions.
+    var appearFunctions: [(ViewStorage) -> Void] = []
+
+    /// Whether to show a search entry in the popup.
+    /// 
+    /// If set to `TRUE`, a search entry will be shown in the popup that
+    /// allows to search for items in the list.
+    /// 
+    /// Search requires [property@ComboRow:expression] to be set.
+    var enableSearch: Bool?
+    /// The position of the selected item.
+    /// 
+    /// If no item is selected, the property has the value
+    /// [const@Gtk.INVALID_LIST_POSITION]
+    var selected: Binding<UInt>?
+    /// Whether to use the current value as the subtitle.
+    /// 
+    /// If you use a custom list item factory, you will need to give the row a
+    /// name conversion expression with [property@ComboRow:expression].
+    /// 
+    /// If set to `TRUE`, you should not access [property@ActionRow:subtitle].
+    /// 
+    /// The subtitle is interpreted as Pango markup if
+    /// [property@PreferencesRow:use-markup] is set to `TRUE`.
+    var useSubtitle: Bool?
+    /// The widget to activate when the row is activated.
+    /// 
+    /// The row can be activated either by clicking on it, calling
+    /// [method@ActionRow.activate], or via mnemonics in the title.
+    /// See the [property@PreferencesRow:use-underline] property to enable
+    /// mnemonics.
+    /// 
+    /// The target widget will be activated by emitting the
+    /// [signal@Gtk.Widget::mnemonic-activate] signal on it.
+    var activatableWidget:  (() -> Body)?
+    /// The icon name for this row.
+    var iconName: String?
+    /// The subtitle for this row.
+    /// 
+    /// The subtitle is interpreted as Pango markup unless
+    /// [property@PreferencesRow:use-markup] is set to `FALSE`.
+    var subtitle: String?
+    /// The number of lines at the end of which the subtitle label will be
+    /// ellipsized.
+    /// 
+    /// If the value is 0, the number of lines won't be limited.
+    var subtitleLines: Int?
+    /// Whether the user can copy the subtitle from the label.
+    /// 
+    /// See also [property@Gtk.Label:selectable].
+    var subtitleSelectable: Bool?
+    /// The number of lines at the end of which the title label will be ellipsized.
+    /// 
+    /// If the value is 0, the number of lines won't be limited.
+    var titleLines: Int?
+    /// The title of the preference represented by this row.
+    /// 
+    /// The title is interpreted as Pango markup unless
+    /// [property@PreferencesRow:use-markup] is set to `FALSE`.
+    var title: String?
+    /// Whether the user can copy the title from the label.
+    /// 
+    /// See also [property@Gtk.Label:selectable].
+    var titleSelectable: Bool?
+    /// Whether to use Pango markup for the title label.
+    /// 
+    /// Subclasses may also use it for other labels, such as subtitle.
+    /// 
+    /// See also [func@Pango.parse_markup].
+    var useMarkup: Bool?
+    /// Whether an embedded underline in the title indicates a mnemonic.
+    var useUnderline: Bool?
+    /// This signal is emitted after the row has been activated.
+    var activated: (() -> Void)?
+    /// The body for the widget "suffix".
+    var suffix: () -> Body = { [] }
+    /// The body for the widget "prefix".
+    var prefix: () -> Body = { [] }
+    /// The application.
+    var app: GTUIApp?
+    /// The window.
+    var window: GTUIApplicationWindow?
+
+    /// Initialize `ComboRow`.
+    public init() {
+    }
+
+    /// Get the widget's view storage.
+    /// - Parameter modifiers: The view modifiers.
+    /// - Returns: The view storage.
+    public func container(modifiers: [(View) -> View]) -> ViewStorage {
+        let storage = ViewStorage(adw_combo_row_new()?.opaque())
+        update(storage, modifiers: modifiers)
+        if let activatableWidgetStorage = activatableWidget?().widget(modifiers: modifiers).storage(modifiers: modifiers) {
+            storage.content["activatableWidget"] = [activatableWidgetStorage]
+            adw_action_row_set_activatable_widget(storage.pointer?.cast(), activatableWidgetStorage.pointer?.cast())
+        }
+
+        var suffixStorage: [ViewStorage] = []
+        for view in suffix() {
+            suffixStorage.append(view.storage(modifiers: modifiers))
+            adw_action_row_add_suffix(storage.pointer?.cast(), suffixStorage.last?.pointer?.cast())
+        }
+        storage.content["suffix"] = suffixStorage
+        var prefixStorage: [ViewStorage] = []
+        for view in prefix() {
+            prefixStorage.append(view.storage(modifiers: modifiers))
+            adw_action_row_add_prefix(storage.pointer?.cast(), prefixStorage.last?.pointer?.cast())
+        }
+        storage.content["prefix"] = prefixStorage
+
+        storage.notify(name: "selected") {
+            selected?.wrappedValue = .init(adw_combo_row_get_selected(storage.pointer?.cast()))
+        }
+        for function in appearFunctions {
+            function(storage)
+        }
+        return storage
+    }
+
+    /// Update the widget's view storage.
+    /// - Parameters:
+    ///     - storage: The view storage.
+    ///     - modifiers: The view modifiers.
+    public func update(_ storage: ViewStorage, modifiers: [(View) -> View]) {
+        if let activated {
+            storage.connectSignal(name: "activated") {
+                activated()
+            }
+        }
+        storage.modify { widget in
+            if let enableSearch {
+                adw_combo_row_set_enable_search(widget?.cast(), enableSearch.cBool)
+            }
+            if let selected {
+                adw_combo_row_set_selected(widget?.cast(), selected.wrappedValue.cInt)
+            }
+            if let useSubtitle {
+                adw_combo_row_set_use_subtitle(widget?.cast(), useSubtitle.cBool)
+            }
+            if let widget = storage.content["activatableWidget"]?.first {
+                activatableWidget?().widget(modifiers: modifiers).update(widget, modifiers: modifiers)
+            }
+            if let iconName {
+                adw_action_row_set_icon_name(widget?.cast(), iconName)
+            }
+            if let subtitle {
+                adw_action_row_set_subtitle(widget?.cast(), subtitle)
+            }
+            if let subtitleLines {
+                adw_action_row_set_subtitle_lines(widget?.cast(), subtitleLines.cInt)
+            }
+            if let subtitleSelectable {
+                adw_action_row_set_subtitle_selectable(widget?.cast(), subtitleSelectable.cBool)
+            }
+            if let titleLines {
+                adw_action_row_set_title_lines(widget?.cast(), titleLines.cInt)
+            }
+            if let title {
+                adw_preferences_row_set_title(widget?.cast(), title)
+            }
+            if let titleSelectable {
+                adw_preferences_row_set_title_selectable(widget?.cast(), titleSelectable.cBool)
+            }
+            if let useMarkup {
+                adw_preferences_row_set_use_markup(widget?.cast(), useMarkup.cBool)
+            }
+            if let useUnderline {
+                adw_preferences_row_set_use_underline(widget?.cast(), useUnderline.cBool)
+            }
+
+
+        }
+        for function in updateFunctions {
+            function(storage)
+        }
+    }
+
+    /// Whether to show a search entry in the popup.
+    /// 
+    /// If set to `TRUE`, a search entry will be shown in the popup that
+    /// allows to search for items in the list.
+    /// 
+    /// Search requires [property@ComboRow:expression] to be set.
+    public func enableSearch(_ enableSearch: Bool? = true) -> Self {
+        var newSelf = self
+        newSelf.enableSearch = enableSearch
+        
+        return newSelf
+    }
+
+    /// The position of the selected item.
+    /// 
+    /// If no item is selected, the property has the value
+    /// [const@Gtk.INVALID_LIST_POSITION]
+    public func selected(_ selected: Binding<UInt>?) -> Self {
+        var newSelf = self
+        newSelf.selected = selected
+        
+        return newSelf
+    }
+
+    /// Whether to use the current value as the subtitle.
+    /// 
+    /// If you use a custom list item factory, you will need to give the row a
+    /// name conversion expression with [property@ComboRow:expression].
+    /// 
+    /// If set to `TRUE`, you should not access [property@ActionRow:subtitle].
+    /// 
+    /// The subtitle is interpreted as Pango markup if
+    /// [property@PreferencesRow:use-markup] is set to `TRUE`.
+    public func useSubtitle(_ useSubtitle: Bool? = true) -> Self {
+        var newSelf = self
+        newSelf.useSubtitle = useSubtitle
+        
+        return newSelf
+    }
+
+    /// The widget to activate when the row is activated.
+    /// 
+    /// The row can be activated either by clicking on it, calling
+    /// [method@ActionRow.activate], or via mnemonics in the title.
+    /// See the [property@PreferencesRow:use-underline] property to enable
+    /// mnemonics.
+    /// 
+    /// The target widget will be activated by emitting the
+    /// [signal@Gtk.Widget::mnemonic-activate] signal on it.
+    public func activatableWidget(@ViewBuilder _ activatableWidget: @escaping (() -> Body)) -> Self {
+        var newSelf = self
+        newSelf.activatableWidget = activatableWidget
+        
+        return newSelf
+    }
+
+    /// The icon name for this row.
+    public func iconName(_ iconName: String?) -> Self {
+        var newSelf = self
+        newSelf.iconName = iconName
+        
+        return newSelf
+    }
+
+    /// The subtitle for this row.
+    /// 
+    /// The subtitle is interpreted as Pango markup unless
+    /// [property@PreferencesRow:use-markup] is set to `FALSE`.
+    public func subtitle(_ subtitle: String?) -> Self {
+        var newSelf = self
+        newSelf.subtitle = subtitle
+        
+        return newSelf
+    }
+
+    /// The number of lines at the end of which the subtitle label will be
+    /// ellipsized.
+    /// 
+    /// If the value is 0, the number of lines won't be limited.
+    public func subtitleLines(_ subtitleLines: Int?) -> Self {
+        var newSelf = self
+        newSelf.subtitleLines = subtitleLines
+        
+        return newSelf
+    }
+
+    /// Whether the user can copy the subtitle from the label.
+    /// 
+    /// See also [property@Gtk.Label:selectable].
+    public func subtitleSelectable(_ subtitleSelectable: Bool? = true) -> Self {
+        var newSelf = self
+        newSelf.subtitleSelectable = subtitleSelectable
+        
+        return newSelf
+    }
+
+    /// The number of lines at the end of which the title label will be ellipsized.
+    /// 
+    /// If the value is 0, the number of lines won't be limited.
+    public func titleLines(_ titleLines: Int?) -> Self {
+        var newSelf = self
+        newSelf.titleLines = titleLines
+        
+        return newSelf
+    }
+
+    /// The title of the preference represented by this row.
+    /// 
+    /// The title is interpreted as Pango markup unless
+    /// [property@PreferencesRow:use-markup] is set to `FALSE`.
+    public func title(_ title: String?) -> Self {
+        var newSelf = self
+        newSelf.title = title
+        
+        return newSelf
+    }
+
+    /// Whether the user can copy the title from the label.
+    /// 
+    /// See also [property@Gtk.Label:selectable].
+    public func titleSelectable(_ titleSelectable: Bool? = true) -> Self {
+        var newSelf = self
+        newSelf.titleSelectable = titleSelectable
+        
+        return newSelf
+    }
+
+    /// Whether to use Pango markup for the title label.
+    /// 
+    /// Subclasses may also use it for other labels, such as subtitle.
+    /// 
+    /// See also [func@Pango.parse_markup].
+    public func useMarkup(_ useMarkup: Bool? = true) -> Self {
+        var newSelf = self
+        newSelf.useMarkup = useMarkup
+        
+        return newSelf
+    }
+
+    /// Whether an embedded underline in the title indicates a mnemonic.
+    public func useUnderline(_ useUnderline: Bool? = true) -> Self {
+        var newSelf = self
+        newSelf.useUnderline = useUnderline
+        
+        return newSelf
+    }
+
+    /// This signal is emitted after the row has been activated.
+    public func activated(_ activated: @escaping () -> Void) -> Self {
+        var newSelf = self
+        newSelf.activated = activated
+        return newSelf
+    }
+
+}

Sources/Adwaita/View/Generated/EntryRow.swift

@@ -0,0 +1,293 @@
+//
+//  EntryRow.swift
+//  Adwaita
+//
+//  Created by auto-generation on 22.01.24.
+//
+
+import CAdw
+import LevenshteinTransformations
+
+/// A [class@Gtk.ListBoxRow] with an embedded text entry.
+/// 
+/// <picture><source srcset="entry-row-dark.png" media="(prefers-color-scheme: dark)"><img src="entry-row.png" alt="entry-row"></picture>
+/// 
+/// `AdwEntryRow` has a title that doubles as placeholder text. It shows an icon
+/// indicating that it's editable and can receive additional widgets before or
+/// after the editable part.
+/// 
+/// If [property@EntryRow:show-apply-button] is set to `TRUE`, `AdwEntryRow` can
+/// show an apply button when editing its contents. This can be useful if
+/// changing its contents can result in an expensive operation, such as network
+/// activity.
+/// 
+/// `AdwEntryRow` provides only minimal API and should be used with the
+/// [iface@Gtk.Editable] API.
+/// 
+/// See also [class@PasswordEntryRow].
+/// 
+/// ## AdwEntryRow as GtkBuildable
+/// 
+/// The `AdwEntryRow` implementation of the [iface@Gtk.Buildable] interface
+/// supports adding a child at its end by specifying “suffix” or omitting the
+/// “type” attribute of a <child> element.
+/// 
+/// It also supports adding a child as a prefix widget by specifying “prefix” as
+/// the “type” attribute of a <child> element.
+/// 
+/// ## CSS nodes
+/// 
+/// `AdwEntryRow` has a single CSS node with name `row` and the `.entry` style
+/// class.
+public struct EntryRow: Widget {
+
+    /// Additional update functions for type extensions.
+    var updateFunctions: [(ViewStorage) -> Void] = []
+    /// Additional appear functions for type extensions.
+    var appearFunctions: [(ViewStorage) -> Void] = []
+
+    /// Whether activating the embedded entry can activate the default widget.
+    var activatesDefault: Bool?
+    /// Whether to suggest emoji replacements on the entry row.
+    /// 
+    /// Emoji replacement is done with :-delimited names, like `:heart:`.
+    var enableEmojiCompletion: Bool?
+    /// Whether to show the apply button.
+    /// 
+    /// When set to `TRUE`, typing text in the entry will reveal an apply button.
+    /// Clicking it or pressing the <kbd>Enter</kbd> key will hide the button and
+    /// emit the [signal@EntryRow::apply] signal.
+    /// 
+    /// This is useful if changing the entry contents can trigger an expensive
+    /// operation, e.g. network activity, to avoid triggering it after typing every
+    /// character.
+    var showApplyButton: Bool?
+    /// The title of the preference represented by this row.
+    /// 
+    /// The title is interpreted as Pango markup unless
+    /// [property@PreferencesRow:use-markup] is set to `FALSE`.
+    var title: String?
+    /// Whether the user can copy the title from the label.
+    /// 
+    /// See also [property@Gtk.Label:selectable].
+    var titleSelectable: Bool?
+    /// Whether to use Pango markup for the title label.
+    /// 
+    /// Subclasses may also use it for other labels, such as subtitle.
+    /// 
+    /// See also [func@Pango.parse_markup].
+    var useMarkup: Bool?
+    /// Whether an embedded underline in the title indicates a mnemonic.
+    var useUnderline: Bool?
+    /// Emitted when the apply button is pressed.
+    /// 
+    /// See [property@EntryRow:show-apply-button].
+    var apply: (() -> Void)?
+    /// Emitted when the embedded entry is activated.
+    var entryActivated: (() -> Void)?
+    /// The body for the widget "suffix".
+    var suffix: () -> Body = { [] }
+    /// The body for the widget "prefix".
+    var prefix: () -> Body = { [] }
+    /// The application.
+    var app: GTUIApp?
+    /// The window.
+    var window: GTUIApplicationWindow?
+
+    /// Initialize `EntryRow`.
+    public init() {
+    }
+
+    /// Get the widget's view storage.
+    /// - Parameter modifiers: The view modifiers.
+    /// - Returns: The view storage.
+    public func container(modifiers: [(View) -> View]) -> ViewStorage {
+        let storage = ViewStorage(adw_entry_row_new()?.opaque())
+        update(storage, modifiers: modifiers)
+
+        var suffixStorage: [ViewStorage] = []
+        for view in suffix() {
+            suffixStorage.append(view.storage(modifiers: modifiers))
+            adw_entry_row_add_suffix(storage.pointer?.cast(), suffixStorage.last?.pointer?.cast())
+        }
+        storage.content["suffix"] = suffixStorage
+        var prefixStorage: [ViewStorage] = []
+        for view in prefix() {
+            prefixStorage.append(view.storage(modifiers: modifiers))
+            adw_entry_row_add_prefix(storage.pointer?.cast(), prefixStorage.last?.pointer?.cast())
+        }
+        storage.content["prefix"] = prefixStorage
+
+        for function in appearFunctions {
+            function(storage)
+        }
+        return storage
+    }
+
+    /// Update the widget's view storage.
+    /// - Parameters:
+    ///     - storage: The view storage.
+    ///     - modifiers: The view modifiers.
+    public func update(_ storage: ViewStorage, modifiers: [(View) -> View]) {
+        if let apply {
+            storage.connectSignal(name: "apply") {
+                apply()
+            }
+        }
+        if let entryActivated {
+            storage.connectSignal(name: "entry-activated") {
+                entryActivated()
+            }
+        }
+        storage.modify { widget in
+            if let activatesDefault {
+                adw_entry_row_set_activates_default(widget?.cast(), activatesDefault.cBool)
+            }
+            if let enableEmojiCompletion {
+                adw_entry_row_set_enable_emoji_completion(widget?.cast(), enableEmojiCompletion.cBool)
+            }
+            if let showApplyButton {
+                adw_entry_row_set_show_apply_button(widget?.cast(), showApplyButton.cBool)
+            }
+            if let title {
+                adw_preferences_row_set_title(widget?.cast(), title)
+            }
+            if let titleSelectable {
+                adw_preferences_row_set_title_selectable(widget?.cast(), titleSelectable.cBool)
+            }
+            if let useMarkup {
+                adw_preferences_row_set_use_markup(widget?.cast(), useMarkup.cBool)
+            }
+            if let useUnderline {
+                adw_preferences_row_set_use_underline(widget?.cast(), useUnderline.cBool)
+            }
+
+            if let suffixStorage = storage.content["suffix"] {
+                for (index, view) in suffix().enumerated() {
+                    if let storage = suffixStorage[safe: index] {
+                        view.updateStorage(storage, modifiers: modifiers)
+                    }
+                }
+            }
+            if let prefixStorage = storage.content["prefix"] {
+                for (index, view) in prefix().enumerated() {
+                    if let storage = prefixStorage[safe: index] {
+                        view.updateStorage(storage, modifiers: modifiers)
+                    }
+                }
+            }
+
+        }
+        for function in updateFunctions {
+            function(storage)
+        }
+    }
+
+    /// Whether activating the embedded entry can activate the default widget.
+    public func activatesDefault(_ activatesDefault: Bool? = true) -> Self {
+        var newSelf = self
+        newSelf.activatesDefault = activatesDefault
+        
+        return newSelf
+    }
+
+    /// Whether to suggest emoji replacements on the entry row.
+    /// 
+    /// Emoji replacement is done with :-delimited names, like `:heart:`.
+    public func enableEmojiCompletion(_ enableEmojiCompletion: Bool? = true) -> Self {
+        var newSelf = self
+        newSelf.enableEmojiCompletion = enableEmojiCompletion
+        
+        return newSelf
+    }
+
+    /// Whether to show the apply button.
+    /// 
+    /// When set to `TRUE`, typing text in the entry will reveal an apply button.
+    /// Clicking it or pressing the <kbd>Enter</kbd> key will hide the button and
+    /// emit the [signal@EntryRow::apply] signal.
+    /// 
+    /// This is useful if changing the entry contents can trigger an expensive
+    /// operation, e.g. network activity, to avoid triggering it after typing every
+    /// character.
+    public func showApplyButton(_ showApplyButton: Bool? = true) -> Self {
+        var newSelf = self
+        newSelf.showApplyButton = showApplyButton
+        
+        return newSelf
+    }
+
+    /// The title of the preference represented by this row.
+    /// 
+    /// The title is interpreted as Pango markup unless
+    /// [property@PreferencesRow:use-markup] is set to `FALSE`.
+    public func title(_ title: String?) -> Self {
+        var newSelf = self
+        newSelf.title = title
+        
+        return newSelf
+    }
+
+    /// Whether the user can copy the title from the label.
+    /// 
+    /// See also [property@Gtk.Label:selectable].
+    public func titleSelectable(_ titleSelectable: Bool? = true) -> Self {
+        var newSelf = self
+        newSelf.titleSelectable = titleSelectable
+        
+        return newSelf
+    }
+
+    /// Whether to use Pango markup for the title label.
+    /// 
+    /// Subclasses may also use it for other labels, such as subtitle.
+    /// 
+    /// See also [func@Pango.parse_markup].
+    public func useMarkup(_ useMarkup: Bool? = true) -> Self {
+        var newSelf = self
+        newSelf.useMarkup = useMarkup
+        
+        return newSelf
+    }
+
+    /// Whether an embedded underline in the title indicates a mnemonic.
+    public func useUnderline(_ useUnderline: Bool? = true) -> Self {
+        var newSelf = self
+        newSelf.useUnderline = useUnderline
+        
+        return newSelf
+    }
+
+    /// Emitted when the apply button is pressed.
+    /// 
+    /// See [property@EntryRow:show-apply-button].
+    public func apply(_ apply: @escaping () -> Void) -> Self {
+        var newSelf = self
+        newSelf.apply = apply
+        return newSelf
+    }
+
+    /// Emitted when the embedded entry is activated.
+    public func entryActivated(_ entryActivated: @escaping () -> Void) -> Self {
+        var newSelf = self
+        newSelf.entryActivated = entryActivated
+        return newSelf
+    }
+
+    /// Set the body for "suffix".
+    /// - Parameter body: The body.
+    /// - Returns: The widget.
+    public func suffix(@ViewBuilder _ body: @escaping () -> Body) -> Self {
+        var newSelf = self
+        newSelf.suffix = body
+        return newSelf
+    }
+    /// Set the body for "prefix".
+    /// - Parameter body: The body.
+    /// - Returns: The widget.
+    public func prefix(@ViewBuilder _ body: @escaping () -> Body) -> Self {
+        var newSelf = self
+        newSelf.prefix = body
+        return newSelf
+    }
+}

Sources/Adwaita/View/Generated/ExpanderRow.swift

@@ -0,0 +1,332 @@
+//
+//  ExpanderRow.swift
+//  Adwaita
+//
+//  Created by auto-generation on 22.01.24.
+//
+
+import CAdw
+import LevenshteinTransformations
+
+/// A [class@Gtk.ListBoxRow] used to reveal widgets.
+/// 
+/// <picture><source srcset="expander-row-dark.png" media="(prefers-color-scheme: dark)"><img src="expander-row.png" alt="expander-row"></picture>
+/// 
+/// The `AdwExpanderRow` widget allows the user to reveal or hide widgets below
+/// it. It also allows the user to enable the expansion of the row, allowing to
+/// disable all that the row contains.
+/// 
+/// ## AdwExpanderRow as GtkBuildable
+/// 
+/// The `AdwExpanderRow` implementation of the [iface@Gtk.Buildable] interface
+/// supports adding a child as an suffix widget by specifying “suffix” as the
+/// “type” attribute of a <child> element.
+/// 
+/// It also supports adding it as a prefix widget by specifying “prefix” as the
+/// “type” attribute of a <child> element.
+/// 
+/// ## CSS nodes
+/// 
+/// `AdwExpanderRow` has a main CSS node with name `row` and the `.expander`
+/// style class. It has the `.empty` style class when it contains no children.
+/// 
+/// It contains the subnodes `row.header` for its main embedded row,
+/// `list.nested` for the list it can expand, and `image.expander-row-arrow` for
+/// its arrow.
+public struct ExpanderRow: Widget {
+
+    /// Additional update functions for type extensions.
+    var updateFunctions: [(ViewStorage) -> Void] = []
+    /// Additional appear functions for type extensions.
+    var appearFunctions: [(ViewStorage) -> Void] = []
+
+    /// Whether expansion is enabled.
+    var enableExpansion: Binding<Bool>?
+    /// Whether the row is expanded.
+    var expanded: Binding<Bool>?
+    /// The icon name for this row.
+    var iconName: String?
+    /// Whether the switch enabling the expansion is visible.
+    var showEnableSwitch: Bool?
+    /// The subtitle for this row.
+    /// 
+    /// The subtitle is interpreted as Pango markup unless
+    /// [property@PreferencesRow:use-markup] is set to `FALSE`.
+    var subtitle: String?
+    /// The number of lines at the end of which the subtitle label will be
+    /// ellipsized.
+    /// 
+    /// If the value is 0, the number of lines won't be limited.
+    var subtitleLines: Int?
+    /// The number of lines at the end of which the title label will be ellipsized.
+    /// 
+    /// If the value is 0, the number of lines won't be limited.
+    var titleLines: Int?
+    /// The title of the preference represented by this row.
+    /// 
+    /// The title is interpreted as Pango markup unless
+    /// [property@PreferencesRow:use-markup] is set to `FALSE`.
+    var title: String?
+    /// Whether the user can copy the title from the label.
+    /// 
+    /// See also [property@Gtk.Label:selectable].
+    var titleSelectable: Bool?
+    /// Whether to use Pango markup for the title label.
+    /// 
+    /// Subclasses may also use it for other labels, such as subtitle.
+    /// 
+    /// See also [func@Pango.parse_markup].
+    var useMarkup: Bool?
+    /// Whether an embedded underline in the title indicates a mnemonic.
+    var useUnderline: Bool?
+    /// The body for the widget "rows".
+    var rows: () -> Body = { [] }
+    /// The body for the widget "suffix".
+    var suffix: () -> Body = { [] }
+    /// The body for the widget "prefix".
+    var prefix: () -> Body = { [] }
+    /// The application.
+    var app: GTUIApp?
+    /// The window.
+    var window: GTUIApplicationWindow?
+
+    /// Initialize `ExpanderRow`.
+    public init() {
+    }
+
+    /// Get the widget's view storage.
+    /// - Parameter modifiers: The view modifiers.
+    /// - Returns: The view storage.
+    public func container(modifiers: [(View) -> View]) -> ViewStorage {
+        let storage = ViewStorage(adw_expander_row_new()?.opaque())
+        update(storage, modifiers: modifiers)
+
+        var rowsStorage: [ViewStorage] = []
+        for view in rows() {
+            rowsStorage.append(view.storage(modifiers: modifiers))
+            adw_expander_row_add_row(storage.pointer?.cast(), rowsStorage.last?.pointer?.cast())
+        }
+        storage.content["rows"] = rowsStorage
+        var suffixStorage: [ViewStorage] = []
+        for view in suffix() {
+            suffixStorage.append(view.storage(modifiers: modifiers))
+            adw_expander_row_add_suffix(storage.pointer?.cast(), suffixStorage.last?.pointer?.cast())
+        }
+        storage.content["suffix"] = suffixStorage
+        var prefixStorage: [ViewStorage] = []
+        for view in prefix() {
+            prefixStorage.append(view.storage(modifiers: modifiers))
+            adw_expander_row_add_prefix(storage.pointer?.cast(), prefixStorage.last?.pointer?.cast())
+        }
+        storage.content["prefix"] = prefixStorage
+
+        storage.notify(name: "enable-expansion") {
+            enableExpansion?.wrappedValue = adw_expander_row_get_enable_expansion(storage.pointer?.cast()) != 0
+        }
+        storage.notify(name: "expanded") {
+            expanded?.wrappedValue = adw_expander_row_get_expanded(storage.pointer?.cast()) != 0
+        }
+        for function in appearFunctions {
+            function(storage)
+        }
+        return storage
+    }
+
+    /// Update the widget's view storage.
+    /// - Parameters:
+    ///     - storage: The view storage.
+    ///     - modifiers: The view modifiers.
+    public func update(_ storage: ViewStorage, modifiers: [(View) -> View]) {
+        storage.modify { widget in
+            if let enableExpansion {
+                adw_expander_row_set_enable_expansion(widget?.cast(), enableExpansion.wrappedValue.cBool)
+            }
+            if let expanded {
+                adw_expander_row_set_expanded(widget?.cast(), expanded.wrappedValue.cBool)
+            }
+            if let iconName {
+                adw_expander_row_set_icon_name(widget?.cast(), iconName)
+            }
+            if let showEnableSwitch {
+                adw_expander_row_set_show_enable_switch(widget?.cast(), showEnableSwitch.cBool)
+            }
+            if let subtitle {
+                adw_expander_row_set_subtitle(widget?.cast(), subtitle)
+            }
+            if let subtitleLines {
+                adw_expander_row_set_subtitle_lines(widget?.cast(), subtitleLines.cInt)
+            }
+            if let titleLines {
+                adw_expander_row_set_title_lines(widget?.cast(), titleLines.cInt)
+            }
+            if let title {
+                adw_preferences_row_set_title(widget?.cast(), title)
+            }
+            if let titleSelectable {
+                adw_preferences_row_set_title_selectable(widget?.cast(), titleSelectable.cBool)
+            }
+            if let useMarkup {
+                adw_preferences_row_set_use_markup(widget?.cast(), useMarkup.cBool)
+            }
+            if let useUnderline {
+                adw_preferences_row_set_use_underline(widget?.cast(), useUnderline.cBool)
+            }
+
+            if let rowsStorage = storage.content["rows"] {
+                for (index, view) in rows().enumerated() {
+                    if let storage = rowsStorage[safe: index] {
+                        view.updateStorage(storage, modifiers: modifiers)
+                    }
+                }
+            }
+            if let suffixStorage = storage.content["suffix"] {
+                for (index, view) in suffix().enumerated() {
+                    if let storage = suffixStorage[safe: index] {
+                        view.updateStorage(storage, modifiers: modifiers)
+                    }
+                }
+            }
+            if let prefixStorage = storage.content["prefix"] {
+                for (index, view) in prefix().enumerated() {
+                    if let storage = prefixStorage[safe: index] {
+                        view.updateStorage(storage, modifiers: modifiers)
+                    }
+                }
+            }
+
+        }
+        for function in updateFunctions {
+            function(storage)
+        }
+    }
+
+    /// Whether expansion is enabled.
+    public func enableExpansion(_ enableExpansion: Binding<Bool>?) -> Self {
+        var newSelf = self
+        newSelf.enableExpansion = enableExpansion
+        
+        return newSelf
+    }
+
+    /// Whether the row is expanded.
+    public func expanded(_ expanded: Binding<Bool>?) -> Self {
+        var newSelf = self
+        newSelf.expanded = expanded
+        
+        return newSelf
+    }
+
+    /// The icon name for this row.
+    public func iconName(_ iconName: String?) -> Self {
+        var newSelf = self
+        newSelf.iconName = iconName
+        
+        return newSelf
+    }
+
+    /// Whether the switch enabling the expansion is visible.
+    public func showEnableSwitch(_ showEnableSwitch: Bool? = true) -> Self {
+        var newSelf = self
+        newSelf.showEnableSwitch = showEnableSwitch
+        
+        return newSelf
+    }
+
+    /// The subtitle for this row.
+    /// 
+    /// The subtitle is interpreted as Pango markup unless
+    /// [property@PreferencesRow:use-markup] is set to `FALSE`.
+    public func subtitle(_ subtitle: String?) -> Self {
+        var newSelf = self
+        newSelf.subtitle = subtitle
+        
+        return newSelf
+    }
+
+    /// The number of lines at the end of which the subtitle label will be
+    /// ellipsized.
+    /// 
+    /// If the value is 0, the number of lines won't be limited.
+    public func subtitleLines(_ subtitleLines: Int?) -> Self {
+        var newSelf = self
+        newSelf.subtitleLines = subtitleLines
+        
+        return newSelf
+    }
+
+    /// The number of lines at the end of which the title label will be ellipsized.
+    /// 
+    /// If the value is 0, the number of lines won't be limited.
+    public func titleLines(_ titleLines: Int?) -> Self {
+        var newSelf = self
+        newSelf.titleLines = titleLines
+        
+        return newSelf
+    }
+
+    /// The title of the preference represented by this row.
+    /// 
+    /// The title is interpreted as Pango markup unless
+    /// [property@PreferencesRow:use-markup] is set to `FALSE`.
+    public func title(_ title: String?) -> Self {
+        var newSelf = self
+        newSelf.title = title
+        
+        return newSelf
+    }
+
+    /// Whether the user can copy the title from the label.
+    /// 
+    /// See also [property@Gtk.Label:selectable].
+    public func titleSelectable(_ titleSelectable: Bool? = true) -> Self {
+        var newSelf = self
+        newSelf.titleSelectable = titleSelectable
+        
+        return newSelf
+    }
+
+    /// Whether to use Pango markup for the title label.
+    /// 
+    /// Subclasses may also use it for other labels, such as subtitle.
+    /// 
+    /// See also [func@Pango.parse_markup].
+    public func useMarkup(_ useMarkup: Bool? = true) -> Self {
+        var newSelf = self
+        newSelf.useMarkup = useMarkup
+        
+        return newSelf
+    }
+
+    /// Whether an embedded underline in the title indicates a mnemonic.
+    public func useUnderline(_ useUnderline: Bool? = true) -> Self {
+        var newSelf = self
+        newSelf.useUnderline = useUnderline
+        
+        return newSelf
+    }
+
+    /// Set the body for "rows".
+    /// - Parameter body: The body.
+    /// - Returns: The widget.
+    public func rows(@ViewBuilder _ body: @escaping () -> Body) -> Self {
+        var newSelf = self
+        newSelf.rows = body
+        return newSelf
+    }
+    /// Set the body for "suffix".
+    /// - Parameter body: The body.
+    /// - Returns: The widget.
+    public func suffix(@ViewBuilder _ body: @escaping () -> Body) -> Self {
+        var newSelf = self
+        newSelf.suffix = body
+        return newSelf
+    }
+    /// Set the body for "prefix".
+    /// - Parameter body: The body.
+    /// - Returns: The widget.
+    public func prefix(@ViewBuilder _ body: @escaping () -> Body) -> Self {
+        var newSelf = self
+        newSelf.prefix = body
+        return newSelf
+    }
+}

Sources/Adwaita/View/Generated/HeaderBar.swift

@@ -0,0 +1,331 @@
+//
+//  HeaderBar.swift
+//  Adwaita
+//
+//  Created by auto-generation on 22.01.24.
+//
+
+import CAdw
+import LevenshteinTransformations
+
+/// A title bar widget.
+/// 
+/// <picture><source srcset="header-bar-dark.png" media="(prefers-color-scheme: dark)"><img src="header-bar.png" alt="header-bar"></picture>
+/// 
+/// `AdwHeaderBar` is similar to [class@Gtk.HeaderBar], but provides additional
+/// features compared to it. Refer to `GtkHeaderBar` for details. It is typically
+/// used as a top bar within [class@ToolbarView].
+/// 
+/// ## Navigation View Integration
+/// 
+/// When placed inside an [class@NavigationPage], `AdwHeaderBar` will display the
+/// page title instead of window title.
+/// 
+/// When used together with [class@NavigationView] or [class@NavigationSplitView],
+/// it will also display a back button that can be used to go back to the previous
+/// page. The button also has a context menu, allowing to pop multiple pages at
+/// once, potentially across multiple navigation views. In rare scenarios, set
+/// [property@HeaderBar:show-back-button] to `FALSE` to disable the back button
+/// if it's unwanted (e.g. in an extra header bar on the same page).
+/// 
+/// ## Split View Integration
+/// 
+/// When placed inside `AdwNavigationSplitView` or `AdwOverlaySplitView`,
+/// `AdwHeaderBar` will automatically hide the title buttons other than at the
+/// edges of the window.
+/// 
+/// ## Centering Policy
+/// 
+/// [property@HeaderBar:centering-policy] allows to enforce strict centering of
+/// the title widget. This can be useful for entries inside [class@Clamp].
+/// 
+/// ## Title Buttons
+/// 
+/// Unlike `GtkHeaderBar`, `AdwHeaderBar` allows to toggle title button
+/// visibility for each side individually, using the
+/// [property@HeaderBar:show-start-title-buttons] and
+/// [property@HeaderBar:show-end-title-buttons] properties.
+/// 
+/// ## CSS nodes
+/// 
+/// ```
+/// headerbar
+/// ╰── windowhandle
+/// ╰── box
+/// ├── widget
+/// │   ╰── box.start
+/// │       ├── windowcontrols.start
+/// │       ├── widget
+/// │       │   ╰── [button.back]
+/// │       ╰── [other children]
+/// ├── widget
+/// │   ╰── [Title Widget]
+/// ╰── widget
+/// ╰── box.end
+/// ├── [other children]
+/// ╰── windowcontrols.end
+/// ```
+/// 
+/// `AdwHeaderBar`'s CSS node is called `headerbar`. It contains a `windowhandle`
+/// subnode, which contains a `box` subnode, which contains three `widget`
+/// subnodes at the start, center and end of the header bar. The start and end
+/// subnotes contain a `box` subnode with the `.start` and `.end` style classes
+/// respectively, and the center node contains a node that represents the title.
+/// 
+/// Each of the boxes contains a `windowcontrols` subnode, see
+/// [class@Gtk.WindowControls] for details, as well as other children.
+/// 
+/// When [property@HeaderBar:show-back-button] is `TRUE`, the start box also
+/// contains a node with the name `widget` that contains a node with the name
+/// `button` and `.back` style class.
+/// 
+/// ## Accessibility
+/// 
+/// `AdwHeaderBar` uses the `GTK_ACCESSIBLE_ROLE_GROUP` role.
+public struct HeaderBar: Widget {
+
+    /// Additional update functions for type extensions.
+    var updateFunctions: [(ViewStorage) -> Void] = []
+    /// Additional appear functions for type extensions.
+    var appearFunctions: [(ViewStorage) -> Void] = []
+
+    /// The decoration layout for buttons.
+    /// 
+    /// If this property is not set, the
+    /// [property@Gtk.Settings:gtk-decoration-layout] setting is used.
+    /// 
+    /// The format of the string is button names, separated by commas. A colon
+    /// separates the buttons that should appear at the start from those at the
+    /// end. Recognized button names are minimize, maximize, close and icon (the
+    /// window icon).
+    /// 
+    /// For example, “icon:minimize,maximize,close” specifies an icon at the start,
+    /// and minimize, maximize and close buttons at the end.
+    var decorationLayout: String?
+    /// Whether the header bar can show the back button.
+    /// 
+    /// The back button will never be shown unless the header bar is placed inside an
+    /// [class@NavigationView]. Usually, there is no reason to set this to `FALSE`.
+    var showBackButton: Bool?
+    /// Whether to show title buttons at the end of the header bar.
+    /// 
+    /// See [property@HeaderBar:show-start-title-buttons] for the other side.
+    /// 
+    /// Which buttons are actually shown and where is determined by the
+    /// [property@HeaderBar:decoration-layout] property, and by the state of the
+    /// window (e.g. a close button will not be shown if the window can't be
+    /// closed).
+    var showEndTitleButtons: Bool?
+    /// Whether to show title buttons at the start of the header bar.
+    /// 
+    /// See [property@HeaderBar:show-end-title-buttons] for the other side.
+    /// 
+    /// Which buttons are actually shown and where is determined by the
+    /// [property@HeaderBar:decoration-layout] property, and by the state of the
+    /// window (e.g. a close button will not be shown if the window can't be
+    /// closed).
+    var showStartTitleButtons: Bool?
+    /// Whether the title widget should be shown.
+    var showTitle: Bool?
+    /// The title widget to display.
+    /// 
+    /// When set to `NULL`, the header bar will display the title of the window it
+    /// is contained in.
+    /// 
+    /// To use a different title, use [class@WindowTitle]:
+    /// 
+    /// ```xml
+    /// <object class="AdwHeaderBar"><property name="title-widget"><object class="AdwWindowTitle"><property name="title" translatable="yes">Title</property></object></property></object>
+    /// ```
+    var titleWidget:  (() -> Body)?
+    /// The body for the widget "start".
+    var start: () -> Body = { [] }
+    /// The body for the widget "end".
+    var end: () -> Body = { [] }
+    /// The application.
+    var app: GTUIApp?
+    /// The window.
+    var window: GTUIApplicationWindow?
+
+    /// Initialize `HeaderBar`.
+    public init() {
+    }
+
+    /// Get the widget's view storage.
+    /// - Parameter modifiers: The view modifiers.
+    /// - Returns: The view storage.
+    public func container(modifiers: [(View) -> View]) -> ViewStorage {
+        let storage = ViewStorage(adw_header_bar_new()?.opaque())
+        update(storage, modifiers: modifiers)
+        if let titleWidgetStorage = titleWidget?().widget(modifiers: modifiers).storage(modifiers: modifiers) {
+            storage.content["titleWidget"] = [titleWidgetStorage]
+            adw_header_bar_set_title_widget(storage.pointer, titleWidgetStorage.pointer?.cast())
+        }
+
+        var startStorage: [ViewStorage] = []
+        for view in start() {
+            startStorage.append(view.storage(modifiers: modifiers))
+            adw_header_bar_pack_start(storage.pointer, startStorage.last?.pointer?.cast())
+        }
+        storage.content["start"] = startStorage
+        var endStorage: [ViewStorage] = []
+        for view in end() {
+            endStorage.append(view.storage(modifiers: modifiers))
+            adw_header_bar_pack_end(storage.pointer, endStorage.last?.pointer?.cast())
+        }
+        storage.content["end"] = endStorage
+
+        for function in appearFunctions {
+            function(storage)
+        }
+        return storage
+    }
+
+    /// Update the widget's view storage.
+    /// - Parameters:
+    ///     - storage: The view storage.
+    ///     - modifiers: The view modifiers.
+    public func update(_ storage: ViewStorage, modifiers: [(View) -> View]) {
+        storage.modify { widget in
+            if let decorationLayout {
+                adw_header_bar_set_decoration_layout(widget, decorationLayout)
+            }
+            if let showBackButton {
+                adw_header_bar_set_show_back_button(widget, showBackButton.cBool)
+            }
+            if let showEndTitleButtons {
+                adw_header_bar_set_show_end_title_buttons(widget, showEndTitleButtons.cBool)
+            }
+            if let showStartTitleButtons {
+                adw_header_bar_set_show_start_title_buttons(widget, showStartTitleButtons.cBool)
+            }
+            if let showTitle {
+                adw_header_bar_set_show_title(widget, showTitle.cBool)
+            }
+            if let widget = storage.content["titleWidget"]?.first {
+                titleWidget?().widget(modifiers: modifiers).update(widget, modifiers: modifiers)
+            }
+
+            if let startStorage = storage.content["start"] {
+                for (index, view) in start().enumerated() {
+                    if let storage = startStorage[safe: index] {
+                        view.updateStorage(storage, modifiers: modifiers)
+                    }
+                }
+            }
+            if let endStorage = storage.content["end"] {
+                for (index, view) in end().enumerated() {
+                    if let storage = endStorage[safe: index] {
+                        view.updateStorage(storage, modifiers: modifiers)
+                    }
+                }
+            }
+
+        }
+        for function in updateFunctions {
+            function(storage)
+        }
+    }
+
+    /// The decoration layout for buttons.
+    /// 
+    /// If this property is not set, the
+    /// [property@Gtk.Settings:gtk-decoration-layout] setting is used.
+    /// 
+    /// The format of the string is button names, separated by commas. A colon
+    /// separates the buttons that should appear at the start from those at the
+    /// end. Recognized button names are minimize, maximize, close and icon (the
+    /// window icon).
+    /// 
+    /// For example, “icon:minimize,maximize,close” specifies an icon at the start,
+    /// and minimize, maximize and close buttons at the end.
+    public func decorationLayout(_ decorationLayout: String?) -> Self {
+        var newSelf = self
+        newSelf.decorationLayout = decorationLayout
+        
+        return newSelf
+    }
+
+    /// Whether the header bar can show the back button.
+    /// 
+    /// The back button will never be shown unless the header bar is placed inside an
+    /// [class@NavigationView]. Usually, there is no reason to set this to `FALSE`.
+    public func showBackButton(_ showBackButton: Bool? = true) -> Self {
+        var newSelf = self
+        newSelf.showBackButton = showBackButton
+        
+        return newSelf
+    }
+
+    /// Whether to show title buttons at the end of the header bar.
+    /// 
+    /// See [property@HeaderBar:show-start-title-buttons] for the other side.
+    /// 
+    /// Which buttons are actually shown and where is determined by the
+    /// [property@HeaderBar:decoration-layout] property, and by the state of the
+    /// window (e.g. a close button will not be shown if the window can't be
+    /// closed).
+    public func showEndTitleButtons(_ showEndTitleButtons: Bool? = true) -> Self {
+        var newSelf = self
+        newSelf.showEndTitleButtons = showEndTitleButtons
+        
+        return newSelf
+    }
+
+    /// Whether to show title buttons at the start of the header bar.
+    /// 
+    /// See [property@HeaderBar:show-end-title-buttons] for the other side.
+    /// 
+    /// Which buttons are actually shown and where is determined by the
+    /// [property@HeaderBar:decoration-layout] property, and by the state of the
+    /// window (e.g. a close button will not be shown if the window can't be
+    /// closed).
+    public func showStartTitleButtons(_ showStartTitleButtons: Bool? = true) -> Self {
+        var newSelf = self
+        newSelf.showStartTitleButtons = showStartTitleButtons
+        
+        return newSelf
+    }
+
+    /// Whether the title widget should be shown.
+    public func showTitle(_ showTitle: Bool? = true) -> Self {
+        var newSelf = self
+        newSelf.showTitle = showTitle
+        
+        return newSelf
+    }
+
+    /// The title widget to display.
+    /// 
+    /// When set to `NULL`, the header bar will display the title of the window it
+    /// is contained in.
+    /// 
+    /// To use a different title, use [class@WindowTitle]:
+    /// 
+    /// ```xml
+    /// <object class="AdwHeaderBar"><property name="title-widget"><object class="AdwWindowTitle"><property name="title" translatable="yes">Title</property></object></property></object>
+    /// ```
+    public func titleWidget(@ViewBuilder _ titleWidget: @escaping (() -> Body)) -> Self {
+        var newSelf = self
+        newSelf.titleWidget = titleWidget
+        
+        return newSelf
+    }
+
+    /// Set the body for "start".
+    /// - Parameter body: The body.
+    /// - Returns: The widget.
+    public func start(@ViewBuilder _ body: @escaping () -> Body) -> Self {
+        var newSelf = self
+        newSelf.start = body
+        return newSelf
+    }
+    /// Set the body for "end".
+    /// - Parameter body: The body.
+    /// - Returns: The widget.
+    public func end(@ViewBuilder _ body: @escaping () -> Body) -> Self {
+        var newSelf = self
+        newSelf.end = body
+        return newSelf
+    }
+}

Sources/Adwaita/View/Generated/Label.swift

@@ -0,0 +1,502 @@
+//
+//  Label.swift
+//  Adwaita
+//
+//  Created by auto-generation on 22.01.24.
+//
+
+import CAdw
+import LevenshteinTransformations
+
+/// The `GtkLabel` widget displays a small amount of text.
+/// 
+/// As the name implies, most labels are used to label another widget
+/// such as a [class@Button].
+/// 
+/// ![An example GtkLabel](label.png)
+/// 
+/// # CSS nodes
+/// 
+/// ```
+/// label
+/// ├── [selection]
+/// ├── [link]
+/// ┊
+/// ╰── [link]
+/// ```
+/// 
+/// `GtkLabel` has a single CSS node with the name label. A wide variety
+/// of style classes may be applied to labels, such as .title, .subtitle,
+/// .dim-label, etc. In the `GtkShortcutsWindow`, labels are used with the
+/// .keycap style class.
+/// 
+/// If the label has a selection, it gets a subnode with name selection.
+/// 
+/// If the label has links, there is one subnode per link. These subnodes
+/// carry the link or visited state depending on whether they have been
+/// visited. In this case, label node also gets a .link style class.
+/// 
+/// # GtkLabel as GtkBuildable
+/// 
+/// The GtkLabel implementation of the GtkBuildable interface supports a
+/// custom `<attributes>` element, which supports any number of `<attribute>`
+/// elements. The <attribute> element has attributes named “name“, “value“,
+/// “start“ and “end“ and allows you to specify [struct@Pango.Attribute]
+/// values for this label.
+/// 
+/// An example of a UI definition fragment specifying Pango attributes:
+/// ```xml
+/// <object class="GtkLabel"><attributes><attribute name="weight" value="PANGO_WEIGHT_BOLD"/><attribute name="background" value="red" start="5" end="10"/></attributes></object>
+/// ```
+/// 
+/// The start and end attributes specify the range of characters to which the
+/// Pango attribute applies. If start and end are not specified, the attribute is
+/// applied to the whole text. Note that specifying ranges does not make much
+/// sense with translatable attributes. Use markup embedded in the translatable
+/// content instead.
+/// 
+/// # Accessibility
+/// 
+/// `GtkLabel` uses the %GTK_ACCESSIBLE_ROLE_LABEL role.
+/// 
+/// # Mnemonics
+/// 
+/// Labels may contain “mnemonics”. Mnemonics are underlined characters in the
+/// label, used for keyboard navigation. Mnemonics are created by providing a
+/// string with an underscore before the mnemonic character, such as `"_File"`,
+/// to the functions [ctor@Gtk.Label.new_with_mnemonic] or
+/// [method@Gtk.Label.set_text_with_mnemonic].
+/// 
+/// Mnemonics automatically activate any activatable widget the label is
+/// inside, such as a [class@Gtk.Button]; if the label is not inside the
+/// mnemonic’s target widget, you have to tell the label about the target
+/// using [class@Gtk.Label.set_mnemonic_widget]. Here’s a simple example where
+/// the label is inside a button:
+/// 
+/// ```c
+/// // Pressing Alt+H will activate this button
+/// GtkWidget *button = gtk_button_new ();
+/// GtkWidget *label = gtk_label_new_with_mnemonic ("_Hello");
+/// gtk_button_set_child (GTK_BUTTON (button), label);
+/// ```
+/// 
+/// There’s a convenience function to create buttons with a mnemonic label
+/// already inside:
+/// 
+/// ```c
+/// // Pressing Alt+H will activate this button
+/// GtkWidget *button = gtk_button_new_with_mnemonic ("_Hello");
+/// ```
+/// 
+/// To create a mnemonic for a widget alongside the label, such as a
+/// [class@Gtk.Entry], you have to point the label at the entry with
+/// [method@Gtk.Label.set_mnemonic_widget]:
+/// 
+/// ```c
+/// // Pressing Alt+H will focus the entry
+/// GtkWidget *entry = gtk_entry_new ();
+/// GtkWidget *label = gtk_label_new_with_mnemonic ("_Hello");
+/// gtk_label_set_mnemonic_widget (GTK_LABEL (label), entry);
+/// ```
+/// 
+/// # Markup (styled text)
+/// 
+/// To make it easy to format text in a label (changing colors,
+/// fonts, etc.), label text can be provided in a simple
+/// markup format:
+/// 
+/// Here’s how to create a label with a small font:
+/// ```c
+/// GtkWidget *label = gtk_label_new (NULL);
+/// gtk_label_set_markup (GTK_LABEL (label), "<small>Small text</small>");
+/// ```
+/// 
+/// (See the Pango manual for complete documentation] of available
+/// tags, [func@Pango.parse_markup])
+/// 
+/// The markup passed to [method@Gtk.Label.set_markup] must be valid; for example,
+/// literal `<`, `>` and `&` characters must be escaped as `&lt;`, `&gt;`, and `&amp;`.
+/// If you pass text obtained from the user, file, or a network to
+/// [method@Gtk.Label.set_markup], you’ll want to escape it with
+/// [func@GLib.markup_escape_text] or [func@GLib.markup_printf_escaped].
+/// 
+/// Markup strings are just a convenient way to set the [struct@Pango.AttrList]
+/// on a label; [method@Gtk.Label.set_attributes] may be a simpler way to set
+/// attributes in some cases. Be careful though; [struct@Pango.AttrList] tends
+/// to cause internationalization problems, unless you’re applying attributes
+/// to the entire string (i.e. unless you set the range of each attribute
+/// to [0, %G_MAXINT)). The reason is that specifying the start_index and
+/// end_index for a [struct@Pango.Attribute] requires knowledge of the exact
+/// string being displayed, so translations will cause problems.
+/// 
+/// # Selectable labels
+/// 
+/// Labels can be made selectable with [method@Gtk.Label.set_selectable].
+/// Selectable labels allow the user to copy the label contents to
+/// the clipboard. Only labels that contain useful-to-copy information
+/// — such as error messages — should be made selectable.
+/// 
+/// # Text layout
+/// 
+/// A label can contain any number of paragraphs, but will have
+/// performance problems if it contains more than a small number.
+/// Paragraphs are separated by newlines or other paragraph separators
+/// understood by Pango.
+/// 
+/// Labels can automatically wrap text if you call [method@Gtk.Label.set_wrap].
+/// 
+/// [method@Gtk.Label.set_justify] sets how the lines in a label align
+/// with one another. If you want to set how the label as a whole aligns
+/// in its available space, see the [property@Gtk.Widget:halign] and
+/// [property@Gtk.Widget:valign] properties.
+/// 
+/// The [property@Gtk.Label:width-chars] and [property@Gtk.Label:max-width-chars]
+/// properties can be used to control the size allocation of ellipsized or
+/// wrapped labels. For ellipsizing labels, if either is specified (and less
+/// than the actual text size), it is used as the minimum width, and the actual
+/// text size is used as the natural width of the label. For wrapping labels,
+/// width-chars is used as the minimum width, if specified, and max-width-chars
+/// is used as the natural width. Even if max-width-chars specified, wrapping
+/// labels will be rewrapped to use all of the available width.
+/// 
+/// # Links
+/// 
+/// GTK supports markup for clickable hyperlinks in addition to regular Pango
+/// markup. The markup for links is borrowed from HTML, using the `<a>` with
+/// “href“, “title“ and “class“ attributes. GTK renders links similar to the
+/// way they appear in web browsers, with colored, underlined text. The “title“
+/// attribute is displayed as a tooltip on the link. The “class“ attribute is
+/// used as style class on the CSS node for the link.
+/// 
+/// An example looks like this:
+/// 
+/// ```c
+/// const char *text =
+/// "Go to the "
+/// "<a href=\"https://www.gtk.org\" title=\"&lt;i&gt;Our&lt;/i&gt; website\">"
+/// "GTK website</a> for more...";
+/// GtkWidget *label = gtk_label_new (NULL);
+/// gtk_label_set_markup (GTK_LABEL (label), text);
+/// ```
+/// 
+/// It is possible to implement custom handling for links and their tooltips
+/// with the [signal@Gtk.Label::activate-link] signal and the
+/// [method@Gtk.Label.get_current_uri] function.
+public struct Label: Widget {
+
+    /// Additional update functions for type extensions.
+    var updateFunctions: [(ViewStorage) -> Void] = []
+    /// Additional appear functions for type extensions.
+    var appearFunctions: [(ViewStorage) -> Void] = []
+
+    /// The contents of the label.
+    /// 
+    /// If the string contains Pango markup (see [func@Pango.parse_markup]),
+    /// you will have to set the [property@Gtk.Label:use-markup] property to
+    /// %TRUE in order for the label to display the markup attributes. See also
+    /// [method@Gtk.Label.set_markup] for a convenience function that sets both
+    /// this property and the [property@Gtk.Label:use-markup] property at the
+    /// same time.
+    /// 
+    /// If the string contains underlines acting as mnemonics, you will have to
+    /// set the [property@Gtk.Label:use-underline] property to %TRUE in order
+    /// for the label to display them.
+    var label: String
+    /// The number of lines to which an ellipsized, wrapping label
+    /// should be limited.
+    /// 
+    /// This property has no effect if the label is not wrapping or ellipsized.
+    /// Set this property to -1 if you don't want to limit the number of lines.
+    var lines: Int?
+    /// The desired maximum width of the label, in characters.
+    /// 
+    /// If this property is set to -1, the width will be calculated automatically.
+    /// 
+    /// See the section on [text layout](class.Label.html#text-layout) for details of how
+    /// [property@Gtk.Label:width-chars] and [property@Gtk.Label:max-width-chars]
+    /// determine the width of ellipsized and wrapped labels.
+    var maxWidthChars: Int?
+    /// The mnemonic accelerator key for the label.
+    var mnemonicKeyval: UInt?
+    /// The widget to be activated when the labels mnemonic key is pressed.
+    var mnemonicWidget:  (() -> Body)?
+    /// Whether the label text can be selected with the mouse.
+    var selectable: Bool?
+    /// Whether the label is in single line mode.
+    /// 
+    /// In single line mode, the height of the label does not depend on the
+    /// actual text, it is always set to ascent + descent of the font. This
+    /// can be an advantage in situations where resizing the label because
+    /// of text changes would be distracting, e.g. in a statusbar.
+    var singleLineMode: Bool?
+    /// %TRUE if the text of the label includes Pango markup.
+    /// 
+    /// See [func@Pango.parse_markup].
+    var useMarkup: Bool?
+    /// %TRUE if the text of the label indicates a mnemonic with an _
+    /// before the mnemonic character.
+    var useUnderline: Bool?
+    /// The desired width of the label, in characters.
+    /// 
+    /// If this property is set to -1, the width will be calculated automatically.
+    /// 
+    /// See the section on [text layout](class.Label.html#text-layout) for details of how
+    /// [property@Gtk.Label:width-chars] and [property@Gtk.Label:max-width-chars]
+    /// determine the width of ellipsized and wrapped labels.
+    var widthChars: Int?
+    /// %TRUE if the label text will wrap if it gets too wide.
+    var wrap: Bool?
+    /// The horizontal alignment of the label text inside its size allocation.
+    /// 
+    /// Compare this to [property@Gtk.Widget:halign], which determines how the
+    /// labels size allocation is positioned in the space available for the label.
+    var xalign: Float?
+    /// The vertical alignment of the label text inside its size allocation.
+    /// 
+    /// Compare this to [property@Gtk.Widget:valign], which determines how the
+    /// labels size allocation is positioned in the space available for the label.
+    var yalign: Float?
+    /// Gets emitted to copy the selection to the clipboard.
+    /// 
+    /// The ::copy-clipboard signal is a [keybinding signal](class.SignalAction.html).
+    /// 
+    /// The default binding for this signal is <kbd>Ctrl</kbd>+<kbd>c</kbd>.
+    var copyClipboard: (() -> Void)?
+    /// The application.
+    var app: GTUIApp?
+    /// The window.
+    var window: GTUIApplicationWindow?
+
+    /// Initialize `Label`.
+    public init(label: String) {
+        self.label = label
+    }
+
+    /// Get the widget's view storage.
+    /// - Parameter modifiers: The view modifiers.
+    /// - Returns: The view storage.
+    public func container(modifiers: [(View) -> View]) -> ViewStorage {
+        let storage = ViewStorage(gtk_label_new(label)?.opaque())
+        update(storage, modifiers: modifiers)
+        if let mnemonicWidgetStorage = mnemonicWidget?().widget(modifiers: modifiers).storage(modifiers: modifiers) {
+            storage.content["mnemonicWidget"] = [mnemonicWidgetStorage]
+            gtk_label_set_mnemonic_widget(storage.pointer, mnemonicWidgetStorage.pointer?.cast())
+        }
+
+
+        for function in appearFunctions {
+            function(storage)
+        }
+        return storage
+    }
+
+    /// Update the widget's view storage.
+    /// - Parameters:
+    ///     - storage: The view storage.
+    ///     - modifiers: The view modifiers.
+    public func update(_ storage: ViewStorage, modifiers: [(View) -> View]) {
+        if let copyClipboard {
+            storage.connectSignal(name: "copy-clipboard") {
+                copyClipboard()
+            }
+        }
+        storage.modify { widget in
+            gtk_label_set_label(widget, label)
+            if let lines {
+                gtk_label_set_lines(widget, lines.cInt)
+            }
+            if let maxWidthChars {
+                gtk_label_set_max_width_chars(widget, maxWidthChars.cInt)
+            }
+            if let widget = storage.content["mnemonicWidget"]?.first {
+                mnemonicWidget?().widget(modifiers: modifiers).update(widget, modifiers: modifiers)
+            }
+            if let selectable {
+                gtk_label_set_selectable(widget, selectable.cBool)
+            }
+            if let singleLineMode {
+                gtk_label_set_single_line_mode(widget, singleLineMode.cBool)
+            }
+            if let useMarkup {
+                gtk_label_set_use_markup(widget, useMarkup.cBool)
+            }
+            if let useUnderline {
+                gtk_label_set_use_underline(widget, useUnderline.cBool)
+            }
+            if let widthChars {
+                gtk_label_set_width_chars(widget, widthChars.cInt)
+            }
+            if let wrap {
+                gtk_label_set_wrap(widget, wrap.cBool)
+            }
+            if let xalign {
+                gtk_label_set_xalign(widget, xalign)
+            }
+            if let yalign {
+                gtk_label_set_yalign(widget, yalign)
+            }
+
+
+        }
+        for function in updateFunctions {
+            function(storage)
+        }
+    }
+
+    /// The contents of the label.
+    /// 
+    /// If the string contains Pango markup (see [func@Pango.parse_markup]),
+    /// you will have to set the [property@Gtk.Label:use-markup] property to
+    /// %TRUE in order for the label to display the markup attributes. See also
+    /// [method@Gtk.Label.set_markup] for a convenience function that sets both
+    /// this property and the [property@Gtk.Label:use-markup] property at the
+    /// same time.
+    /// 
+    /// If the string contains underlines acting as mnemonics, you will have to
+    /// set the [property@Gtk.Label:use-underline] property to %TRUE in order
+    /// for the label to display them.
+    public func label(_ label: String) -> Self {
+        var newSelf = self
+        newSelf.label = label
+        
+        return newSelf
+    }
+
+    /// The number of lines to which an ellipsized, wrapping label
+    /// should be limited.
+    /// 
+    /// This property has no effect if the label is not wrapping or ellipsized.
+    /// Set this property to -1 if you don't want to limit the number of lines.
+    public func lines(_ lines: Int?) -> Self {
+        var newSelf = self
+        newSelf.lines = lines
+        
+        return newSelf
+    }
+
+    /// The desired maximum width of the label, in characters.
+    /// 
+    /// If this property is set to -1, the width will be calculated automatically.
+    /// 
+    /// See the section on [text layout](class.Label.html#text-layout) for details of how
+    /// [property@Gtk.Label:width-chars] and [property@Gtk.Label:max-width-chars]
+    /// determine the width of ellipsized and wrapped labels.
+    public func maxWidthChars(_ maxWidthChars: Int?) -> Self {
+        var newSelf = self
+        newSelf.maxWidthChars = maxWidthChars
+        
+        return newSelf
+    }
+
+    /// The mnemonic accelerator key for the label.
+    public func mnemonicKeyval(_ mnemonicKeyval: UInt?) -> Self {
+        var newSelf = self
+        newSelf.mnemonicKeyval = mnemonicKeyval
+        
+        return newSelf
+    }
+
+    /// The widget to be activated when the labels mnemonic key is pressed.
+    public func mnemonicWidget(@ViewBuilder _ mnemonicWidget: @escaping (() -> Body)) -> Self {
+        var newSelf = self
+        newSelf.mnemonicWidget = mnemonicWidget
+        
+        return newSelf
+    }
+
+    /// Whether the label text can be selected with the mouse.
+    public func selectable(_ selectable: Bool? = true) -> Self {
+        var newSelf = self
+        newSelf.selectable = selectable
+        
+        return newSelf
+    }
+
+    /// Whether the label is in single line mode.
+    /// 
+    /// In single line mode, the height of the label does not depend on the
+    /// actual text, it is always set to ascent + descent of the font. This
+    /// can be an advantage in situations where resizing the label because
+    /// of text changes would be distracting, e.g. in a statusbar.
+    public func singleLineMode(_ singleLineMode: Bool? = true) -> Self {
+        var newSelf = self
+        newSelf.singleLineMode = singleLineMode
+        
+        return newSelf
+    }
+
+    /// %TRUE if the text of the label includes Pango markup.
+    /// 
+    /// See [func@Pango.parse_markup].
+    public func useMarkup(_ useMarkup: Bool? = true) -> Self {
+        var newSelf = self
+        newSelf.useMarkup = useMarkup
+        
+        return newSelf
+    }
+
+    /// %TRUE if the text of the label indicates a mnemonic with an _
+    /// before the mnemonic character.
+    public func useUnderline(_ useUnderline: Bool? = true) -> Self {
+        var newSelf = self
+        newSelf.useUnderline = useUnderline
+        
+        return newSelf
+    }
+
+    /// The desired width of the label, in characters.
+    /// 
+    /// If this property is set to -1, the width will be calculated automatically.
+    /// 
+    /// See the section on [text layout](class.Label.html#text-layout) for details of how
+    /// [property@Gtk.Label:width-chars] and [property@Gtk.Label:max-width-chars]
+    /// determine the width of ellipsized and wrapped labels.
+    public func widthChars(_ widthChars: Int?) -> Self {
+        var newSelf = self
+        newSelf.widthChars = widthChars
+        
+        return newSelf
+    }
+
+    /// %TRUE if the label text will wrap if it gets too wide.
+    public func wrap(_ wrap: Bool? = true) -> Self {
+        var newSelf = self
+        newSelf.wrap = wrap
+        
+        return newSelf
+    }
+
+    /// The horizontal alignment of the label text inside its size allocation.
+    /// 
+    /// Compare this to [property@Gtk.Widget:halign], which determines how the
+    /// labels size allocation is positioned in the space available for the label.
+    public func xalign(_ xalign: Float?) -> Self {
+        var newSelf = self
+        newSelf.xalign = xalign
+        
+        return newSelf
+    }
+
+    /// The vertical alignment of the label text inside its size allocation.
+    /// 
+    /// Compare this to [property@Gtk.Widget:valign], which determines how the
+    /// labels size allocation is positioned in the space available for the label.
+    public func yalign(_ yalign: Float?) -> Self {
+        var newSelf = self
+        newSelf.yalign = yalign
+        
+        return newSelf
+    }
+
+    /// Gets emitted to copy the selection to the clipboard.
+    /// 
+    /// The ::copy-clipboard signal is a [keybinding signal](class.SignalAction.html).
+    /// 
+    /// The default binding for this signal is <kbd>Ctrl</kbd>+<kbd>c</kbd>.
+    public func copyClipboard(_ copyClipboard: @escaping () -> Void) -> Self {
+        var newSelf = self
+        newSelf.copyClipboard = copyClipboard
+        return newSelf
+    }
+
+}

Sources/Adwaita/View/Generated/LevelBar.swift

@@ -0,0 +1,238 @@
+//
+//  LevelBar.swift
+//  Adwaita
+//
+//  Created by auto-generation on 22.01.24.
+//
+
+import CAdw
+import LevenshteinTransformations
+
+/// `GtkLevelBar` is a widget that can be used as a level indicator.
+/// 
+/// Typical use cases are displaying the strength of a password, or
+/// showing the charge level of a battery.
+/// 
+/// ![An example GtkLevelBar](levelbar.png)
+/// 
+/// Use [method@Gtk.LevelBar.set_value] to set the current value, and
+/// [method@Gtk.LevelBar.add_offset_value] to set the value offsets at which
+/// the bar will be considered in a different state. GTK will add a few
+/// offsets by default on the level bar: %GTK_LEVEL_BAR_OFFSET_LOW,
+/// %GTK_LEVEL_BAR_OFFSET_HIGH and %GTK_LEVEL_BAR_OFFSET_FULL, with
+/// values 0.25, 0.75 and 1.0 respectively.
+/// 
+/// Note that it is your responsibility to update preexisting offsets
+/// when changing the minimum or maximum value. GTK will simply clamp
+/// them to the new range.
+/// 
+/// ## Adding a custom offset on the bar
+/// 
+/// ```c
+/// static GtkWidget *
+/// create_level_bar (void)
+/// {
+/// GtkWidget *widget;
+/// GtkLevelBar *bar;
+/// 
+/// widget = gtk_level_bar_new ();
+/// bar = GTK_LEVEL_BAR (widget);
+/// 
+/// // This changes the value of the default low offset
+/// 
+/// gtk_level_bar_add_offset_value (bar,
+/// GTK_LEVEL_BAR_OFFSET_LOW,
+/// 0.10);
+/// 
+/// // This adds a new offset to the bar; the application will
+/// // be able to change its color CSS like this:
+/// //
+/// // levelbar block.my-offset {
+/// //   background-color: magenta;
+/// //   border-style: solid;
+/// //   border-color: black;
+/// //   border-width: 1px;
+/// // }
+/// 
+/// gtk_level_bar_add_offset_value (bar, "my-offset", 0.60);
+/// 
+/// return widget;
+/// }
+/// ```
+/// 
+/// The default interval of values is between zero and one, but it’s possible
+/// to modify the interval using [method@Gtk.LevelBar.set_min_value] and
+/// [method@Gtk.LevelBar.set_max_value]. The value will be always drawn in
+/// proportion to the admissible interval, i.e. a value of 15 with a specified
+/// interval between 10 and 20 is equivalent to a value of 0.5 with an interval
+/// between 0 and 1. When %GTK_LEVEL_BAR_MODE_DISCRETE is used, the bar level
+/// is rendered as a finite number of separated blocks instead of a single one.
+/// The number of blocks that will be rendered is equal to the number of units
+/// specified by the admissible interval.
+/// 
+/// For instance, to build a bar rendered with five blocks, it’s sufficient to
+/// set the minimum value to 0 and the maximum value to 5 after changing the
+/// indicator mode to discrete.
+/// 
+/// # GtkLevelBar as GtkBuildable
+/// 
+/// The `GtkLevelBar` implementation of the `GtkBuildable` interface supports a
+/// custom `<offsets>` element, which can contain any number of `<offset>` elements,
+/// each of which must have "name" and "value" attributes.
+/// 
+/// # CSS nodes
+/// 
+/// ```
+/// levelbar[.discrete]
+/// ╰── trough
+/// ├── block.filled.level-name
+/// ┊
+/// ├── block.empty
+/// ┊
+/// ```
+/// 
+/// `GtkLevelBar` has a main CSS node with name levelbar and one of the style
+/// classes .discrete or .continuous and a subnode with name trough. Below the
+/// trough node are a number of nodes with name block and style class .filled
+/// or .empty. In continuous mode, there is exactly one node of each, in discrete
+/// mode, the number of filled and unfilled nodes corresponds to blocks that are
+/// drawn. The block.filled nodes also get a style class .level-name corresponding
+/// to the level for the current value.
+/// 
+/// In horizontal orientation, the nodes are always arranged from left to right,
+/// regardless of text direction.
+/// 
+/// # Accessibility
+/// 
+/// `GtkLevelBar` uses the %GTK_ACCESSIBLE_ROLE_METER role.
+public struct LevelBar: Widget {
+
+    /// Additional update functions for type extensions.
+    var updateFunctions: [(ViewStorage) -> Void] = []
+    /// Additional appear functions for type extensions.
+    var appearFunctions: [(ViewStorage) -> Void] = []
+
+    /// Whether the `GtkLeveBar` is inverted.
+    /// 
+    /// Level bars normally grow from top to bottom or left to right.
+    /// Inverted level bars grow in the opposite direction.
+    var inverted: Bool?
+    /// Determines the maximum value of the interval that can be displayed by the bar.
+    var maxValue: Double?
+    /// Determines the minimum value of the interval that can be displayed by the bar.
+    var minValue: Double?
+    /// Determines the currently filled value of the level bar.
+    var value: Double?
+    /// Emitted when an offset specified on the bar changes value.
+    /// 
+    /// This typically is the result of a [method@Gtk.LevelBar.add_offset_value]
+    /// call.
+    /// 
+    /// The signal supports detailed connections; you can connect to the
+    /// detailed signal "changed::x" in order to only receive callbacks when
+    /// the value of offset "x" changes.
+    var offsetChanged: (() -> Void)?
+    /// The application.
+    var app: GTUIApp?
+    /// The window.
+    var window: GTUIApplicationWindow?
+
+    /// Initialize `LevelBar`.
+    public init() {
+    }
+
+    /// Get the widget's view storage.
+    /// - Parameter modifiers: The view modifiers.
+    /// - Returns: The view storage.
+    public func container(modifiers: [(View) -> View]) -> ViewStorage {
+        let storage = ViewStorage(gtk_level_bar_new()?.opaque())
+        update(storage, modifiers: modifiers)
+
+
+        for function in appearFunctions {
+            function(storage)
+        }
+        return storage
+    }
+
+    /// Update the widget's view storage.
+    /// - Parameters:
+    ///     - storage: The view storage.
+    ///     - modifiers: The view modifiers.
+    public func update(_ storage: ViewStorage, modifiers: [(View) -> View]) {
+        if let offsetChanged {
+            storage.connectSignal(name: "offset-changed") {
+                offsetChanged()
+            }
+        }
+        storage.modify { widget in
+            if let inverted {
+                gtk_level_bar_set_inverted(widget, inverted.cBool)
+            }
+            if let maxValue {
+                gtk_level_bar_set_max_value(widget, maxValue)
+            }
+            if let minValue {
+                gtk_level_bar_set_min_value(widget, minValue)
+            }
+            if let value {
+                gtk_level_bar_set_value(widget, value)
+            }
+
+
+        }
+        for function in updateFunctions {
+            function(storage)
+        }
+    }
+
+    /// Whether the `GtkLeveBar` is inverted.
+    /// 
+    /// Level bars normally grow from top to bottom or left to right.
+    /// Inverted level bars grow in the opposite direction.
+    public func inverted(_ inverted: Bool? = true) -> Self {
+        var newSelf = self
+        newSelf.inverted = inverted
+        
+        return newSelf
+    }
+
+    /// Determines the maximum value of the interval that can be displayed by the bar.
+    public func maxValue(_ maxValue: Double?) -> Self {
+        var newSelf = self
+        newSelf.maxValue = maxValue
+        
+        return newSelf
+    }
+
+    /// Determines the minimum value of the interval that can be displayed by the bar.
+    public func minValue(_ minValue: Double?) -> Self {
+        var newSelf = self
+        newSelf.minValue = minValue
+        
+        return newSelf
+    }
+
+    /// Determines the currently filled value of the level bar.
+    public func value(_ value: Double?) -> Self {
+        var newSelf = self
+        newSelf.value = value
+        
+        return newSelf
+    }
+
+    /// Emitted when an offset specified on the bar changes value.
+    /// 
+    /// This typically is the result of a [method@Gtk.LevelBar.add_offset_value]
+    /// call.
+    /// 
+    /// The signal supports detailed connections; you can connect to the
+    /// detailed signal "changed::x" in order to only receive callbacks when
+    /// the value of offset "x" changes.
+    public func offsetChanged(_ offsetChanged: @escaping () -> Void) -> Self {
+        var newSelf = self
+        newSelf.offsetChanged = offsetChanged
+        return newSelf
+    }
+
+}

Sources/Adwaita/View/Generated/LinkButton.swift

@@ -0,0 +1,246 @@
+//
+//  LinkButton.swift
+//  Adwaita
+//
+//  Created by auto-generation on 22.01.24.
+//
+
+import CAdw
+import LevenshteinTransformations
+
+/// A `GtkLinkButton` is a button with a hyperlink.
+/// 
+/// ![An example GtkLinkButton](link-button.png)
+/// 
+/// It is useful to show quick links to resources.
+/// 
+/// A link button is created by calling either [ctor@Gtk.LinkButton.new] or
+/// [ctor@Gtk.LinkButton.new_with_label]. If using the former, the URI you
+/// pass to the constructor is used as a label for the widget.
+/// 
+/// The URI bound to a `GtkLinkButton` can be set specifically using
+/// [method@Gtk.LinkButton.set_uri].
+/// 
+/// By default, `GtkLinkButton` calls [method@Gtk.FileLauncher.launch] when the button
+/// is clicked. This behaviour can be overridden by connecting to the
+/// [signal@Gtk.LinkButton::activate-link] signal and returning %TRUE from
+/// the signal handler.
+/// 
+/// # CSS nodes
+/// 
+/// `GtkLinkButton` has a single CSS node with name button. To differentiate
+/// it from a plain `GtkButton`, it gets the .link style class.
+/// 
+/// # Accessibility
+/// 
+/// `GtkLinkButton` uses the %GTK_ACCESSIBLE_ROLE_LINK role.
+public struct LinkButton: Widget {
+
+    /// Additional update functions for type extensions.
+    var updateFunctions: [(ViewStorage) -> Void] = []
+    /// Additional appear functions for type extensions.
+    var appearFunctions: [(ViewStorage) -> Void] = []
+
+    /// The URI bound to this button.
+    var uri: String
+    /// The 'visited' state of this button.
+    /// 
+    /// A visited link is drawn in a different color.
+    var visited: Bool?
+    /// Whether the size of the button can be made smaller than the natural
+    /// size of its contents.
+    /// 
+    /// For text buttons, setting this property will allow ellipsizing the label.
+    /// 
+    /// If the contents of a button are an icon or a custom widget, setting this
+    /// property has no effect.
+    var canShrink: Bool?
+    /// The child widget.
+    var child:  (() -> Body)?
+    /// Whether the button has a frame.
+    var hasFrame: Bool?
+    /// The name of the icon used to automatically populate the button.
+    var iconName: String?
+    /// Text of the label inside the button, if the button contains a label widget.
+    var label: String?
+    /// If set, an underline in the text indicates that the following character is
+    /// to be used as mnemonic.
+    var useUnderline: Bool?
+    /// Emitted to animate press then release.
+    /// 
+    /// This is an action signal. Applications should never connect
+    /// to this signal, but use the [signal@Gtk.Button::clicked] signal.
+    /// 
+    /// The default bindings for this signal are all forms of the
+    /// <kbd>␣</kbd> and <kbd>Enter</kbd> keys.
+    var activate: (() -> Void)?
+    /// Emitted when the button has been activated (pressed and released).
+    var clicked: (() -> Void)?
+    /// The application.
+    var app: GTUIApp?
+    /// The window.
+    var window: GTUIApplicationWindow?
+
+    /// Initialize `LinkButton`.
+    public init(uri: String) {
+        self.uri = uri
+    }
+
+    /// Get the widget's view storage.
+    /// - Parameter modifiers: The view modifiers.
+    /// - Returns: The view storage.
+    public func container(modifiers: [(View) -> View]) -> ViewStorage {
+        let storage = ViewStorage(gtk_link_button_new(uri)?.opaque())
+        update(storage, modifiers: modifiers)
+        if let childStorage = child?().widget(modifiers: modifiers).storage(modifiers: modifiers) {
+            storage.content["child"] = [childStorage]
+            gtk_button_set_child(storage.pointer?.cast(), childStorage.pointer?.cast())
+        }
+
+
+        for function in appearFunctions {
+            function(storage)
+        }
+        return storage
+    }
+
+    /// Update the widget's view storage.
+    /// - Parameters:
+    ///     - storage: The view storage.
+    ///     - modifiers: The view modifiers.
+    public func update(_ storage: ViewStorage, modifiers: [(View) -> View]) {
+        if let activate {
+            storage.connectSignal(name: "activate") {
+                activate()
+            }
+        }
+        if let clicked {
+            storage.connectSignal(name: "clicked") {
+                clicked()
+            }
+        }
+        storage.modify { widget in
+            gtk_link_button_set_uri(widget, uri)
+            if let visited {
+                gtk_link_button_set_visited(widget, visited.cBool)
+            }
+            if let canShrink {
+                gtk_button_set_can_shrink(widget?.cast(), canShrink.cBool)
+            }
+            if let widget = storage.content["child"]?.first {
+                child?().widget(modifiers: modifiers).update(widget, modifiers: modifiers)
+            }
+            if let hasFrame {
+                gtk_button_set_has_frame(widget?.cast(), hasFrame.cBool)
+            }
+            if let iconName {
+                gtk_button_set_icon_name(widget?.cast(), iconName)
+            }
+            if let label, storage.content["child"] == nil {
+                gtk_button_set_label(widget?.cast(), label)
+            }
+            if let useUnderline {
+                gtk_button_set_use_underline(widget?.cast(), useUnderline.cBool)
+            }
+
+
+        }
+        for function in updateFunctions {
+            function(storage)
+        }
+    }
+
+    /// The URI bound to this button.
+    public func uri(_ uri: String) -> Self {
+        var newSelf = self
+        newSelf.uri = uri
+        
+        return newSelf
+    }
+
+    /// The 'visited' state of this button.
+    /// 
+    /// A visited link is drawn in a different color.
+    public func visited(_ visited: Bool? = true) -> Self {
+        var newSelf = self
+        newSelf.visited = visited
+        
+        return newSelf
+    }
+
+    /// Whether the size of the button can be made smaller than the natural
+    /// size of its contents.
+    /// 
+    /// For text buttons, setting this property will allow ellipsizing the label.
+    /// 
+    /// If the contents of a button are an icon or a custom widget, setting this
+    /// property has no effect.
+    public func canShrink(_ canShrink: Bool? = true) -> Self {
+        var newSelf = self
+        newSelf.canShrink = canShrink
+        
+        return newSelf
+    }
+
+    /// The child widget.
+    public func child(@ViewBuilder _ child: @escaping (() -> Body)) -> Self {
+        var newSelf = self
+        newSelf.child = child
+        
+        return newSelf
+    }
+
+    /// Whether the button has a frame.
+    public func hasFrame(_ hasFrame: Bool? = true) -> Self {
+        var newSelf = self
+        newSelf.hasFrame = hasFrame
+        
+        return newSelf
+    }
+
+    /// The name of the icon used to automatically populate the button.
+    public func iconName(_ iconName: String?) -> Self {
+        var newSelf = self
+        newSelf.iconName = iconName
+        
+        return newSelf
+    }
+
+    /// Text of the label inside the button, if the button contains a label widget.
+    public func label(_ label: String?) -> Self {
+        var newSelf = self
+        newSelf.label = label
+        
+        return newSelf
+    }
+
+    /// If set, an underline in the text indicates that the following character is
+    /// to be used as mnemonic.
+    public func useUnderline(_ useUnderline: Bool? = true) -> Self {
+        var newSelf = self
+        newSelf.useUnderline = useUnderline
+        
+        return newSelf
+    }
+
+    /// Emitted to animate press then release.
+    /// 
+    /// This is an action signal. Applications should never connect
+    /// to this signal, but use the [signal@Gtk.Button::clicked] signal.
+    /// 
+    /// The default bindings for this signal are all forms of the
+    /// <kbd>␣</kbd> and <kbd>Enter</kbd> keys.
+    public func activate(_ activate: @escaping () -> Void) -> Self {
+        var newSelf = self
+        newSelf.activate = activate
+        return newSelf
+    }
+
+    /// Emitted when the button has been activated (pressed and released).
+    public func clicked(_ clicked: @escaping () -> Void) -> Self {
+        var newSelf = self
+        newSelf.clicked = clicked
+        return newSelf
+    }
+
+}

Sources/Adwaita/View/Generated/ListBox.swift

@@ -0,0 +1,319 @@
+//
+//  ListBox.swift
+//  Adwaita
+//
+//  Created by auto-generation on 22.01.24.
+//
+
+import CAdw
+import LevenshteinTransformations
+
+/// `GtkListBox` is a vertical list.
+/// 
+/// A `GtkListBox` only contains `GtkListBoxRow` children. These rows can
+/// by dynamically sorted and filtered, and headers can be added dynamically
+/// depending on the row content. It also allows keyboard and mouse navigation
+/// and selection like a typical list.
+/// 
+/// Using `GtkListBox` is often an alternative to `GtkTreeView`, especially
+/// when the list contents has a more complicated layout than what is allowed
+/// by a `GtkCellRenderer`, or when the contents is interactive (i.e. has a
+/// button in it).
+/// 
+/// Although a `GtkListBox` must have only `GtkListBoxRow` children, you can
+/// add any kind of widget to it via [method@Gtk.ListBox.prepend],
+/// [method@Gtk.ListBox.append] and [method@Gtk.ListBox.insert] and a
+/// `GtkListBoxRow` widget will automatically be inserted between the list
+/// and the widget.
+/// 
+/// `GtkListBoxRows` can be marked as activatable or selectable. If a row is
+/// activatable, [signal@Gtk.ListBox::row-activated] will be emitted for it when
+/// the user tries to activate it. If it is selectable, the row will be marked
+/// as selected when the user tries to select it.
+/// 
+/// # GtkListBox as GtkBuildable
+/// 
+/// The `GtkListBox` implementation of the `GtkBuildable` interface supports
+/// setting a child as the placeholder by specifying “placeholder” as the “type”
+/// attribute of a `<child>` element. See [method@Gtk.ListBox.set_placeholder]
+/// for info.
+/// 
+/// # CSS nodes
+/// 
+/// |[<!-- language="plain" -->
+/// list[.separators][.rich-list][.navigation-sidebar][.boxed-list]
+/// ╰── row[.activatable]
+/// ]|
+/// 
+/// `GtkListBox` uses a single CSS node named list. It may carry the .separators
+/// style class, when the [property@Gtk.ListBox:show-separators] property is set.
+/// Each `GtkListBoxRow` uses a single CSS node named row. The row nodes get the
+/// .activatable style class added when appropriate.
+/// 
+/// It may also carry the .boxed-list style class. In this case, the list will be
+/// automatically surrounded by a frame and have separators.
+/// 
+/// The main list node may also carry style classes to select
+/// the style of [list presentation](section-list-widget.html#list-styles):
+/// .rich-list, .navigation-sidebar or .data-table.
+/// 
+/// # Accessibility
+/// 
+/// `GtkListBox` uses the %GTK_ACCESSIBLE_ROLE_LIST role and `GtkListBoxRow` uses
+/// the %GTK_ACCESSIBLE_ROLE_LIST_ITEM role.
+public struct ListBox<Element>: Widget where Element: Identifiable {
+
+    /// Additional update functions for type extensions.
+    var updateFunctions: [(ViewStorage) -> Void] = []
+    /// Additional appear functions for type extensions.
+    var appearFunctions: [(ViewStorage) -> Void] = []
+
+    /// Whether to accept unpaired release events.
+    var acceptUnpairedRelease: Bool?
+    /// Determines whether children can be activated with a single
+    /// click, or require a double-click.
+    var activateOnSingleClick: Bool?
+    /// Whether to show separators between rows.
+    var showSeparators: Bool?
+    /// activateCursorRow
+    var activateCursorRow: (() -> Void)?
+    /// moveCursor
+    var moveCursor: (() -> Void)?
+    /// Emitted when a row has been activated by the user.
+    var rowActivated: (() -> Void)?
+    /// Emitted when a new row is selected, or (with a %NULL @row)
+    /// when the selection is cleared.
+    /// 
+    /// When the @box is using %GTK_SELECTION_MULTIPLE, this signal will not
+    /// give you the full picture of selection changes, and you should use
+    /// the [signal@Gtk.ListBox::selected-rows-changed] signal instead.
+    var rowSelected: (() -> Void)?
+    /// Emitted to select all children of the box, if the selection
+    /// mode permits it.
+    /// 
+    /// This is a [keybinding signal](class.SignalAction.html).
+    /// 
+    /// The default binding for this signal is <kbd>Ctrl</kbd>-<kbd>a</kbd>.
+    var selectAll: (() -> Void)?
+    /// Emitted when the set of selected rows changes.
+    var selectedRowsChanged: (() -> Void)?
+    /// toggleCursorRow
+    var toggleCursorRow: (() -> Void)?
+    /// Emitted to unselect all children of the box, if the selection
+    /// mode permits it.
+    /// 
+    /// This is a [keybinding signal](class.SignalAction.html).
+    /// 
+    /// The default binding for this signal is
+    /// <kbd>Ctrl</kbd>-<kbd>Shift</kbd>-<kbd>a</kbd>.
+    var unselectAll: (() -> Void)?
+    /// The dynamic widget elements.
+    var elements: [Element]
+    /// The dynamic widget content.
+    var content: (Element) -> Body
+    /// The application.
+    var app: GTUIApp?
+    /// The window.
+    var window: GTUIApplicationWindow?
+
+    /// Initialize `ListBox`.
+    public init(_ elements: [Element], @ViewBuilder content: @escaping (Element) -> Body) {
+        self.elements = elements
+        self.content = content
+    }
+
+    /// Get the widget's view storage.
+    /// - Parameter modifiers: The view modifiers.
+    /// - Returns: The view storage.
+    public func container(modifiers: [(View) -> View]) -> ViewStorage {
+        let storage = ViewStorage(gtk_list_box_new()?.opaque())
+        update(storage, modifiers: modifiers)
+
+
+        for function in appearFunctions {
+            function(storage)
+        }
+        return storage
+    }
+
+    /// Update the widget's view storage.
+    /// - Parameters:
+    ///     - storage: The view storage.
+    ///     - modifiers: The view modifiers.
+    public func update(_ storage: ViewStorage, modifiers: [(View) -> View]) {
+        if let activateCursorRow {
+            storage.connectSignal(name: "activate-cursor-row") {
+                activateCursorRow()
+            }
+        }
+        if let moveCursor {
+            storage.connectSignal(name: "move-cursor") {
+                moveCursor()
+            }
+        }
+        if let rowActivated {
+            storage.connectSignal(name: "row-activated") {
+                rowActivated()
+            }
+        }
+        if let rowSelected {
+            storage.connectSignal(name: "row-selected") {
+                rowSelected()
+            }
+        }
+        if let selectAll {
+            storage.connectSignal(name: "select-all") {
+                selectAll()
+            }
+        }
+        if let selectedRowsChanged {
+            storage.connectSignal(name: "selected-rows-changed") {
+                selectedRowsChanged()
+            }
+        }
+        if let toggleCursorRow {
+            storage.connectSignal(name: "toggle-cursor-row") {
+                toggleCursorRow()
+            }
+        }
+        if let unselectAll {
+            storage.connectSignal(name: "unselect-all") {
+                unselectAll()
+            }
+        }
+        storage.modify { widget in
+            if let activateOnSingleClick {
+                gtk_list_box_set_activate_on_single_click(widget, activateOnSingleClick.cBool)
+            }
+            if let showSeparators {
+                gtk_list_box_set_show_separators(widget, showSeparators.cBool)
+            }
+
+            var contentStorage: [ViewStorage] = storage.content[.mainContent] ?? []
+            let old = storage.fields["element"] as? [Element] ?? []
+            old.identifiableTransform(
+                to: elements,
+                functions: .init { index, element in
+                    let child = content(element).widget(modifiers: modifiers).container(modifiers: modifiers)
+                    gtk_list_box_remove(widget, gtk_list_box_get_row_at_index(widget, index.cInt)?.cast())
+                    gtk_list_box_insert(widget, child.pointer?.cast(), index.cInt)
+                    contentStorage.remove(at: index)
+                    contentStorage.insert(child, at: index)
+                } delete: { index in
+                    gtk_list_box_remove(widget, gtk_list_box_get_row_at_index(widget, index.cInt)?.cast())
+                    contentStorage.remove(at: index)
+                } insert: { index, element in
+                    let child = content(element).widget(modifiers: modifiers).container(modifiers: modifiers)
+                    gtk_list_box_insert(widget, child.pointer?.cast(), index.cInt)
+                    contentStorage.insert(child, at: index)
+                }
+            )
+            storage.fields["element"] = elements
+            storage.content[.mainContent] = contentStorage
+            for (index, element) in elements.enumerated() {
+                content(element).widget(modifiers: modifiers).update(contentStorage[index], modifiers: modifiers)
+            }
+        }
+        for function in updateFunctions {
+            function(storage)
+        }
+    }
+
+    /// Whether to accept unpaired release events.
+    public func acceptUnpairedRelease(_ acceptUnpairedRelease: Bool? = true) -> Self {
+        var newSelf = self
+        newSelf.acceptUnpairedRelease = acceptUnpairedRelease
+        
+        return newSelf
+    }
+
+    /// Determines whether children can be activated with a single
+    /// click, or require a double-click.
+    public func activateOnSingleClick(_ activateOnSingleClick: Bool? = true) -> Self {
+        var newSelf = self
+        newSelf.activateOnSingleClick = activateOnSingleClick
+        
+        return newSelf
+    }
+
+    /// Whether to show separators between rows.
+    public func showSeparators(_ showSeparators: Bool? = true) -> Self {
+        var newSelf = self
+        newSelf.showSeparators = showSeparators
+        
+        return newSelf
+    }
+
+    /// activateCursorRow
+    public func activateCursorRow(_ activateCursorRow: @escaping () -> Void) -> Self {
+        var newSelf = self
+        newSelf.activateCursorRow = activateCursorRow
+        return newSelf
+    }
+
+    /// moveCursor
+    public func moveCursor(_ moveCursor: @escaping () -> Void) -> Self {
+        var newSelf = self
+        newSelf.moveCursor = moveCursor
+        return newSelf
+    }
+
+    /// Emitted when a row has been activated by the user.
+    public func rowActivated(_ rowActivated: @escaping () -> Void) -> Self {
+        var newSelf = self
+        newSelf.rowActivated = rowActivated
+        return newSelf
+    }
+
+    /// Emitted when a new row is selected, or (with a %NULL @row)
+    /// when the selection is cleared.
+    /// 
+    /// When the @box is using %GTK_SELECTION_MULTIPLE, this signal will not
+    /// give you the full picture of selection changes, and you should use
+    /// the [signal@Gtk.ListBox::selected-rows-changed] signal instead.
+    public func rowSelected(_ rowSelected: @escaping () -> Void) -> Self {
+        var newSelf = self
+        newSelf.rowSelected = rowSelected
+        return newSelf
+    }
+
+    /// Emitted to select all children of the box, if the selection
+    /// mode permits it.
+    /// 
+    /// This is a [keybinding signal](class.SignalAction.html).
+    /// 
+    /// The default binding for this signal is <kbd>Ctrl</kbd>-<kbd>a</kbd>.
+    public func selectAll(_ selectAll: @escaping () -> Void) -> Self {
+        var newSelf = self
+        newSelf.selectAll = selectAll
+        return newSelf
+    }
+
+    /// Emitted when the set of selected rows changes.
+    public func selectedRowsChanged(_ selectedRowsChanged: @escaping () -> Void) -> Self {
+        var newSelf = self
+        newSelf.selectedRowsChanged = selectedRowsChanged
+        return newSelf
+    }
+
+    /// toggleCursorRow
+    public func toggleCursorRow(_ toggleCursorRow: @escaping () -> Void) -> Self {
+        var newSelf = self
+        newSelf.toggleCursorRow = toggleCursorRow
+        return newSelf
+    }
+
+    /// Emitted to unselect all children of the box, if the selection
+    /// mode permits it.
+    /// 
+    /// This is a [keybinding signal](class.SignalAction.html).
+    /// 
+    /// The default binding for this signal is
+    /// <kbd>Ctrl</kbd>-<kbd>Shift</kbd>-<kbd>a</kbd>.
+    public func unselectAll(_ unselectAll: @escaping () -> Void) -> Self {
+        var newSelf = self
+        newSelf.unselectAll = unselectAll
+        return newSelf
+    }
+
+}

Sources/Adwaita/View/Generated/Menu.swift

@@ -0,0 +1,289 @@
+//
+//  Menu.swift
+//  Adwaita
+//
+//  Created by auto-generation on 22.01.24.
+//
+
+import CAdw
+import LevenshteinTransformations
+
+/// The `GtkMenuButton` widget is used to display a popup when clicked.
+/// 
+/// ![An example GtkMenuButton](menu-button.png)
+/// 
+/// This popup can be provided either as a `GtkPopover` or as an abstract
+/// `GMenuModel`.
+/// 
+/// The `GtkMenuButton` widget can show either an icon (set with the
+/// [property@Gtk.MenuButton:icon-name] property) or a label (set with the
+/// [property@Gtk.MenuButton:label] property). If neither is explicitly set,
+/// a [class@Gtk.Image] is automatically created, using an arrow image oriented
+/// according to [property@Gtk.MenuButton:direction] or the generic
+/// “open-menu-symbolic” icon if the direction is not set.
+/// 
+/// The positioning of the popup is determined by the
+/// [property@Gtk.MenuButton:direction] property of the menu button.
+/// 
+/// For menus, the [property@Gtk.Widget:halign] and [property@Gtk.Widget:valign]
+/// properties of the menu are also taken into account. For example, when the
+/// direction is %GTK_ARROW_DOWN and the horizontal alignment is %GTK_ALIGN_START,
+/// the menu will be positioned below the button, with the starting edge
+/// (depending on the text direction) of the menu aligned with the starting
+/// edge of the button. If there is not enough space below the button, the
+/// menu is popped up above the button instead. If the alignment would move
+/// part of the menu offscreen, it is “pushed in”.
+/// 
+/// |           | start                | center                | end                |
+/// | -         | ---                  | ---                   | ---                |
+/// | **down**  | ![](down-start.png)  | ![](down-center.png)  | ![](down-end.png)  |
+/// | **up**    | ![](up-start.png)    | ![](up-center.png)    | ![](up-end.png)    |
+/// | **left**  | ![](left-start.png)  | ![](left-center.png)  | ![](left-end.png)  |
+/// | **right** | ![](right-start.png) | ![](right-center.png) | ![](right-end.png) |
+/// 
+/// # CSS nodes
+/// 
+/// ```
+/// menubutton
+/// ╰── button.toggle
+/// ╰── <content>╰── [arrow]
+/// ```
+/// 
+/// `GtkMenuButton` has a single CSS node with name `menubutton`
+/// which contains a `button` node with a `.toggle` style class.
+/// 
+/// If the button contains an icon, it will have the `.image-button` style class,
+/// if it contains text, it will have `.text-button` style class. If an arrow is
+/// visible in addition to an icon, text or a custom child, it will also have
+/// `.arrow-button` style class.
+/// 
+/// Inside the toggle button content, there is an `arrow` node for
+/// the indicator, which will carry one of the `.none`, `.up`, `.down`,
+/// `.left` or `.right` style classes to indicate the direction that
+/// the menu will appear in. The CSS is expected to provide a suitable
+/// image for each of these cases using the `-gtk-icon-source` property.
+/// 
+/// Optionally, the `menubutton` node can carry the `.circular` style class
+/// to request a round appearance.
+/// 
+/// # Accessibility
+/// 
+/// `GtkMenuButton` uses the %GTK_ACCESSIBLE_ROLE_BUTTON role.
+public struct Menu: Widget {
+
+    /// Additional update functions for type extensions.
+    var updateFunctions: [(ViewStorage) -> Void] = []
+    /// Additional appear functions for type extensions.
+    var appearFunctions: [(ViewStorage) -> Void] = []
+
+    /// Whether the menu button is active.
+    var active: Binding<Bool>?
+    /// Whether to show a dropdown arrow even when using an icon or a custom child.
+    var alwaysShowArrow: Bool?
+    /// Whether the size of the button can be made smaller than the natural
+    /// size of its contents.
+    var canShrink: Bool?
+    /// The child widget.
+    var child:  (() -> Body)?
+    /// Whether the button has a frame.
+    var hasFrame: Bool?
+    /// The name of the icon used to automatically populate the button.
+    var iconName: String?
+    /// The label for the button.
+    var label: String?
+    /// The `GMenuModel` from which the popup will be created.
+    /// 
+    /// See [method@Gtk.MenuButton.set_menu_model] for the interaction
+    /// with the [property@Gtk.MenuButton:popover] property.
+    var menuModel:  (() -> MenuContent)?
+    /// Whether the menu button acts as a primary menu.
+    /// 
+    /// Primary menus can be opened using the <kbd>F10</kbd> key
+    var primary: Bool?
+    /// If set an underscore in the text indicates a mnemonic.
+    var useUnderline: Bool?
+    /// Emitted to when the menu button is activated.
+    /// 
+    /// The `::activate` signal on `GtkMenuButton` is an action signal and
+    /// emitting it causes the button to pop up its menu.
+    var activate: (() -> Void)?
+    /// The application.
+    var app: GTUIApp?
+    /// The window.
+    var window: GTUIApplicationWindow?
+
+    /// Initialize `Menu`.
+    public init() {
+    }
+
+    /// Get the widget's view storage.
+    /// - Parameter modifiers: The view modifiers.
+    /// - Returns: The view storage.
+    public func container(modifiers: [(View) -> View]) -> ViewStorage {
+        let storage = ViewStorage(gtk_menu_button_new()?.opaque())
+        update(storage, modifiers: modifiers)
+        if let childStorage = child?().widget(modifiers: modifiers).storage(modifiers: modifiers) {
+            storage.content["child"] = [childStorage]
+            gtk_menu_button_set_child(storage.pointer, childStorage.pointer?.cast())
+        }
+        if let declarative = menuModel?(), let app {
+            let menu = g_menu_new()
+            gtk_menu_button_set_menu_model(storage.pointer, menu?.cast())
+            for item in declarative {
+                item.addMenuItems(menu: menu, app: app, window: window)
+            }
+        }
+
+
+        storage.notify(name: "active") {
+            active?.wrappedValue = gtk_menu_button_get_active(storage.pointer) != 0
+        }
+        for function in appearFunctions {
+            function(storage)
+        }
+        return storage
+    }
+
+    /// Update the widget's view storage.
+    /// - Parameters:
+    ///     - storage: The view storage.
+    ///     - modifiers: The view modifiers.
+    public func update(_ storage: ViewStorage, modifiers: [(View) -> View]) {
+        if let activate {
+            storage.connectSignal(name: "activate") {
+                activate()
+            }
+        }
+        storage.modify { widget in
+            if let active {
+                gtk_menu_button_set_active(widget, active.wrappedValue.cBool)
+            }
+            if let alwaysShowArrow {
+                gtk_menu_button_set_always_show_arrow(widget, alwaysShowArrow.cBool)
+            }
+            if let canShrink {
+                gtk_menu_button_set_can_shrink(widget, canShrink.cBool)
+            }
+            if let widget = storage.content["child"]?.first {
+                child?().widget(modifiers: modifiers).update(widget, modifiers: modifiers)
+            }
+            if let hasFrame {
+                gtk_menu_button_set_has_frame(widget, hasFrame.cBool)
+            }
+            if let iconName {
+                gtk_menu_button_set_icon_name(widget, iconName)
+            }
+            if let label, storage.content["child"] == nil {
+                gtk_menu_button_set_label(widget, label)
+            }
+            if let primary {
+                gtk_menu_button_set_primary(widget, primary.cBool)
+            }
+            if let useUnderline {
+                gtk_menu_button_set_use_underline(widget, useUnderline.cBool)
+            }
+
+
+        }
+        for function in updateFunctions {
+            function(storage)
+        }
+    }
+
+    /// Whether the menu button is active.
+    public func active(_ active: Binding<Bool>?) -> Self {
+        var newSelf = self
+        newSelf.active = active
+        
+        return newSelf
+    }
+
+    /// Whether to show a dropdown arrow even when using an icon or a custom child.
+    public func alwaysShowArrow(_ alwaysShowArrow: Bool? = true) -> Self {
+        var newSelf = self
+        newSelf.alwaysShowArrow = alwaysShowArrow
+        
+        return newSelf
+    }
+
+    /// Whether the size of the button can be made smaller than the natural
+    /// size of its contents.
+    public func canShrink(_ canShrink: Bool? = true) -> Self {
+        var newSelf = self
+        newSelf.canShrink = canShrink
+        
+        return newSelf
+    }
+
+    /// The child widget.
+    public func child(@ViewBuilder _ child: @escaping (() -> Body)) -> Self {
+        var newSelf = self
+        newSelf.child = child
+        
+        return newSelf
+    }
+
+    /// Whether the button has a frame.
+    public func hasFrame(_ hasFrame: Bool? = true) -> Self {
+        var newSelf = self
+        newSelf.hasFrame = hasFrame
+        
+        return newSelf
+    }
+
+    /// The name of the icon used to automatically populate the button.
+    public func iconName(_ iconName: String?) -> Self {
+        var newSelf = self
+        newSelf.iconName = iconName
+        
+        return newSelf
+    }
+
+    /// The label for the button.
+    public func label(_ label: String?) -> Self {
+        var newSelf = self
+        newSelf.label = label
+        
+        return newSelf
+    }
+
+    /// The `GMenuModel` from which the popup will be created.
+    /// 
+    /// See [method@Gtk.MenuButton.set_menu_model] for the interaction
+    /// with the [property@Gtk.MenuButton:popover] property.
+    public func menuModel(app: GTUIApp, window: GTUIApplicationWindow? = nil, @MenuBuilder _ menuModel: @escaping (() -> MenuContent)) -> Self {
+        var newSelf = self
+        newSelf.menuModel = menuModel
+        newSelf.app = app; newSelf.window = window
+        return newSelf
+    }
+
+    /// Whether the menu button acts as a primary menu.
+    /// 
+    /// Primary menus can be opened using the <kbd>F10</kbd> key
+    public func primary(_ primary: Bool? = true) -> Self {
+        var newSelf = self
+        newSelf.primary = primary
+        
+        return newSelf
+    }
+
+    /// If set an underscore in the text indicates a mnemonic.
+    public func useUnderline(_ useUnderline: Bool? = true) -> Self {
+        var newSelf = self
+        newSelf.useUnderline = useUnderline
+        
+        return newSelf
+    }
+
+    /// Emitted to when the menu button is activated.
+    /// 
+    /// The `::activate` signal on `GtkMenuButton` is an action signal and
+    /// emitting it causes the button to pop up its menu.
+    public func activate(_ activate: @escaping () -> Void) -> Self {
+        var newSelf = self
+        newSelf.activate = activate
+        return newSelf
+    }
+
+}

Sources/Adwaita/View/Generated/Overlay.swift

@@ -0,0 +1,167 @@
+//
+//  Overlay.swift
+//  Adwaita
+//
+//  Created by auto-generation on 22.01.24.
+//
+
+import CAdw
+import LevenshteinTransformations
+
+/// `GtkOverlay` is a container which contains a single main child, on top
+/// of which it can place “overlay” widgets.
+/// 
+/// ![An example GtkOverlay](overlay.png)
+/// 
+/// The position of each overlay widget is determined by its
+/// [property@Gtk.Widget:halign] and [property@Gtk.Widget:valign]
+/// properties. E.g. a widget with both alignments set to %GTK_ALIGN_START
+/// will be placed at the top left corner of the `GtkOverlay` container,
+/// whereas an overlay with halign set to %GTK_ALIGN_CENTER and valign set
+/// to %GTK_ALIGN_END will be placed a the bottom edge of the `GtkOverlay`,
+/// horizontally centered. The position can be adjusted by setting the margin
+/// properties of the child to non-zero values.
+/// 
+/// More complicated placement of overlays is possible by connecting
+/// to the [signal@Gtk.Overlay::get-child-position] signal.
+/// 
+/// An overlay’s minimum and natural sizes are those of its main child.
+/// The sizes of overlay children are not considered when measuring these
+/// preferred sizes.
+/// 
+/// # GtkOverlay as GtkBuildable
+/// 
+/// The `GtkOverlay` implementation of the `GtkBuildable` interface
+/// supports placing a child as an overlay by specifying “overlay” as
+/// the “type” attribute of a `<child>` element.
+/// 
+/// # CSS nodes
+/// 
+/// `GtkOverlay` has a single CSS node with the name “overlay”. Overlay children
+/// whose alignments cause them to be positioned at an edge get the style classes
+/// “.left”, “.right”, “.top”, and/or “.bottom” according to their position.
+public struct Overlay: Widget {
+
+    /// Additional update functions for type extensions.
+    var updateFunctions: [(ViewStorage) -> Void] = []
+    /// Additional appear functions for type extensions.
+    var appearFunctions: [(ViewStorage) -> Void] = []
+
+    /// The main child widget.
+    var child:  (() -> Body)?
+    /// Emitted to determine the position and size of any overlay
+    /// child widgets.
+    /// 
+    /// A handler for this signal should fill @allocation with
+    /// the desired position and size for @widget, relative to
+    /// the 'main' child of @overlay.
+    /// 
+    /// The default handler for this signal uses the @widget's
+    /// halign and valign properties to determine the position
+    /// and gives the widget its natural size (except that an
+    /// alignment of %GTK_ALIGN_FILL will cause the overlay to
+    /// be full-width/height). If the main child is a
+    /// `GtkScrolledWindow`, the overlays are placed relative
+    /// to its contents.
+    var getChildPosition: (() -> Void)?
+    /// The body for the widget "overlay".
+    var overlay: () -> Body = { [] }
+    /// The application.
+    var app: GTUIApp?
+    /// The window.
+    var window: GTUIApplicationWindow?
+
+    /// Initialize `Overlay`.
+    public init() {
+    }
+
+    /// Get the widget's view storage.
+    /// - Parameter modifiers: The view modifiers.
+    /// - Returns: The view storage.
+    public func container(modifiers: [(View) -> View]) -> ViewStorage {
+        let storage = ViewStorage(gtk_overlay_new()?.opaque())
+        update(storage, modifiers: modifiers)
+        if let childStorage = child?().widget(modifiers: modifiers).storage(modifiers: modifiers) {
+            storage.content["child"] = [childStorage]
+            gtk_overlay_set_child(storage.pointer, childStorage.pointer?.cast())
+        }
+
+        var overlayStorage: [ViewStorage] = []
+        for view in overlay() {
+            overlayStorage.append(view.storage(modifiers: modifiers))
+            gtk_overlay_add_overlay(storage.pointer, overlayStorage.last?.pointer?.cast())
+        }
+        storage.content["overlay"] = overlayStorage
+
+        for function in appearFunctions {
+            function(storage)
+        }
+        return storage
+    }
+
+    /// Update the widget's view storage.
+    /// - Parameters:
+    ///     - storage: The view storage.
+    ///     - modifiers: The view modifiers.
+    public func update(_ storage: ViewStorage, modifiers: [(View) -> View]) {
+        if let getChildPosition {
+            storage.connectSignal(name: "get-child-position") {
+                getChildPosition()
+            }
+        }
+        storage.modify { widget in
+            if let widget = storage.content["child"]?.first {
+                child?().widget(modifiers: modifiers).update(widget, modifiers: modifiers)
+            }
+
+            if let overlayStorage = storage.content["overlay"] {
+                for (index, view) in overlay().enumerated() {
+                    if let storage = overlayStorage[safe: index] {
+                        view.updateStorage(storage, modifiers: modifiers)
+                    }
+                }
+            }
+
+        }
+        for function in updateFunctions {
+            function(storage)
+        }
+    }
+
+    /// The main child widget.
+    public func child(@ViewBuilder _ child: @escaping (() -> Body)) -> Self {
+        var newSelf = self
+        newSelf.child = child
+        
+        return newSelf
+    }
+
+    /// Emitted to determine the position and size of any overlay
+    /// child widgets.
+    /// 
+    /// A handler for this signal should fill @allocation with
+    /// the desired position and size for @widget, relative to
+    /// the 'main' child of @overlay.
+    /// 
+    /// The default handler for this signal uses the @widget's
+    /// halign and valign properties to determine the position
+    /// and gives the widget its natural size (except that an
+    /// alignment of %GTK_ALIGN_FILL will cause the overlay to
+    /// be full-width/height). If the main child is a
+    /// `GtkScrolledWindow`, the overlays are placed relative
+    /// to its contents.
+    public func getChildPosition(_ getChildPosition: @escaping () -> Void) -> Self {
+        var newSelf = self
+        newSelf.getChildPosition = getChildPosition
+        return newSelf
+    }
+
+    /// Set the body for "overlay".
+    /// - Parameter body: The body.
+    /// - Returns: The widget.
+    public func overlay(@ViewBuilder _ body: @escaping () -> Body) -> Self {
+        var newSelf = self
+        newSelf.overlay = body
+        return newSelf
+    }
+}

Sources/Adwaita/View/Generated/OverlaySplitView.swift

@@ -0,0 +1,361 @@
+//
+//  OverlaySplitView.swift
+//  Adwaita
+//
+//  Created by auto-generation on 22.01.24.
+//
+
+import CAdw
+import LevenshteinTransformations
+
+/// A widget presenting sidebar and content side by side or as an overlay.
+/// 
+/// <picture><source srcset="overlay-split-view-dark.png" media="(prefers-color-scheme: dark)"><img src="overlay-split-view.png" alt="overlay-split-view"></picture><picture><source srcset="overlay-split-view-collapsed-dark.png" media="(prefers-color-scheme: dark)"><img src="overlay-split-view-collapsed.png" alt="overlay-split-view-collapsed"></picture>
+/// 
+/// `AdwOverlaySplitView` has two children: sidebar and content, and displays
+/// them side by side.
+/// 
+/// When [property@OverlaySplitView:collapsed] is set to `TRUE`, the sidebar is
+/// instead shown as an overlay above the content widget.
+/// 
+/// The sidebar can be hidden or shown using the
+/// [property@OverlaySplitView:show-sidebar] property.
+/// 
+/// Sidebar can be displayed before or after the content, this can be controlled
+/// with the [property@OverlaySplitView:sidebar-position] property.
+/// 
+/// Collapsing the split view automatically hides the sidebar widget, and
+/// uncollapsing it shows the sidebar. If this behavior is not desired, the
+/// [property@OverlaySplitView:pin-sidebar] property can be used to override it.
+/// 
+/// `AdwOverlaySplitView` supports an edge swipe gesture for showing the sidebar,
+/// and a swipe from the sidebar for hiding it. Gestures are only supported on
+/// touchscreen, but not touchpad. Gestures can be controlled with the
+/// [property@OverlaySplitView:enable-show-gesture] and
+/// [property@OverlaySplitView:enable-hide-gesture] properties.
+/// 
+/// See also [class@NavigationSplitView].
+/// 
+/// `AdwOverlaySplitView` is typically used together with an [class@Breakpoint]
+/// setting the `collapsed` property to `TRUE` on small widths, as follows:
+/// 
+/// ```xml
+/// <object class="AdwWindow"><property name="width-request">360</property><property name="height-request">200</property><property name="default-width">800</property><property name="default-height">800</property><child><object class="AdwBreakpoint"><condition>max-width: 400sp</condition><setter object="split_view" property="collapsed">True</setter></object></child><property name="content"><object class="AdwOverlaySplitView" id="split_view"><property name="sidebar"><!-- ... --></property><property name="content"><!-- ... --></property></object></property></object>
+/// ```
+/// 
+/// `AdwOverlaySplitView` is often used for implementing the
+/// [utility pane](https://developer.gnome.org/hig/patterns/containers/utility-panes.html)
+/// pattern.
+/// 
+/// ## Sizing
+/// 
+/// When not collapsed, `AdwOverlaySplitView` changes the sidebar width
+/// depending on its own width.
+/// 
+/// If possible, it tries to allocate a fraction of the total width, controlled
+/// with the [property@OverlaySplitView:sidebar-width-fraction] property.
+/// 
+/// The sidebar also has minimum and maximum sizes, controlled with the
+/// [property@OverlaySplitView:min-sidebar-width] and
+/// [property@OverlaySplitView:max-sidebar-width] properties.
+/// 
+/// The minimum and maximum sizes are using the length unit specified with the
+/// [property@OverlaySplitView:sidebar-width-unit].
+/// 
+/// By default, sidebar is using 25% of the total width, with 180sp as the
+/// minimum size and 280sp as the maximum size.
+/// 
+/// When collapsed, the preferred width fraction is ignored and the sidebar uses
+/// [property@OverlaySplitView:max-sidebar-width] when possible.
+/// 
+/// ## Header Bar Integration
+/// 
+/// When used inside `AdwOverlaySplitView`, [class@HeaderBar] will automatically
+/// hide the window buttons in the middle.
+/// 
+/// ## `AdwOverlaySplitView` as `GtkBuildable`
+/// 
+/// The `AdwOverlaySplitView` implementation of the [iface@Gtk.Buildable]
+/// interface supports setting the sidebar widget by specifying “sidebar” as the
+/// “type” attribute of a `<child>` element, Specifying “content” child type or
+/// omitting it results in setting the content widget.
+/// 
+/// ## CSS nodes
+/// 
+/// `AdwOverlaySplitView` has a single CSS node with the name
+/// `overlay-split-view`.
+/// 
+/// It contains two nodes with the name `widget`, containing the sidebar and
+/// content children.
+/// 
+/// When not collapsed, they have the `.sidebar-view` and `.content-view` style
+/// classes respectively.
+/// 
+/// ```
+/// overlay-split-view
+/// ├── widget.sidebar-pane
+/// │   ╰── [sidebar child]
+/// ╰── widget.content-pane
+/// ╰── [content child]
+/// ```
+/// 
+/// When collapsed, the one containing the sidebar child has the `.background`
+/// style class and the other one has no style classes.
+/// 
+/// ```
+/// overlay-split-view
+/// ├── widget.background
+/// │   ╰── [sidebar child]
+/// ╰── widget
+/// ╰── [content child]
+/// ```
+/// 
+/// ## Accessibility
+/// 
+/// `AdwOverlaySplitView` uses the `GTK_ACCESSIBLE_ROLE_GROUP` role.
+public struct OverlaySplitView: Widget {
+
+    /// Additional update functions for type extensions.
+    var updateFunctions: [(ViewStorage) -> Void] = []
+    /// Additional appear functions for type extensions.
+    var appearFunctions: [(ViewStorage) -> Void] = []
+
+    /// Whether the split view is collapsed.
+    /// 
+    /// When collapsed, the sidebar widget is presented as an overlay above the
+    /// content widget, otherwise they are displayed side by side.
+    var collapsed: Bool?
+    /// The content widget.
+    var content:  (() -> Body)?
+    /// Whether the sidebar can be closed with a swipe gesture.
+    /// 
+    /// Only touchscreen swipes are supported.
+    var enableHideGesture: Bool?
+    /// Whether the sidebar can be opened with an edge swipe gesture.
+    /// 
+    /// Only touchscreen swipes are supported.
+    var enableShowGesture: Bool?
+    /// The maximum sidebar width.
+    /// 
+    /// Maximum width is affected by
+    /// [property@OverlaySplitView:sidebar-width-unit].
+    /// 
+    /// The sidebar widget can still be allocated with larger width if its own
+    /// minimum width exceeds it.
+    var maxSidebarWidth: Double?
+    /// The minimum sidebar width.
+    /// 
+    /// Minimum width is affected by
+    /// [property@OverlaySplitView:sidebar-width-unit].
+    /// 
+    /// The sidebar widget can still be allocated with larger width if its own
+    /// minimum width exceeds it.
+    var minSidebarWidth: Double?
+    /// Whether the sidebar widget is pinned.
+    /// 
+    /// By default, collapsing @self automatically hides the sidebar widget, and
+    /// uncollapsing it shows the sidebar. If set to `TRUE`, sidebar visibility
+    /// never changes on its own.
+    var pinSidebar: Bool?
+    /// Whether the sidebar widget is shown.
+    var showSidebar: Binding<Bool>?
+    /// The sidebar widget.
+    var sidebar:  (() -> Body)?
+    /// The preferred sidebar width as a fraction of the total width.
+    /// 
+    /// The preferred width is additionally limited by
+    /// [property@OverlaySplitView:min-sidebar-width] and
+    /// [property@OverlaySplitView:max-sidebar-width].
+    /// 
+    /// The sidebar widget can be allocated with larger width if its own minimum
+    /// width exceeds the preferred width.
+    var sidebarWidthFraction: Double?
+    /// The application.
+    var app: GTUIApp?
+    /// The window.
+    var window: GTUIApplicationWindow?
+
+    /// Initialize `OverlaySplitView`.
+    public init() {
+    }
+
+    /// Get the widget's view storage.
+    /// - Parameter modifiers: The view modifiers.
+    /// - Returns: The view storage.
+    public func container(modifiers: [(View) -> View]) -> ViewStorage {
+        let storage = ViewStorage(adw_overlay_split_view_new()?.opaque())
+        update(storage, modifiers: modifiers)
+        if let contentStorage = content?().widget(modifiers: modifiers).storage(modifiers: modifiers) {
+            storage.content["content"] = [contentStorage]
+            adw_overlay_split_view_set_content(storage.pointer, contentStorage.pointer?.cast())
+        }
+        if let sidebarStorage = sidebar?().widget(modifiers: modifiers).storage(modifiers: modifiers) {
+            storage.content["sidebar"] = [sidebarStorage]
+            adw_overlay_split_view_set_sidebar(storage.pointer, sidebarStorage.pointer?.cast())
+        }
+
+
+        storage.notify(name: "show-sidebar") {
+            showSidebar?.wrappedValue = adw_overlay_split_view_get_show_sidebar(storage.pointer) != 0
+        }
+        for function in appearFunctions {
+            function(storage)
+        }
+        return storage
+    }
+
+    /// Update the widget's view storage.
+    /// - Parameters:
+    ///     - storage: The view storage.
+    ///     - modifiers: The view modifiers.
+    public func update(_ storage: ViewStorage, modifiers: [(View) -> View]) {
+        storage.modify { widget in
+            if let collapsed {
+                adw_overlay_split_view_set_collapsed(widget, collapsed.cBool)
+            }
+            if let widget = storage.content["content"]?.first {
+                content?().widget(modifiers: modifiers).update(widget, modifiers: modifiers)
+            }
+            if let enableHideGesture {
+                adw_overlay_split_view_set_enable_hide_gesture(widget, enableHideGesture.cBool)
+            }
+            if let enableShowGesture {
+                adw_overlay_split_view_set_enable_show_gesture(widget, enableShowGesture.cBool)
+            }
+            if let maxSidebarWidth {
+                adw_overlay_split_view_set_max_sidebar_width(widget, maxSidebarWidth)
+            }
+            if let minSidebarWidth {
+                adw_overlay_split_view_set_min_sidebar_width(widget, minSidebarWidth)
+            }
+            if let pinSidebar {
+                adw_overlay_split_view_set_pin_sidebar(widget, pinSidebar.cBool)
+            }
+            if let showSidebar {
+                adw_overlay_split_view_set_show_sidebar(widget, showSidebar.wrappedValue.cBool)
+            }
+            if let widget = storage.content["sidebar"]?.first {
+                sidebar?().widget(modifiers: modifiers).update(widget, modifiers: modifiers)
+            }
+            if let sidebarWidthFraction {
+                adw_overlay_split_view_set_sidebar_width_fraction(widget, sidebarWidthFraction)
+            }
+
+
+        }
+        for function in updateFunctions {
+            function(storage)
+        }
+    }
+
+    /// Whether the split view is collapsed.
+    /// 
+    /// When collapsed, the sidebar widget is presented as an overlay above the
+    /// content widget, otherwise they are displayed side by side.
+    public func collapsed(_ collapsed: Bool? = true) -> Self {
+        var newSelf = self
+        newSelf.collapsed = collapsed
+        
+        return newSelf
+    }
+
+    /// The content widget.
+    public func content(@ViewBuilder _ content: @escaping (() -> Body)) -> Self {
+        var newSelf = self
+        newSelf.content = content
+        
+        return newSelf
+    }
+
+    /// Whether the sidebar can be closed with a swipe gesture.
+    /// 
+    /// Only touchscreen swipes are supported.
+    public func enableHideGesture(_ enableHideGesture: Bool? = true) -> Self {
+        var newSelf = self
+        newSelf.enableHideGesture = enableHideGesture
+        
+        return newSelf
+    }
+
+    /// Whether the sidebar can be opened with an edge swipe gesture.
+    /// 
+    /// Only touchscreen swipes are supported.
+    public func enableShowGesture(_ enableShowGesture: Bool? = true) -> Self {
+        var newSelf = self
+        newSelf.enableShowGesture = enableShowGesture
+        
+        return newSelf
+    }
+
+    /// The maximum sidebar width.
+    /// 
+    /// Maximum width is affected by
+    /// [property@OverlaySplitView:sidebar-width-unit].
+    /// 
+    /// The sidebar widget can still be allocated with larger width if its own
+    /// minimum width exceeds it.
+    public func maxSidebarWidth(_ maxSidebarWidth: Double?) -> Self {
+        var newSelf = self
+        newSelf.maxSidebarWidth = maxSidebarWidth
+        
+        return newSelf
+    }
+
+    /// The minimum sidebar width.
+    /// 
+    /// Minimum width is affected by
+    /// [property@OverlaySplitView:sidebar-width-unit].
+    /// 
+    /// The sidebar widget can still be allocated with larger width if its own
+    /// minimum width exceeds it.
+    public func minSidebarWidth(_ minSidebarWidth: Double?) -> Self {
+        var newSelf = self
+        newSelf.minSidebarWidth = minSidebarWidth
+        
+        return newSelf
+    }
+
+    /// Whether the sidebar widget is pinned.
+    /// 
+    /// By default, collapsing @self automatically hides the sidebar widget, and
+    /// uncollapsing it shows the sidebar. If set to `TRUE`, sidebar visibility
+    /// never changes on its own.
+    public func pinSidebar(_ pinSidebar: Bool? = true) -> Self {
+        var newSelf = self
+        newSelf.pinSidebar = pinSidebar
+        
+        return newSelf
+    }
+
+    /// Whether the sidebar widget is shown.
+    public func showSidebar(_ showSidebar: Binding<Bool>?) -> Self {
+        var newSelf = self
+        newSelf.showSidebar = showSidebar
+        
+        return newSelf
+    }
+
+    /// The sidebar widget.
+    public func sidebar(@ViewBuilder _ sidebar: @escaping (() -> Body)) -> Self {
+        var newSelf = self
+        newSelf.sidebar = sidebar
+        
+        return newSelf
+    }
+
+    /// The preferred sidebar width as a fraction of the total width.
+    /// 
+    /// The preferred width is additionally limited by
+    /// [property@OverlaySplitView:min-sidebar-width] and
+    /// [property@OverlaySplitView:max-sidebar-width].
+    /// 
+    /// The sidebar widget can be allocated with larger width if its own minimum
+    /// width exceeds the preferred width.
+    public func sidebarWidthFraction(_ sidebarWidthFraction: Double?) -> Self {
+        var newSelf = self
+        newSelf.sidebarWidthFraction = sidebarWidthFraction
+        
+        return newSelf
+    }
+
+}

Sources/Adwaita/View/Generated/PasswordEntryRow.swift

@@ -0,0 +1,248 @@
+//
+//  PasswordEntryRow.swift
+//  Adwaita
+//
+//  Created by auto-generation on 22.01.24.
+//
+
+import CAdw
+import LevenshteinTransformations
+
+/// A [class@EntryRow] tailored for entering secrets.
+/// 
+/// <picture><source srcset="password-entry-row-dark.png" media="(prefers-color-scheme: dark)"><img src="password-entry-row.png" alt="password-entry-row"></picture>
+/// 
+/// It does not show its contents in clear text, does not allow to copy it to the
+/// clipboard, and shows a warning when Caps Lock is engaged. If the underlying
+/// platform allows it, `AdwPasswordEntryRow` will also place the text in a
+/// non-pageable memory area, to avoid it being written out to disk by the
+/// operating system.
+/// 
+/// It offer a way to reveal the contents in clear text.
+/// 
+/// ## CSS Nodes
+/// 
+/// `AdwPasswordEntryRow` has a single CSS node with name `row` that carries
+/// `.entry` and `.password` style classes.
+public struct PasswordEntryRow: Widget {
+
+    /// Additional update functions for type extensions.
+    var updateFunctions: [(ViewStorage) -> Void] = []
+    /// Additional appear functions for type extensions.
+    var appearFunctions: [(ViewStorage) -> Void] = []
+
+    /// Whether activating the embedded entry can activate the default widget.
+    var activatesDefault: Bool?
+    /// Whether to suggest emoji replacements on the entry row.
+    /// 
+    /// Emoji replacement is done with :-delimited names, like `:heart:`.
+    var enableEmojiCompletion: Bool?
+    /// Whether to show the apply button.
+    /// 
+    /// When set to `TRUE`, typing text in the entry will reveal an apply button.
+    /// Clicking it or pressing the <kbd>Enter</kbd> key will hide the button and
+    /// emit the [signal@EntryRow::apply] signal.
+    /// 
+    /// This is useful if changing the entry contents can trigger an expensive
+    /// operation, e.g. network activity, to avoid triggering it after typing every
+    /// character.
+    var showApplyButton: Bool?
+    /// The title of the preference represented by this row.
+    /// 
+    /// The title is interpreted as Pango markup unless
+    /// [property@PreferencesRow:use-markup] is set to `FALSE`.
+    var title: String?
+    /// Whether the user can copy the title from the label.
+    /// 
+    /// See also [property@Gtk.Label:selectable].
+    var titleSelectable: Bool?
+    /// Whether to use Pango markup for the title label.
+    /// 
+    /// Subclasses may also use it for other labels, such as subtitle.
+    /// 
+    /// See also [func@Pango.parse_markup].
+    var useMarkup: Bool?
+    /// Whether an embedded underline in the title indicates a mnemonic.
+    var useUnderline: Bool?
+    /// Emitted when the apply button is pressed.
+    /// 
+    /// See [property@EntryRow:show-apply-button].
+    var apply: (() -> Void)?
+    /// Emitted when the embedded entry is activated.
+    var entryActivated: (() -> Void)?
+    /// The body for the widget "suffix".
+    var suffix: () -> Body = { [] }
+    /// The body for the widget "prefix".
+    var prefix: () -> Body = { [] }
+    /// The application.
+    var app: GTUIApp?
+    /// The window.
+    var window: GTUIApplicationWindow?
+
+    /// Initialize `PasswordEntryRow`.
+    public init() {
+    }
+
+    /// Get the widget's view storage.
+    /// - Parameter modifiers: The view modifiers.
+    /// - Returns: The view storage.
+    public func container(modifiers: [(View) -> View]) -> ViewStorage {
+        let storage = ViewStorage(adw_password_entry_row_new()?.opaque())
+        update(storage, modifiers: modifiers)
+
+        var suffixStorage: [ViewStorage] = []
+        for view in suffix() {
+            suffixStorage.append(view.storage(modifiers: modifiers))
+            adw_entry_row_add_suffix(storage.pointer?.cast(), suffixStorage.last?.pointer?.cast())
+        }
+        storage.content["suffix"] = suffixStorage
+        var prefixStorage: [ViewStorage] = []
+        for view in prefix() {
+            prefixStorage.append(view.storage(modifiers: modifiers))
+            adw_entry_row_add_prefix(storage.pointer?.cast(), prefixStorage.last?.pointer?.cast())
+        }
+        storage.content["prefix"] = prefixStorage
+
+        for function in appearFunctions {
+            function(storage)
+        }
+        return storage
+    }
+
+    /// Update the widget's view storage.
+    /// - Parameters:
+    ///     - storage: The view storage.
+    ///     - modifiers: The view modifiers.
+    public func update(_ storage: ViewStorage, modifiers: [(View) -> View]) {
+        if let apply {
+            storage.connectSignal(name: "apply") {
+                apply()
+            }
+        }
+        if let entryActivated {
+            storage.connectSignal(name: "entry-activated") {
+                entryActivated()
+            }
+        }
+        storage.modify { widget in
+            if let activatesDefault {
+                adw_entry_row_set_activates_default(widget?.cast(), activatesDefault.cBool)
+            }
+            if let enableEmojiCompletion {
+                adw_entry_row_set_enable_emoji_completion(widget?.cast(), enableEmojiCompletion.cBool)
+            }
+            if let showApplyButton {
+                adw_entry_row_set_show_apply_button(widget?.cast(), showApplyButton.cBool)
+            }
+            if let title {
+                adw_preferences_row_set_title(widget?.cast(), title)
+            }
+            if let titleSelectable {
+                adw_preferences_row_set_title_selectable(widget?.cast(), titleSelectable.cBool)
+            }
+            if let useMarkup {
+                adw_preferences_row_set_use_markup(widget?.cast(), useMarkup.cBool)
+            }
+            if let useUnderline {
+                adw_preferences_row_set_use_underline(widget?.cast(), useUnderline.cBool)
+            }
+
+
+        }
+        for function in updateFunctions {
+            function(storage)
+        }
+    }
+
+    /// Whether activating the embedded entry can activate the default widget.
+    public func activatesDefault(_ activatesDefault: Bool? = true) -> Self {
+        var newSelf = self
+        newSelf.activatesDefault = activatesDefault
+        
+        return newSelf
+    }
+
+    /// Whether to suggest emoji replacements on the entry row.
+    /// 
+    /// Emoji replacement is done with :-delimited names, like `:heart:`.
+    public func enableEmojiCompletion(_ enableEmojiCompletion: Bool? = true) -> Self {
+        var newSelf = self
+        newSelf.enableEmojiCompletion = enableEmojiCompletion
+        
+        return newSelf
+    }
+
+    /// Whether to show the apply button.
+    /// 
+    /// When set to `TRUE`, typing text in the entry will reveal an apply button.
+    /// Clicking it or pressing the <kbd>Enter</kbd> key will hide the button and
+    /// emit the [signal@EntryRow::apply] signal.
+    /// 
+    /// This is useful if changing the entry contents can trigger an expensive
+    /// operation, e.g. network activity, to avoid triggering it after typing every
+    /// character.
+    public func showApplyButton(_ showApplyButton: Bool? = true) -> Self {
+        var newSelf = self
+        newSelf.showApplyButton = showApplyButton
+        
+        return newSelf
+    }
+
+    /// The title of the preference represented by this row.
+    /// 
+    /// The title is interpreted as Pango markup unless
+    /// [property@PreferencesRow:use-markup] is set to `FALSE`.
+    public func title(_ title: String?) -> Self {
+        var newSelf = self
+        newSelf.title = title
+        
+        return newSelf
+    }
+
+    /// Whether the user can copy the title from the label.
+    /// 
+    /// See also [property@Gtk.Label:selectable].
+    public func titleSelectable(_ titleSelectable: Bool? = true) -> Self {
+        var newSelf = self
+        newSelf.titleSelectable = titleSelectable
+        
+        return newSelf
+    }
+
+    /// Whether to use Pango markup for the title label.
+    /// 
+    /// Subclasses may also use it for other labels, such as subtitle.
+    /// 
+    /// See also [func@Pango.parse_markup].
+    public func useMarkup(_ useMarkup: Bool? = true) -> Self {
+        var newSelf = self
+        newSelf.useMarkup = useMarkup
+        
+        return newSelf
+    }
+
+    /// Whether an embedded underline in the title indicates a mnemonic.
+    public func useUnderline(_ useUnderline: Bool? = true) -> Self {
+        var newSelf = self
+        newSelf.useUnderline = useUnderline
+        
+        return newSelf
+    }
+
+    /// Emitted when the apply button is pressed.
+    /// 
+    /// See [property@EntryRow:show-apply-button].
+    public func apply(_ apply: @escaping () -> Void) -> Self {
+        var newSelf = self
+        newSelf.apply = apply
+        return newSelf
+    }
+
+    /// Emitted when the embedded entry is activated.
+    public func entryActivated(_ entryActivated: @escaping () -> Void) -> Self {
+        var newSelf = self
+        newSelf.entryActivated = entryActivated
+        return newSelf
+    }
+
+}

Sources/Adwaita/View/Generated/PreferencesGroup.swift

@@ -0,0 +1,159 @@
+//
+//  PreferencesGroup.swift
+//  Adwaita
+//
+//  Created by auto-generation on 22.01.24.
+//
+
+import CAdw
+import LevenshteinTransformations
+
+/// A group of preference rows.
+/// 
+/// <picture><source srcset="preferences-group-dark.png" media="(prefers-color-scheme: dark)"><img src="preferences-group.png" alt="preferences-group"></picture>
+/// 
+/// An `AdwPreferencesGroup` represents a group or tightly related preferences,
+/// which in turn are represented by [class@PreferencesRow].
+/// 
+/// To summarize the role of the preferences it gathers, a group can have both a
+/// title and a description. The title will be used by [class@PreferencesWindow]
+/// to let the user look for a preference.
+/// 
+/// ## AdwPreferencesGroup as GtkBuildable
+/// 
+/// The `AdwPreferencesGroup` implementation of the [iface@Gtk.Buildable] interface
+/// supports adding [class@PreferencesRow]s to the list by omitting "type". If "type"
+/// is omitted and the widget isn't a [class@PreferencesRow] the child is added to
+/// a box below the list.
+/// 
+/// When the "type" attribute of a child is `header-suffix`, the child
+/// is set as the suffix on the end of the title and description.
+/// 
+/// ## CSS nodes
+/// 
+/// `AdwPreferencesGroup` has a single CSS node with name `preferencesgroup`.
+/// 
+/// ## Accessibility
+/// 
+/// `AdwPreferencesGroup` uses the `GTK_ACCESSIBLE_ROLE_GROUP` role.
+public struct PreferencesGroup: Widget {
+
+    /// Additional update functions for type extensions.
+    var updateFunctions: [(ViewStorage) -> Void] = []
+    /// Additional appear functions for type extensions.
+    var appearFunctions: [(ViewStorage) -> Void] = []
+
+    /// The description for this group of preferences.
+    var description: String?
+    /// The header suffix widget.
+    /// 
+    /// Displayed above the list, next to the title and description.
+    /// 
+    /// Suffixes are commonly used to show a button or a spinner for the whole
+    /// group.
+    var headerSuffix:  (() -> Body)?
+    /// The title for this group of preferences.
+    var title: String?
+    /// The body for the widget "child".
+    var child: () -> Body = { [] }
+    /// The application.
+    var app: GTUIApp?
+    /// The window.
+    var window: GTUIApplicationWindow?
+
+    /// Initialize `PreferencesGroup`.
+    public init() {
+    }
+
+    /// Get the widget's view storage.
+    /// - Parameter modifiers: The view modifiers.
+    /// - Returns: The view storage.
+    public func container(modifiers: [(View) -> View]) -> ViewStorage {
+        let storage = ViewStorage(adw_preferences_group_new()?.opaque())
+        update(storage, modifiers: modifiers)
+        if let headerSuffixStorage = headerSuffix?().widget(modifiers: modifiers).storage(modifiers: modifiers) {
+            storage.content["headerSuffix"] = [headerSuffixStorage]
+            adw_preferences_group_set_header_suffix(storage.pointer?.cast(), headerSuffixStorage.pointer?.cast())
+        }
+
+        var childStorage: [ViewStorage] = []
+        for view in child() {
+            childStorage.append(view.storage(modifiers: modifiers))
+            adw_preferences_group_add(storage.pointer?.cast(), childStorage.last?.pointer?.cast())
+        }
+        storage.content["child"] = childStorage
+
+        for function in appearFunctions {
+            function(storage)
+        }
+        return storage
+    }
+
+    /// Update the widget's view storage.
+    /// - Parameters:
+    ///     - storage: The view storage.
+    ///     - modifiers: The view modifiers.
+    public func update(_ storage: ViewStorage, modifiers: [(View) -> View]) {
+        storage.modify { widget in
+            if let description {
+                adw_preferences_group_set_description(widget?.cast(), description)
+            }
+            if let widget = storage.content["headerSuffix"]?.first {
+                headerSuffix?().widget(modifiers: modifiers).update(widget, modifiers: modifiers)
+            }
+            if let title {
+                adw_preferences_group_set_title(widget?.cast(), title)
+            }
+
+            if let childStorage = storage.content["child"] {
+                for (index, view) in child().enumerated() {
+                    if let storage = childStorage[safe: index] {
+                        view.updateStorage(storage, modifiers: modifiers)
+                    }
+                }
+            }
+
+        }
+        for function in updateFunctions {
+            function(storage)
+        }
+    }
+
+    /// The description for this group of preferences.
+    public func description(_ description: String?) -> Self {
+        var newSelf = self
+        newSelf.description = description
+        
+        return newSelf
+    }
+
+    /// The header suffix widget.
+    /// 
+    /// Displayed above the list, next to the title and description.
+    /// 
+    /// Suffixes are commonly used to show a button or a spinner for the whole
+    /// group.
+    public func headerSuffix(@ViewBuilder _ headerSuffix: @escaping (() -> Body)) -> Self {
+        var newSelf = self
+        newSelf.headerSuffix = headerSuffix
+        
+        return newSelf
+    }
+
+    /// The title for this group of preferences.
+    public func title(_ title: String?) -> Self {
+        var newSelf = self
+        newSelf.title = title
+        
+        return newSelf
+    }
+
+    /// Set the body for "child".
+    /// - Parameter body: The body.
+    /// - Returns: The widget.
+    public func child(@ViewBuilder _ body: @escaping () -> Body) -> Self {
+        var newSelf = self
+        newSelf.child = body
+        return newSelf
+    }
+}

Sources/Adwaita/View/Generated/PreferencesPage.swift

@@ -0,0 +1,157 @@
+//
+//  PreferencesPage.swift
+//  Adwaita
+//
+//  Created by auto-generation on 22.01.24.
+//
+
+import CAdw
+import LevenshteinTransformations
+
+/// A page from [class@PreferencesWindow].
+/// 
+/// <picture><source srcset="preferences-page-dark.png" media="(prefers-color-scheme: dark)"><img src="preferences-page.png" alt="preferences-page"></picture>
+/// 
+/// The `AdwPreferencesPage` widget gathers preferences groups into a single page
+/// of a preferences window.
+/// 
+/// ## CSS nodes
+/// 
+/// `AdwPreferencesPage` has a single CSS node with name `preferencespage`.
+/// 
+/// ## Accessibility
+/// 
+/// `AdwPreferencesPage` uses the `GTK_ACCESSIBLE_ROLE_GROUP` role.
+public struct PreferencesPage: Widget {
+
+    /// Additional update functions for type extensions.
+    var updateFunctions: [(ViewStorage) -> Void] = []
+    /// Additional appear functions for type extensions.
+    var appearFunctions: [(ViewStorage) -> Void] = []
+
+    /// The description to be displayed at the top of the page.
+    var description: String?
+    /// The icon name for this page.
+    var iconName: String?
+    /// The name of this page.
+    var name: String?
+    /// The title for this page.
+    var title: String?
+    /// Whether an embedded underline in the title indicates a mnemonic.
+    var useUnderline: Bool?
+    /// The body for the widget "child".
+    var child: () -> Body = { [] }
+    /// The application.
+    var app: GTUIApp?
+    /// The window.
+    var window: GTUIApplicationWindow?
+
+    /// Initialize `PreferencesPage`.
+    public init() {
+    }
+
+    /// Get the widget's view storage.
+    /// - Parameter modifiers: The view modifiers.
+    /// - Returns: The view storage.
+    public func container(modifiers: [(View) -> View]) -> ViewStorage {
+        let storage = ViewStorage(adw_preferences_page_new()?.opaque())
+        update(storage, modifiers: modifiers)
+
+        var childStorage: [ViewStorage] = []
+        for view in child() {
+            childStorage.append(view.storage(modifiers: modifiers))
+            adw_preferences_group_add(storage.pointer?.cast(), childStorage.last?.pointer?.cast())
+        }
+        storage.content["child"] = childStorage
+
+        for function in appearFunctions {
+            function(storage)
+        }
+        return storage
+    }
+
+    /// Update the widget's view storage.
+    /// - Parameters:
+    ///     - storage: The view storage.
+    ///     - modifiers: The view modifiers.
+    public func update(_ storage: ViewStorage, modifiers: [(View) -> View]) {
+        storage.modify { widget in
+            if let description {
+                adw_preferences_page_set_description(widget?.cast(), description)
+            }
+            if let iconName {
+                adw_preferences_page_set_icon_name(widget?.cast(), iconName)
+            }
+            if let name {
+                adw_preferences_page_set_name(widget?.cast(), name)
+            }
+            if let title {
+                adw_preferences_page_set_title(widget?.cast(), title)
+            }
+            if let useUnderline {
+                adw_preferences_page_set_use_underline(widget?.cast(), useUnderline.cBool)
+            }
+
+            if let childStorage = storage.content["child"] {
+                for (index, view) in child().enumerated() {
+                    if let storage = childStorage[safe: index] {
+                        view.updateStorage(storage, modifiers: modifiers)
+                    }
+                }
+            }
+
+        }
+        for function in updateFunctions {
+            function(storage)
+        }
+    }
+
+    /// The description to be displayed at the top of the page.
+    public func description(_ description: String?) -> Self {
+        var newSelf = self
+        newSelf.description = description
+        
+        return newSelf
+    }
+
+    /// The icon name for this page.
+    public func iconName(_ iconName: String?) -> Self {
+        var newSelf = self
+        newSelf.iconName = iconName
+        
+        return newSelf
+    }
+
+    /// The name of this page.
+    public func name(_ name: String?) -> Self {
+        var newSelf = self
+        newSelf.name = name
+        
+        return newSelf
+    }
+
+    /// The title for this page.
+    public func title(_ title: String?) -> Self {
+        var newSelf = self
+        newSelf.title = title
+        
+        return newSelf
+    }
+
+    /// Whether an embedded underline in the title indicates a mnemonic.
+    public func useUnderline(_ useUnderline: Bool? = true) -> Self {
+        var newSelf = self
+        newSelf.useUnderline = useUnderline
+        
+        return newSelf
+    }
+
+    /// Set the body for "child".
+    /// - Parameter body: The body.
+    /// - Returns: The widget.
+    public func child(@ViewBuilder _ body: @escaping () -> Body) -> Self {
+        var newSelf = self
+        newSelf.child = body
+        return newSelf
+    }
+}

Sources/Adwaita/View/Generated/PreferencesRow.swift

@@ -0,0 +1,134 @@
+//
+//  PreferencesRow.swift
+//  Adwaita
+//
+//  Created by auto-generation on 22.01.24.
+//
+
+import CAdw
+import LevenshteinTransformations
+
+/// A [class@Gtk.ListBoxRow] used to present preferences.
+/// 
+/// The `AdwPreferencesRow` widget has a title that [class@PreferencesWindow]
+/// will use to let the user look for a preference. It doesn't present the title
+/// in any way and lets you present the preference as you please.
+/// 
+/// [class@ActionRow] and its derivatives are convenient to use as preference
+/// rows as they take care of presenting the preference's title while letting you
+/// compose the inputs of the preference around it.
+public struct PreferencesRow: Widget {
+
+    /// Additional update functions for type extensions.
+    var updateFunctions: [(ViewStorage) -> Void] = []
+    /// Additional appear functions for type extensions.
+    var appearFunctions: [(ViewStorage) -> Void] = []
+
+    /// The title of the preference represented by this row.
+    /// 
+    /// The title is interpreted as Pango markup unless
+    /// [property@PreferencesRow:use-markup] is set to `FALSE`.
+    var title: String?
+    /// Whether the user can copy the title from the label.
+    /// 
+    /// See also [property@Gtk.Label:selectable].
+    var titleSelectable: Bool?
+    /// Whether to use Pango markup for the title label.
+    /// 
+    /// Subclasses may also use it for other labels, such as subtitle.
+    /// 
+    /// See also [func@Pango.parse_markup].
+    var useMarkup: Bool?
+    /// Whether an embedded underline in the title indicates a mnemonic.
+    var useUnderline: Bool?
+    /// The application.
+    var app: GTUIApp?
+    /// The window.
+    var window: GTUIApplicationWindow?
+
+    /// Initialize `PreferencesRow`.
+    public init() {
+    }
+
+    /// Get the widget's view storage.
+    /// - Parameter modifiers: The view modifiers.
+    /// - Returns: The view storage.
+    public func container(modifiers: [(View) -> View]) -> ViewStorage {
+        let storage = ViewStorage(adw_preferences_row_new()?.opaque())
+        update(storage, modifiers: modifiers)
+
+
+        for function in appearFunctions {
+            function(storage)
+        }
+        return storage
+    }
+
+    /// Update the widget's view storage.
+    /// - Parameters:
+    ///     - storage: The view storage.
+    ///     - modifiers: The view modifiers.
+    public func update(_ storage: ViewStorage, modifiers: [(View) -> View]) {
+        storage.modify { widget in
+            if let title {
+                adw_preferences_row_set_title(widget?.cast(), title)
+            }
+            if let titleSelectable {
+                adw_preferences_row_set_title_selectable(widget?.cast(), titleSelectable.cBool)
+            }
+            if let useMarkup {
+                adw_preferences_row_set_use_markup(widget?.cast(), useMarkup.cBool)
+            }
+            if let useUnderline {
+                adw_preferences_row_set_use_underline(widget?.cast(), useUnderline.cBool)
+            }
+
+
+        }
+        for function in updateFunctions {
+            function(storage)
+        }
+    }
+
+    /// The title of the preference represented by this row.
+    /// 
+    /// The title is interpreted as Pango markup unless
+    /// [property@PreferencesRow:use-markup] is set to `FALSE`.
+    public func title(_ title: String?) -> Self {
+        var newSelf = self
+        newSelf.title = title
+        
+        return newSelf
+    }
+
+    /// Whether the user can copy the title from the label.
+    /// 
+    /// See also [property@Gtk.Label:selectable].
+    public func titleSelectable(_ titleSelectable: Bool? = true) -> Self {
+        var newSelf = self
+        newSelf.titleSelectable = titleSelectable
+        
+        return newSelf
+    }
+
+    /// Whether to use Pango markup for the title label.
+    /// 
+    /// Subclasses may also use it for other labels, such as subtitle.
+    /// 
+    /// See also [func@Pango.parse_markup].
+    public func useMarkup(_ useMarkup: Bool? = true) -> Self {
+        var newSelf = self
+        newSelf.useMarkup = useMarkup
+        
+        return newSelf
+    }
+
+    /// Whether an embedded underline in the title indicates a mnemonic.
+    public func useUnderline(_ useUnderline: Bool? = true) -> Self {
+        var newSelf = self
+        newSelf.useUnderline = useUnderline
+        
+        return newSelf
+    }
+
+}

Sources/Adwaita/View/Generated/ProgressBar.swift

@@ -0,0 +1,184 @@
+//
+//  ProgressBar.swift
+//  Adwaita
+//
+//  Created by auto-generation on 22.01.24.
+//
+
+import CAdw
+import LevenshteinTransformations
+
+/// `GtkProgressBar` is typically used to display the progress of a long
+/// running operation.
+/// 
+/// It provides a visual clue that processing is underway. `GtkProgressBar`
+/// can be used in two different modes: percentage mode and activity mode.
+/// 
+/// ![An example GtkProgressBar](progressbar.png)
+/// 
+/// When an application can determine how much work needs to take place
+/// (e.g. read a fixed number of bytes from a file) and can monitor its
+/// progress, it can use the `GtkProgressBar` in percentage mode and the
+/// user sees a growing bar indicating the percentage of the work that
+/// has been completed. In this mode, the application is required to call
+/// [method@Gtk.ProgressBar.set_fraction] periodically to update the progress bar.
+/// 
+/// When an application has no accurate way of knowing the amount of work
+/// to do, it can use the `GtkProgressBar` in activity mode, which shows
+/// activity by a block moving back and forth within the progress area. In
+/// this mode, the application is required to call [method@Gtk.ProgressBar.pulse]
+/// periodically to update the progress bar.
+/// 
+/// There is quite a bit of flexibility provided to control the appearance
+/// of the `GtkProgressBar`. Functions are provided to control the orientation
+/// of the bar, optional text can be displayed along with the bar, and the
+/// step size used in activity mode can be set.
+/// 
+/// # CSS nodes
+/// 
+/// ```
+/// progressbar[.osd]
+/// ├── [text]
+/// ╰── trough[.empty][.full]
+/// ╰── progress[.pulse]
+/// ```
+/// 
+/// `GtkProgressBar` has a main CSS node with name progressbar and subnodes with
+/// names text and trough, of which the latter has a subnode named progress. The
+/// text subnode is only present if text is shown. The progress subnode has the
+/// style class .pulse when in activity mode. It gets the style classes .left,
+/// .right, .top or .bottom added when the progress 'touches' the corresponding
+/// end of the GtkProgressBar. The .osd class on the progressbar node is for use
+/// in overlays like the one Epiphany has for page loading progress.
+/// 
+/// # Accessibility
+/// 
+/// `GtkProgressBar` uses the %GTK_ACCESSIBLE_ROLE_PROGRESS_BAR role.
+public struct ProgressBar: Widget {
+
+    /// Additional update functions for type extensions.
+    var updateFunctions: [(ViewStorage) -> Void] = []
+    /// Additional appear functions for type extensions.
+    var appearFunctions: [(ViewStorage) -> Void] = []
+
+    /// The fraction of total work that has been completed.
+    var fraction: Double?
+    /// Invert the direction in which the progress bar grows.
+    var inverted: Bool?
+    /// The fraction of total progress to move the bounding block when pulsed.
+    var pulseStep: Double?
+    /// Sets whether the progress bar will show a text in addition
+    /// to the bar itself.
+    /// 
+    /// The shown text is either the value of the [property@Gtk.ProgressBar:text]
+    /// property or, if that is %NULL, the [property@Gtk.ProgressBar:fraction]
+    /// value, as a percentage.
+    /// 
+    /// To make a progress bar that is styled and sized suitably for showing text
+    /// (even if the actual text is blank), set [property@Gtk.ProgressBar:show-text]
+    /// to %TRUE and [property@Gtk.ProgressBar:text] to the empty string (not %NULL).
+    var showText: Bool?
+    /// Text to be displayed in the progress bar.
+    var text: String?
+    /// The application.
+    var app: GTUIApp?
+    /// The window.
+    var window: GTUIApplicationWindow?
+
+    /// Initialize `ProgressBar`.
+    public init() {
+    }
+
+    /// Get the widget's view storage.
+    /// - Parameter modifiers: The view modifiers.
+    /// - Returns: The view storage.
+    public func container(modifiers: [(View) -> View]) -> ViewStorage {
+        let storage = ViewStorage(gtk_progress_bar_new()?.opaque())
+        update(storage, modifiers: modifiers)
+
+
+        for function in appearFunctions {
+            function(storage)
+        }
+        return storage
+    }
+
+    /// Update the widget's view storage.
+    /// - Parameters:
+    ///     - storage: The view storage.
+    ///     - modifiers: The view modifiers.
+    public func update(_ storage: ViewStorage, modifiers: [(View) -> View]) {
+        storage.modify { widget in
+            if let fraction {
+                gtk_progress_bar_set_fraction(widget, fraction)
+            }
+            if let inverted {
+                gtk_progress_bar_set_inverted(widget, inverted.cBool)
+            }
+            if let pulseStep {
+                gtk_progress_bar_set_pulse_step(widget, pulseStep)
+            }
+            if let showText {
+                gtk_progress_bar_set_show_text(widget, showText.cBool)
+            }
+            if let text {
+                gtk_progress_bar_set_text(widget, text)
+            }
+
+
+        }
+        for function in updateFunctions {
+            function(storage)
+        }
+    }
+
+    /// The fraction of total work that has been completed.
+    public func fraction(_ fraction: Double?) -> Self {
+        var newSelf = self
+        newSelf.fraction = fraction
+        
+        return newSelf
+    }
+
+    /// Invert the direction in which the progress bar grows.
+    public func inverted(_ inverted: Bool? = true) -> Self {
+        var newSelf = self
+        newSelf.inverted = inverted
+        
+        return newSelf
+    }
+
+    /// The fraction of total progress to move the bounding block when pulsed.
+    public func pulseStep(_ pulseStep: Double?) -> Self {
+        var newSelf = self
+        newSelf.pulseStep = pulseStep
+        
+        return newSelf
+    }
+
+    /// Sets whether the progress bar will show a text in addition
+    /// to the bar itself.
+    /// 
+    /// The shown text is either the value of the [property@Gtk.ProgressBar:text]
+    /// property or, if that is %NULL, the [property@Gtk.ProgressBar:fraction]
+    /// value, as a percentage.
+    /// 
+    /// To make a progress bar that is styled and sized suitably for showing text
+    /// (even if the actual text is blank), set [property@Gtk.ProgressBar:show-text]
+    /// to %TRUE and [property@Gtk.ProgressBar:text] to the empty string (not %NULL).
+    public func showText(_ showText: Bool? = true) -> Self {
+        var newSelf = self
+        newSelf.showText = showText
+        
+        return newSelf
+    }
+
+    /// Text to be displayed in the progress bar.
+    public func text(_ text: String?) -> Self {
+        var newSelf = self
+        newSelf.text = text
+        
+        return newSelf
+    }
+
+}

Sources/Adwaita/View/Generated/ScrolledWindow.swift

@@ -0,0 +1,403 @@
+//
+//  ScrolledWindow.swift
+//  Adwaita
+//
+//  Created by auto-generation on 22.01.24.
+//
+
+import CAdw
+import LevenshteinTransformations
+
+/// `GtkScrolledWindow` is a container that makes its child scrollable.
+/// 
+/// It does so using either internally added scrollbars or externally
+/// associated adjustments, and optionally draws a frame around the child.
+/// 
+/// Widgets with native scrolling support, i.e. those whose classes implement
+/// the [iface@Gtk.Scrollable] interface, are added directly. For other types
+/// of widget, the class [class@Gtk.Viewport] acts as an adaptor, giving
+/// scrollability to other widgets. [method@Gtk.ScrolledWindow.set_child]
+/// intelligently accounts for whether or not the added child is a `GtkScrollable`.
+/// If it isn’t, then it wraps the child in a `GtkViewport`. Therefore, you can
+/// just add any child widget and not worry about the details.
+/// 
+/// If [method@Gtk.ScrolledWindow.set_child] has added a `GtkViewport` for you,
+/// it will be automatically removed when you unset the child.
+/// Unless [property@Gtk.ScrolledWindow:hscrollbar-policy] and
+/// [property@Gtk.ScrolledWindow:vscrollbar-policy] are %GTK_POLICY_NEVER or
+/// %GTK_POLICY_EXTERNAL, `GtkScrolledWindow` adds internal `GtkScrollbar` widgets
+/// around its child. The scroll position of the child, and if applicable the
+/// scrollbars, is controlled by the [property@Gtk.ScrolledWindow:hadjustment]
+/// and [property@Gtk.ScrolledWindow:vadjustment] that are associated with the
+/// `GtkScrolledWindow`. See the docs on [class@Gtk.Scrollbar] for the details,
+/// but note that the “step_increment” and “page_increment” fields are only
+/// effective if the policy causes scrollbars to be present.
+/// 
+/// If a `GtkScrolledWindow` doesn’t behave quite as you would like, or
+/// doesn’t have exactly the right layout, it’s very possible to set up
+/// your own scrolling with `GtkScrollbar` and for example a `GtkGrid`.
+/// 
+/// # Touch support
+/// 
+/// `GtkScrolledWindow` has built-in support for touch devices. When a
+/// touchscreen is used, swiping will move the scrolled window, and will
+/// expose 'kinetic' behavior. This can be turned off with the
+/// [property@Gtk.ScrolledWindow:kinetic-scrolling] property if it is undesired.
+/// 
+/// `GtkScrolledWindow` also displays visual 'overshoot' indication when
+/// the content is pulled beyond the end, and this situation can be
+/// captured with the [signal@Gtk.ScrolledWindow::edge-overshot] signal.
+/// 
+/// If no mouse device is present, the scrollbars will overlaid as
+/// narrow, auto-hiding indicators over the content. If traditional
+/// scrollbars are desired although no mouse is present, this behaviour
+/// can be turned off with the [property@Gtk.ScrolledWindow:overlay-scrolling]
+/// property.
+/// 
+/// # CSS nodes
+/// 
+/// `GtkScrolledWindow` has a main CSS node with name scrolledwindow.
+/// It gets a .frame style class added when [property@Gtk.ScrolledWindow:has-frame]
+/// is %TRUE.
+/// 
+/// It uses subnodes with names overshoot and undershoot to draw the overflow
+/// and underflow indications. These nodes get the .left, .right, .top or .bottom
+/// style class added depending on where the indication is drawn.
+/// 
+/// `GtkScrolledWindow` also sets the positional style classes (.left, .right,
+/// .top, .bottom) and style classes related to overlay scrolling
+/// (.overlay-indicator, .dragging, .hovering) on its scrollbars.
+/// 
+/// If both scrollbars are visible, the area where they meet is drawn
+/// with a subnode named junction.
+/// 
+/// # Accessibility
+/// 
+/// Until GTK 4.10, `GtkScrolledWindow` used the `GTK_ACCESSIBLE_ROLE_GROUP` role.
+/// 
+/// Starting from GTK 4.12, `GtkScrolledWindow` uses the `GTK_ACCESSIBLE_ROLE_GENERIC` role.
+public struct ScrolledWindow: Widget {
+
+    /// Additional update functions for type extensions.
+    var updateFunctions: [(ViewStorage) -> Void] = []
+    /// Additional appear functions for type extensions.
+    var appearFunctions: [(ViewStorage) -> Void] = []
+
+    /// The child widget.
+    var child:  (() -> Body)?
+    /// Whether to draw a frame around the contents.
+    var hasFrame: Bool?
+    /// Whether kinetic scrolling is enabled or not.
+    /// 
+    /// Kinetic scrolling only applies to devices with source %GDK_SOURCE_TOUCHSCREEN.
+    var kineticScrolling: Bool?
+    /// The maximum content height of @scrolled_window.
+    var maxContentHeight: Int?
+    /// The maximum content width of @scrolled_window.
+    var maxContentWidth: Int?
+    /// The minimum content height of @scrolled_window.
+    var minContentHeight: Int?
+    /// The minimum content width of @scrolled_window.
+    var minContentWidth: Int?
+    /// Whether overlay scrolling is enabled or not.
+    /// 
+    /// If it is, the scrollbars are only added as traditional widgets
+    /// when a mouse is present. Otherwise, they are overlaid on top of
+    /// the content, as narrow indicators.
+    /// 
+    /// Note that overlay scrolling can also be globally disabled, with
+    /// the [property@Gtk.Settings:gtk-overlay-scrolling] setting.
+    var overlayScrolling: Bool?
+    /// Whether the natural height of the child should be calculated and propagated
+    /// through the scrolled window’s requested natural height.
+    /// 
+    /// This is useful in cases where an attempt should be made to allocate exactly
+    /// enough space for the natural size of the child.
+    var propagateNaturalHeight: Bool?
+    /// Whether the natural width of the child should be calculated and propagated
+    /// through the scrolled window’s requested natural width.
+    /// 
+    /// This is useful in cases where an attempt should be made to allocate exactly
+    /// enough space for the natural size of the child.
+    var propagateNaturalWidth: Bool?
+    /// Emitted whenever user initiated scrolling makes the scrolled
+    /// window firmly surpass the limits defined by the adjustment
+    /// in that orientation.
+    /// 
+    /// A similar behavior without edge resistance is provided by the
+    /// [signal@Gtk.ScrolledWindow::edge-reached] signal.
+    /// 
+    /// Note: The @pos argument is LTR/RTL aware, so callers should be
+    /// aware too if intending to provide behavior on horizontal edges.
+    var edgeOvershot: (() -> Void)?
+    /// Emitted whenever user-initiated scrolling makes the scrolled
+    /// window exactly reach the lower or upper limits defined by the
+    /// adjustment in that orientation.
+    /// 
+    /// A similar behavior with edge resistance is provided by the
+    /// [signal@Gtk.ScrolledWindow::edge-overshot] signal.
+    /// 
+    /// Note: The @pos argument is LTR/RTL aware, so callers should be
+    /// aware too if intending to provide behavior on horizontal edges.
+    var edgeReached: (() -> Void)?
+    /// Emitted when focus is moved away from the scrolled window by a
+    /// keybinding.
+    /// 
+    /// This is a [keybinding signal](class.SignalAction.html).
+    /// 
+    /// The default bindings for this signal are
+    /// `Ctrl + Tab` to move forward and `Ctrl + Shift + Tab` to
+    /// move backward.
+    var moveFocusOut: (() -> Void)?
+    /// Emitted when a keybinding that scrolls is pressed.
+    /// 
+    /// This is a [keybinding signal](class.SignalAction.html).
+    /// 
+    /// The horizontal or vertical adjustment is updated which triggers a
+    /// signal that the scrolled window’s child may listen to and scroll itself.
+    var scrollChild: (() -> Void)?
+    /// The application.
+    var app: GTUIApp?
+    /// The window.
+    var window: GTUIApplicationWindow?
+
+    /// Initialize `ScrolledWindow`.
+    public init() {
+    }
+
+    /// Get the widget's view storage.
+    /// - Parameter modifiers: The view modifiers.
+    /// - Returns: The view storage.
+    public func container(modifiers: [(View) -> View]) -> ViewStorage {
+        let storage = ViewStorage(gtk_scrolled_window_new()?.opaque())
+        update(storage, modifiers: modifiers)
+        if let childStorage = child?().widget(modifiers: modifiers).storage(modifiers: modifiers) {
+            storage.content["child"] = [childStorage]
+            gtk_scrolled_window_set_child(storage.pointer, childStorage.pointer?.cast())
+        }
+
+
+        for function in appearFunctions {
+            function(storage)
+        }
+        return storage
+    }
+
+    /// Update the widget's view storage.
+    /// - Parameters:
+    ///     - storage: The view storage.
+    ///     - modifiers: The view modifiers.
+    public func update(_ storage: ViewStorage, modifiers: [(View) -> View]) {
+        if let edgeOvershot {
+            storage.connectSignal(name: "edge-overshot") {
+                edgeOvershot()
+            }
+        }
+        if let edgeReached {
+            storage.connectSignal(name: "edge-reached") {
+                edgeReached()
+            }
+        }
+        if let moveFocusOut {
+            storage.connectSignal(name: "move-focus-out") {
+                moveFocusOut()
+            }
+        }
+        if let scrollChild {
+            storage.connectSignal(name: "scroll-child") {
+                scrollChild()
+            }
+        }
+        storage.modify { widget in
+            if let widget = storage.content["child"]?.first {
+                child?().widget(modifiers: modifiers).update(widget, modifiers: modifiers)
+            }
+            if let hasFrame {
+                gtk_scrolled_window_set_has_frame(widget, hasFrame.cBool)
+            }
+            if let kineticScrolling {
+                gtk_scrolled_window_set_kinetic_scrolling(widget, kineticScrolling.cBool)
+            }
+            if let maxContentHeight {
+                gtk_scrolled_window_set_max_content_height(widget, maxContentHeight.cInt)
+            }
+            if let maxContentWidth {
+                gtk_scrolled_window_set_max_content_width(widget, maxContentWidth.cInt)
+            }
+            if let minContentHeight {
+                gtk_scrolled_window_set_min_content_height(widget, minContentHeight.cInt)
+            }
+            if let minContentWidth {
+                gtk_scrolled_window_set_min_content_width(widget, minContentWidth.cInt)
+            }
+            if let overlayScrolling {
+                gtk_scrolled_window_set_overlay_scrolling(widget, overlayScrolling.cBool)
+            }
+            if let propagateNaturalHeight {
+                gtk_scrolled_window_set_propagate_natural_height(widget, propagateNaturalHeight.cBool)
+            }
+            if let propagateNaturalWidth {
+                gtk_scrolled_window_set_propagate_natural_width(widget, propagateNaturalWidth.cBool)
+            }
+
+
+        }
+        for function in updateFunctions {
+            function(storage)
+        }
+    }
+
+    /// The child widget.
+    public func child(@ViewBuilder _ child: @escaping (() -> Body)) -> Self {
+        var newSelf = self
+        newSelf.child = child
+        
+        return newSelf
+    }
+
+    /// Whether to draw a frame around the contents.
+    public func hasFrame(_ hasFrame: Bool? = true) -> Self {
+        var newSelf = self
+        newSelf.hasFrame = hasFrame
+        
+        return newSelf
+    }
+
+    /// Whether kinetic scrolling is enabled or not.
+    /// 
+    /// Kinetic scrolling only applies to devices with source %GDK_SOURCE_TOUCHSCREEN.
+    public func kineticScrolling(_ kineticScrolling: Bool? = true) -> Self {
+        var newSelf = self
+        newSelf.kineticScrolling = kineticScrolling
+        
+        return newSelf
+    }
+
+    /// The maximum content height of @scrolled_window.
+    public func maxContentHeight(_ maxContentHeight: Int?) -> Self {
+        var newSelf = self
+        newSelf.maxContentHeight = maxContentHeight
+        
+        return newSelf
+    }
+
+    /// The maximum content width of @scrolled_window.
+    public func maxContentWidth(_ maxContentWidth: Int?) -> Self {
+        var newSelf = self
+        newSelf.maxContentWidth = maxContentWidth
+        
+        return newSelf
+    }
+
+    /// The minimum content height of @scrolled_window.
+    public func minContentHeight(_ minContentHeight: Int?) -> Self {
+        var newSelf = self
+        newSelf.minContentHeight = minContentHeight
+        
+        return newSelf
+    }
+
+    /// The minimum content width of @scrolled_window.
+    public func minContentWidth(_ minContentWidth: Int?) -> Self {
+        var newSelf = self
+        newSelf.minContentWidth = minContentWidth
+        
+        return newSelf
+    }
+
+    /// Whether overlay scrolling is enabled or not.
+    /// 
+    /// If it is, the scrollbars are only added as traditional widgets
+    /// when a mouse is present. Otherwise, they are overlaid on top of
+    /// the content, as narrow indicators.
+    /// 
+    /// Note that overlay scrolling can also be globally disabled, with
+    /// the [property@Gtk.Settings:gtk-overlay-scrolling] setting.
+    public func overlayScrolling(_ overlayScrolling: Bool? = true) -> Self {
+        var newSelf = self
+        newSelf.overlayScrolling = overlayScrolling
+        
+        return newSelf
+    }
+
+    /// Whether the natural height of the child should be calculated and propagated
+    /// through the scrolled window’s requested natural height.
+    /// 
+    /// This is useful in cases where an attempt should be made to allocate exactly
+    /// enough space for the natural size of the child.
+    public func propagateNaturalHeight(_ propagateNaturalHeight: Bool? = true) -> Self {
+        var newSelf = self
+        newSelf.propagateNaturalHeight = propagateNaturalHeight
+        
+        return newSelf
+    }
+
+    /// Whether the natural width of the child should be calculated and propagated
+    /// through the scrolled window’s requested natural width.
+    /// 
+    /// This is useful in cases where an attempt should be made to allocate exactly
+    /// enough space for the natural size of the child.
+    public func propagateNaturalWidth(_ propagateNaturalWidth: Bool? = true) -> Self {
+        var newSelf = self
+        newSelf.propagateNaturalWidth = propagateNaturalWidth
+        
+        return newSelf
+    }
+
+    /// Emitted whenever user initiated scrolling makes the scrolled
+    /// window firmly surpass the limits defined by the adjustment
+    /// in that orientation.
+    /// 
+    /// A similar behavior without edge resistance is provided by the
+    /// [signal@Gtk.ScrolledWindow::edge-reached] signal.
+    /// 
+    /// Note: The @pos argument is LTR/RTL aware, so callers should be
+    /// aware too if intending to provide behavior on horizontal edges.
+    public func edgeOvershot(_ edgeOvershot: @escaping () -> Void) -> Self {
+        var newSelf = self
+        newSelf.edgeOvershot = edgeOvershot
+        return newSelf
+    }
+
+    /// Emitted whenever user-initiated scrolling makes the scrolled
+    /// window exactly reach the lower or upper limits defined by the
+    /// adjustment in that orientation.
+    /// 
+    /// A similar behavior with edge resistance is provided by the
+    /// [signal@Gtk.ScrolledWindow::edge-overshot] signal.
+    /// 
+    /// Note: The @pos argument is LTR/RTL aware, so callers should be
+    /// aware too if intending to provide behavior on horizontal edges.
+    public func edgeReached(_ edgeReached: @escaping () -> Void) -> Self {
+        var newSelf = self
+        newSelf.edgeReached = edgeReached
+        return newSelf
+    }
+
+    /// Emitted when focus is moved away from the scrolled window by a
+    /// keybinding.
+    /// 
+    /// This is a [keybinding signal](class.SignalAction.html).
+    /// 
+    /// The default bindings for this signal are
+    /// `Ctrl + Tab` to move forward and `Ctrl + Shift + Tab` to
+    /// move backward.
+    public func moveFocusOut(_ moveFocusOut: @escaping () -> Void) -> Self {
+        var newSelf = self
+        newSelf.moveFocusOut = moveFocusOut
+        return newSelf
+    }
+
+    /// Emitted when a keybinding that scrolls is pressed.
+    /// 
+    /// This is a [keybinding signal](class.SignalAction.html).
+    /// 
+    /// The horizontal or vertical adjustment is updated which triggers a
+    /// signal that the scrolled window’s child may listen to and scroll itself.
+    public func scrollChild(_ scrollChild: @escaping () -> Void) -> Self {
+        var newSelf = self
+        newSelf.scrollChild = scrollChild
+        return newSelf
+    }
+
+}

Sources/Adwaita/View/Generated/SpinRow.swift

@@ -0,0 +1,432 @@
+//
+//  SpinRow.swift
+//  Adwaita
+//
+//  Created by auto-generation on 22.01.24.
+//
+
+import CAdw
+import LevenshteinTransformations
+
+/// An [class@ActionRow] with an embedded spin button.
+/// 
+/// <picture><source srcset="spin-row-dark.png" media="(prefers-color-scheme: dark)"><img src="spin-row.png" alt="spin-row"></picture>
+/// 
+/// Example of an `AdwSpinRow` UI definition:
+/// 
+/// ```xml
+/// <object class="AdwSpinRow"><property name="title" translatable="yes">Spin Row</property><property name="adjustment"><object class="GtkAdjustment"><property name="lower">0</property><property name="upper">100</property><property name="value">50</property><property name="page-increment">10</property><property name="step-increment">1</property></object></property></object>
+/// ```
+/// 
+/// See [class@Gtk.SpinButton] for details.
+/// 
+/// ## CSS nodes
+/// 
+/// `AdwSpinRow` has the same structure as [class@ActionRow], as well as the
+/// `.spin` style class on the main node.
+public struct SpinRow: Widget {
+
+    /// Additional update functions for type extensions.
+    var updateFunctions: [(ViewStorage) -> Void] = []
+    /// Additional appear functions for type extensions.
+    var appearFunctions: [(ViewStorage) -> Void] = []
+
+    /// The acceleration rate when you hold down a button or key.
+    var climbRate: Double
+    /// The number of decimal places to display.
+    var digits: UInt
+    /// Whether non-numeric characters should be ignored.
+    var numeric: Bool?
+    /// Whether invalid values are snapped to the nearest step increment.
+    var snapToTicks: Bool?
+    /// The current value.
+    var value: Binding<Double>?
+    /// Whether the spin row should wrap upon reaching its limits.
+    var wrap: Bool?
+    /// The widget to activate when the row is activated.
+    /// 
+    /// The row can be activated either by clicking on it, calling
+    /// [method@ActionRow.activate], or via mnemonics in the title.
+    /// See the [property@PreferencesRow:use-underline] property to enable
+    /// mnemonics.
+    /// 
+    /// The target widget will be activated by emitting the
+    /// [signal@Gtk.Widget::mnemonic-activate] signal on it.
+    var activatableWidget:  (() -> Body)?
+    /// The icon name for this row.
+    var iconName: String?
+    /// The subtitle for this row.
+    /// 
+    /// The subtitle is interpreted as Pango markup unless
+    /// [property@PreferencesRow:use-markup] is set to `FALSE`.
+    var subtitle: String?
+    /// The number of lines at the end of which the subtitle label will be
+    /// ellipsized.
+    /// 
+    /// If the value is 0, the number of lines won't be limited.
+    var subtitleLines: Int?
+    /// Whether the user can copy the subtitle from the label.
+    /// 
+    /// See also [property@Gtk.Label:selectable].
+    var subtitleSelectable: Bool?
+    /// The number of lines at the end of which the title label will be ellipsized.
+    /// 
+    /// If the value is 0, the number of lines won't be limited.
+    var titleLines: Int?
+    /// The title of the preference represented by this row.
+    /// 
+    /// The title is interpreted as Pango markup unless
+    /// [property@PreferencesRow:use-markup] is set to `FALSE`.
+    var title: String?
+    /// Whether the user can copy the title from the label.
+    /// 
+    /// See also [property@Gtk.Label:selectable].
+    var titleSelectable: Bool?
+    /// Whether to use Pango markup for the title label.
+    /// 
+    /// Subclasses may also use it for other labels, such as subtitle.
+    /// 
+    /// See also [func@Pango.parse_markup].
+    var useMarkup: Bool?
+    /// Whether an embedded underline in the title indicates a mnemonic.
+    var useUnderline: Bool?
+    /// Emitted to convert the user's input into a double value.
+    /// 
+    /// The signal handler is expected to use [method@Gtk.Editable.get_text] to
+    /// retrieve the text of the spinbutton and set new_value to the new value.
+    /// 
+    /// The default conversion uses [func@GLib.strtod].
+    /// 
+    /// See [signal@Gtk.SpinButton::input].
+    var input: (() -> Void)?
+    /// Emitted to tweak the formatting of the value for display.
+    /// 
+    /// See [signal@Gtk.SpinButton::output].
+    var output: (() -> Void)?
+    /// Emitted right after the spinbutton wraps.
+    /// 
+    /// See [signal@Gtk.SpinButton::wrapped].
+    var wrapped: (() -> Void)?
+    /// This signal is emitted after the row has been activated.
+    var activated: (() -> Void)?
+    /// The body for the widget "suffix".
+    var suffix: () -> Body = { [] }
+    /// The body for the widget "prefix".
+    var prefix: () -> Body = { [] }
+    /// The application.
+    var app: GTUIApp?
+    /// The window.
+    var window: GTUIApplicationWindow?
+
+    /// Initialize `SpinRow`.
+    public init(climbRate: Double, digits: UInt) {
+        self.climbRate = climbRate
+        self.digits = digits
+    }
+
+    /// Get the widget's view storage.
+    /// - Parameter modifiers: The view modifiers.
+    /// - Returns: The view storage.
+    public func container(modifiers: [(View) -> View]) -> ViewStorage {
+        let storage = ViewStorage(adw_spin_row_new(nil, climbRate, digits.cInt)?.opaque())
+        update(storage, modifiers: modifiers)
+        if let activatableWidgetStorage = activatableWidget?().widget(modifiers: modifiers).storage(modifiers: modifiers) {
+            storage.content["activatableWidget"] = [activatableWidgetStorage]
+            adw_action_row_set_activatable_widget(storage.pointer?.cast(), activatableWidgetStorage.pointer?.cast())
+        }
+
+        var suffixStorage: [ViewStorage] = []
+        for view in suffix() {
+            suffixStorage.append(view.storage(modifiers: modifiers))
+            adw_action_row_add_suffix(storage.pointer?.cast(), suffixStorage.last?.pointer?.cast())
+        }
+        storage.content["suffix"] = suffixStorage
+        var prefixStorage: [ViewStorage] = []
+        for view in prefix() {
+            prefixStorage.append(view.storage(modifiers: modifiers))
+            adw_action_row_add_prefix(storage.pointer?.cast(), prefixStorage.last?.pointer?.cast())
+        }
+        storage.content["prefix"] = prefixStorage
+
+        storage.notify(name: "value") {
+            value?.wrappedValue = adw_spin_row_get_value(storage.pointer)
+        }
+        for function in appearFunctions {
+            function(storage)
+        }
+        return storage
+    }
+
+    /// Update the widget's view storage.
+    /// - Parameters:
+    ///     - storage: The view storage.
+    ///     - modifiers: The view modifiers.
+    public func update(_ storage: ViewStorage, modifiers: [(View) -> View]) {
+        if let input {
+            storage.connectSignal(name: "input") {
+                input()
+            }
+        }
+        if let output {
+            storage.connectSignal(name: "output") {
+                output()
+            }
+        }
+        if let wrapped {
+            storage.connectSignal(name: "wrapped") {
+                wrapped()
+            }
+        }
+        if let activated {
+            storage.connectSignal(name: "activated") {
+                activated()
+            }
+        }
+        storage.modify { widget in
+            adw_spin_row_set_climb_rate(widget, climbRate)
+            adw_spin_row_set_digits(widget, digits.cInt)
+            if let numeric {
+                adw_spin_row_set_numeric(widget, numeric.cBool)
+            }
+            if let snapToTicks {
+                adw_spin_row_set_snap_to_ticks(widget, snapToTicks.cBool)
+            }
+            if let value {
+                adw_spin_row_set_value(widget, value.wrappedValue)
+            }
+            if let wrap {
+                adw_spin_row_set_wrap(widget, wrap.cBool)
+            }
+            if let widget = storage.content["activatableWidget"]?.first {
+                activatableWidget?().widget(modifiers: modifiers).update(widget, modifiers: modifiers)
+            }
+            if let iconName {
+                adw_action_row_set_icon_name(widget?.cast(), iconName)
+            }
+            if let subtitle {
+                adw_action_row_set_subtitle(widget?.cast(), subtitle)
+            }
+            if let subtitleLines {
+                adw_action_row_set_subtitle_lines(widget?.cast(), subtitleLines.cInt)
+            }
+            if let subtitleSelectable {
+                adw_action_row_set_subtitle_selectable(widget?.cast(), subtitleSelectable.cBool)
+            }
+            if let titleLines {
+                adw_action_row_set_title_lines(widget?.cast(), titleLines.cInt)
+            }
+            if let title {
+                adw_preferences_row_set_title(widget?.cast(), title)
+            }
+            if let titleSelectable {
+                adw_preferences_row_set_title_selectable(widget?.cast(), titleSelectable.cBool)
+            }
+            if let useMarkup {
+                adw_preferences_row_set_use_markup(widget?.cast(), useMarkup.cBool)
+            }
+            if let useUnderline {
+                adw_preferences_row_set_use_underline(widget?.cast(), useUnderline.cBool)
+            }
+
+
+        }
+        for function in updateFunctions {
+            function(storage)
+        }
+    }
+
+    /// The acceleration rate when you hold down a button or key.
+    public func climbRate(_ climbRate: Double) -> Self {
+        var newSelf = self
+        newSelf.climbRate = climbRate
+        
+        return newSelf
+    }
+
+    /// The number of decimal places to display.
+    public func digits(_ digits: UInt) -> Self {
+        var newSelf = self
+        newSelf.digits = digits
+        
+        return newSelf
+    }
+
+    /// Whether non-numeric characters should be ignored.
+    public func numeric(_ numeric: Bool? = true) -> Self {
+        var newSelf = self
+        newSelf.numeric = numeric
+        
+        return newSelf
+    }
+
+    /// Whether invalid values are snapped to the nearest step increment.
+    public func snapToTicks(_ snapToTicks: Bool? = true) -> Self {
+        var newSelf = self
+        newSelf.snapToTicks = snapToTicks
+        
+        return newSelf
+    }
+
+    /// The current value.
+    public func value(_ value: Binding<Double>?) -> Self {
+        var newSelf = self
+        newSelf.value = value
+        
+        return newSelf
+    }
+
+    /// Whether the spin row should wrap upon reaching its limits.
+    public func wrap(_ wrap: Bool? = true) -> Self {
+        var newSelf = self
+        newSelf.wrap = wrap
+        
+        return newSelf
+    }
+
+    /// The widget to activate when the row is activated.
+    /// 
+    /// The row can be activated either by clicking on it, calling
+    /// [method@ActionRow.activate], or via mnemonics in the title.
+    /// See the [property@PreferencesRow:use-underline] property to enable
+    /// mnemonics.
+    /// 
+    /// The target widget will be activated by emitting the
+    /// [signal@Gtk.Widget::mnemonic-activate] signal on it.
+    public func activatableWidget(@ViewBuilder _ activatableWidget: @escaping (() -> Body)) -> Self {
+        var newSelf = self
+        newSelf.activatableWidget = activatableWidget
+        
+        return newSelf
+    }
+
+    /// The icon name for this row.
+    public func iconName(_ iconName: String?) -> Self {
+        var newSelf = self
+        newSelf.iconName = iconName
+        
+        return newSelf
+    }
+
+    /// The subtitle for this row.
+    /// 
+    /// The subtitle is interpreted as Pango markup unless
+    /// [property@PreferencesRow:use-markup] is set to `FALSE`.
+    public func subtitle(_ subtitle: String?) -> Self {
+        var newSelf = self
+        newSelf.subtitle = subtitle
+        
+        return newSelf
+    }
+
+    /// The number of lines at the end of which the subtitle label will be
+    /// ellipsized.
+    /// 
+    /// If the value is 0, the number of lines won't be limited.
+    public func subtitleLines(_ subtitleLines: Int?) -> Self {
+        var newSelf = self
+        newSelf.subtitleLines = subtitleLines
+        
+        return newSelf
+    }
+
+    /// Whether the user can copy the subtitle from the label.
+    /// 
+    /// See also [property@Gtk.Label:selectable].
+    public func subtitleSelectable(_ subtitleSelectable: Bool? = true) -> Self {
+        var newSelf = self
+        newSelf.subtitleSelectable = subtitleSelectable
+        
+        return newSelf
+    }
+
+    /// The number of lines at the end of which the title label will be ellipsized.
+    /// 
+    /// If the value is 0, the number of lines won't be limited.
+    public func titleLines(_ titleLines: Int?) -> Self {
+        var newSelf = self
+        newSelf.titleLines = titleLines
+        
+        return newSelf
+    }
+
+    /// The title of the preference represented by this row.
+    /// 
+    /// The title is interpreted as Pango markup unless
+    /// [property@PreferencesRow:use-markup] is set to `FALSE`.
+    public func title(_ title: String?) -> Self {
+        var newSelf = self
+        newSelf.title = title
+        
+        return newSelf
+    }
+
+    /// Whether the user can copy the title from the label.
+    /// 
+    /// See also [property@Gtk.Label:selectable].
+    public func titleSelectable(_ titleSelectable: Bool? = true) -> Self {
+        var newSelf = self
+        newSelf.titleSelectable = titleSelectable
+        
+        return newSelf
+    }
+
+    /// Whether to use Pango markup for the title label.
+    /// 
+    /// Subclasses may also use it for other labels, such as subtitle.
+    /// 
+    /// See also [func@Pango.parse_markup].
+    public func useMarkup(_ useMarkup: Bool? = true) -> Self {
+        var newSelf = self
+        newSelf.useMarkup = useMarkup
+        
+        return newSelf
+    }
+
+    /// Whether an embedded underline in the title indicates a mnemonic.
+    public func useUnderline(_ useUnderline: Bool? = true) -> Self {
+        var newSelf = self
+        newSelf.useUnderline = useUnderline
+        
+        return newSelf
+    }
+
+    /// Emitted to convert the user's input into a double value.
+    /// 
+    /// The signal handler is expected to use [method@Gtk.Editable.get_text] to
+    /// retrieve the text of the spinbutton and set new_value to the new value.
+    /// 
+    /// The default conversion uses [func@GLib.strtod].
+    /// 
+    /// See [signal@Gtk.SpinButton::input].
+    public func input(_ input: @escaping () -> Void) -> Self {
+        var newSelf = self
+        newSelf.input = input
+        return newSelf
+    }
+
+    /// Emitted to tweak the formatting of the value for display.
+    /// 
+    /// See [signal@Gtk.SpinButton::output].
+    public func output(_ output: @escaping () -> Void) -> Self {
+        var newSelf = self
+        newSelf.output = output
+        return newSelf
+    }
+
+    /// Emitted right after the spinbutton wraps.
+    /// 
+    /// See [signal@Gtk.SpinButton::wrapped].
+    public func wrapped(_ wrapped: @escaping () -> Void) -> Self {
+        var newSelf = self
+        newSelf.wrapped = wrapped
+        return newSelf
+    }
+
+    /// This signal is emitted after the row has been activated.
+    public func activated(_ activated: @escaping () -> Void) -> Self {
+        var newSelf = self
+        newSelf.activated = activated
+        return newSelf
+    }
+
+}

Sources/Adwaita/View/Generated/Spinner.swift

@@ -0,0 +1,83 @@
+//
+//  Spinner.swift
+//  Adwaita
+//
+//  Created by auto-generation on 22.01.24.
+//
+
+import CAdw
+import LevenshteinTransformations
+
+/// A `GtkSpinner` widget displays an icon-size spinning animation.
+/// 
+/// It is often used as an alternative to a [class@Gtk.ProgressBar]
+/// for displaying indefinite activity, instead of actual progress.
+/// 
+/// ![An example GtkSpinner](spinner.png)
+/// 
+/// To start the animation, use [method@Gtk.Spinner.start], to stop it
+/// use [method@Gtk.Spinner.stop].
+/// 
+/// # CSS nodes
+/// 
+/// `GtkSpinner` has a single CSS node with the name spinner.
+/// When the animation is active, the :checked pseudoclass is
+/// added to this node.
+public struct Spinner: Widget {
+
+    /// Additional update functions for type extensions.
+    var updateFunctions: [(ViewStorage) -> Void] = []
+    /// Additional appear functions for type extensions.
+    var appearFunctions: [(ViewStorage) -> Void] = []
+
+    /// Whether the spinner is spinning
+    var spinning: Bool?
+    /// The application.
+    var app: GTUIApp?
+    /// The window.
+    var window: GTUIApplicationWindow?
+
+    /// Initialize `Spinner`.
+    public init() {
+    }
+
+    /// Get the widget's view storage.
+    /// - Parameter modifiers: The view modifiers.
+    /// - Returns: The view storage.
+    public func container(modifiers: [(View) -> View]) -> ViewStorage {
+        let storage = ViewStorage(gtk_spinner_new()?.opaque())
+        update(storage, modifiers: modifiers)
+
+
+        for function in appearFunctions {
+            function(storage)
+        }
+        return storage
+    }
+
+    /// Update the widget's view storage.
+    /// - Parameters:
+    ///     - storage: The view storage.
+    ///     - modifiers: The view modifiers.
+    public func update(_ storage: ViewStorage, modifiers: [(View) -> View]) {
+        storage.modify { widget in
+            if let spinning {
+                gtk_spinner_set_spinning(widget, spinning.cBool)
+            }
+
+
+        }
+        for function in updateFunctions {
+            function(storage)
+        }
+    }
+
+    /// Whether the spinner is spinning
+    public func spinning(_ spinning: Bool? = true) -> Self {
+        var newSelf = self
+        newSelf.spinning = spinning
+        
+        return newSelf
+    }
+
+}

Sources/Adwaita/View/Generated/SplitButton.swift

@@ -0,0 +1,274 @@
+//
+//  SplitButton.swift
+//  Adwaita
+//
+//  Created by auto-generation on 22.01.24.
+//
+
+import CAdw
+import LevenshteinTransformations
+
+/// A combined button and dropdown widget.
+/// 
+/// <picture><source srcset="split-button-dark.png" media="(prefers-color-scheme: dark)"><img src="split-button.png" alt="split-button"></picture>
+/// 
+/// `AdwSplitButton` is typically used to present a set of actions in a menu,
+/// but allow access to one of them with a single click.
+/// 
+/// The API is very similar to [class@Gtk.Button] and [class@Gtk.MenuButton], see
+/// their documentation for details.
+/// 
+/// ## CSS nodes
+/// 
+/// ```
+/// splitbutton[.image-button][.text-button]
+/// ├── button
+/// │   ╰── <content>├── separator
+/// ╰── menubutton
+/// ╰── button.toggle
+/// ╰── arrow
+/// ```
+/// 
+/// `AdwSplitButton`'s CSS node is called `splitbutton`. It contains the css
+/// nodes: `button`, `separator`, `menubutton`. See [class@Gtk.MenuButton]
+/// documentation for the `menubutton` contents.
+/// 
+/// The main CSS node will contain the `.image-button` or `.text-button` style
+/// classes matching the button contents. The nested button nodes will never
+/// contain them.
+/// 
+/// ## Accessibility
+/// 
+/// `AdwSplitButton` uses the `GTK_ACCESSIBLE_ROLE_GROUP` role.
+public struct SplitButton: Widget {
+
+    /// Additional update functions for type extensions.
+    var updateFunctions: [(ViewStorage) -> Void] = []
+    /// Additional appear functions for type extensions.
+    var appearFunctions: [(ViewStorage) -> Void] = []
+
+    /// Whether the button can be smaller than the natural size of its contents.
+    /// 
+    /// If set to `TRUE`, the label will ellipsize.
+    /// 
+    /// See [property@Gtk.Button:can-shrink] and
+    /// [property@Gtk.MenuButton:can-shrink].
+    var canShrink: Bool?
+    /// The child widget.
+    /// 
+    /// Setting the child widget will set [property@SplitButton:label] and
+    /// [property@SplitButton:icon-name] to `NULL`.
+    var child:  (() -> Body)?
+    /// The tooltip of the dropdown button.
+    /// 
+    /// The tooltip can be marked up with the Pango text markup language.
+    var dropdownTooltip: String?
+    /// The name of the icon used to automatically populate the button.
+    /// 
+    /// Setting the icon name will set [property@SplitButton:label] and
+    /// [property@SplitButton:child] to `NULL`.
+    var iconName: String?
+    /// The label for the button.
+    /// 
+    /// Setting the label will set [property@SplitButton:icon-name] and
+    /// [property@SplitButton:child] to `NULL`.
+    var label: String?
+    /// The `GMenuModel` from which the popup will be created.
+    /// 
+    /// If the menu model is `NULL`, the dropdown is disabled.
+    /// 
+    /// A [class@Gtk.Popover] will be created from the menu model with
+    /// [ctor@Gtk.PopoverMenu.new_from_model]. Actions will be connected as
+    /// documented for this function.
+    /// 
+    /// If [property@SplitButton:popover] is already set, it will be dissociated
+    /// from the button, and the property is set to `NULL`.
+    var menuModel:  (() -> MenuContent)?
+    /// Whether an underline in the text indicates a mnemonic.
+    /// 
+    /// See [property@SplitButton:label].
+    var useUnderline: Bool?
+    /// Emitted to animate press then release.
+    /// 
+    /// This is an action signal. Applications should never connect to this signal,
+    /// but use the [signal@SplitButton::clicked] signal.
+    var activate: (() -> Void)?
+    /// Emitted when the button has been activated (pressed and released).
+    var clicked: (() -> Void)?
+    /// The application.
+    var app: GTUIApp?
+    /// The window.
+    var window: GTUIApplicationWindow?
+
+    /// Initialize `SplitButton`.
+    public init() {
+    }
+
+    /// Get the widget's view storage.
+    /// - Parameter modifiers: The view modifiers.
+    /// - Returns: The view storage.
+    public func container(modifiers: [(View) -> View]) -> ViewStorage {
+        let storage = ViewStorage(adw_split_button_new()?.opaque())
+        update(storage, modifiers: modifiers)
+        if let childStorage = child?().widget(modifiers: modifiers).storage(modifiers: modifiers) {
+            storage.content["child"] = [childStorage]
+            adw_split_button_set_child(storage.pointer, childStorage.pointer?.cast())
+        }
+        if let declarative = menuModel?(), let app {
+            let menu = g_menu_new()
+            adw_split_button_set_menu_model(storage.pointer, menu?.cast())
+            for item in declarative {
+                item.addMenuItems(menu: menu, app: app, window: window)
+            }
+        }
+
+
+        for function in appearFunctions {
+            function(storage)
+        }
+        return storage
+    }
+
+    /// Update the widget's view storage.
+    /// - Parameters:
+    ///     - storage: The view storage.
+    ///     - modifiers: The view modifiers.
+    public func update(_ storage: ViewStorage, modifiers: [(View) -> View]) {
+        if let activate {
+            storage.connectSignal(name: "activate") {
+                activate()
+            }
+        }
+        if let clicked {
+            storage.connectSignal(name: "clicked") {
+                clicked()
+            }
+        }
+        storage.modify { widget in
+            if let canShrink {
+                adw_split_button_set_can_shrink(widget, canShrink.cBool)
+            }
+            if let widget = storage.content["child"]?.first {
+                child?().widget(modifiers: modifiers).update(widget, modifiers: modifiers)
+            }
+            if let dropdownTooltip {
+                adw_split_button_set_dropdown_tooltip(widget, dropdownTooltip)
+            }
+            if let iconName {
+                adw_split_button_set_icon_name(widget, iconName)
+            }
+            if let label, storage.content["child"] == nil {
+                adw_split_button_set_label(widget, label)
+            }
+            if let useUnderline {
+                adw_split_button_set_use_underline(widget, useUnderline.cBool)
+            }
+
+
+        }
+        for function in updateFunctions {
+            function(storage)
+        }
+    }
+
+    /// Whether the button can be smaller than the natural size of its contents.
+    /// 
+    /// If set to `TRUE`, the label will ellipsize.
+    /// 
+    /// See [property@Gtk.Button:can-shrink] and
+    /// [property@Gtk.MenuButton:can-shrink].
+    public func canShrink(_ canShrink: Bool? = true) -> Self {
+        var newSelf = self
+        newSelf.canShrink = canShrink
+        
+        return newSelf
+    }
+
+    /// The child widget.
+    /// 
+    /// Setting the child widget will set [property@SplitButton:label] and
+    /// [property@SplitButton:icon-name] to `NULL`.
+    public func child(@ViewBuilder _ child: @escaping (() -> Body)) -> Self {
+        var newSelf = self
+        newSelf.child = child
+        
+        return newSelf
+    }
+
+    /// The tooltip of the dropdown button.
+    /// 
+    /// The tooltip can be marked up with the Pango text markup language.
+    public func dropdownTooltip(_ dropdownTooltip: String?) -> Self {
+        var newSelf = self
+        newSelf.dropdownTooltip = dropdownTooltip
+        
+        return newSelf
+    }
+
+    /// The name of the icon used to automatically populate the button.
+    /// 
+    /// Setting the icon name will set [property@SplitButton:label] and
+    /// [property@SplitButton:child] to `NULL`.
+    public func iconName(_ iconName: String?) -> Self {
+        var newSelf = self
+        newSelf.iconName = iconName
+        
+        return newSelf
+    }
+
+    /// The label for the button.
+    /// 
+    /// Setting the label will set [property@SplitButton:icon-name] and
+    /// [property@SplitButton:child] to `NULL`.
+    public func label(_ label: String?) -> Self {
+        var newSelf = self
+        newSelf.label = label
+        
+        return newSelf
+    }
+
+    /// The `GMenuModel` from which the popup will be created.
+    /// 
+    /// If the menu model is `NULL`, the dropdown is disabled.
+    /// 
+    /// A [class@Gtk.Popover] will be created from the menu model with
+    /// [ctor@Gtk.PopoverMenu.new_from_model]. Actions will be connected as
+    /// documented for this function.
+    /// 
+    /// If [property@SplitButton:popover] is already set, it will be dissociated
+    /// from the button, and the property is set to `NULL`.
+    public func menuModel(app: GTUIApp, window: GTUIApplicationWindow? = nil, @MenuBuilder _ menuModel: @escaping (() -> MenuContent)) -> Self {
+        var newSelf = self
+        newSelf.menuModel = menuModel
+        newSelf.app = app; newSelf.window = window
+        return newSelf
+    }
+
+    /// Whether an underline in the text indicates a mnemonic.
+    /// 
+    /// See [property@SplitButton:label].
+    public func useUnderline(_ useUnderline: Bool? = true) -> Self {
+        var newSelf = self
+        newSelf.useUnderline = useUnderline
+        
+        return newSelf
+    }
+
+    /// Emitted to animate press then release.
+    /// 
+    /// This is an action signal. Applications should never connect to this signal,
+    /// but use the [signal@SplitButton::clicked] signal.
+    public func activate(_ activate: @escaping () -> Void) -> Self {
+        var newSelf = self
+        newSelf.activate = activate
+        return newSelf
+    }
+
+    /// Emitted when the button has been activated (pressed and released).
+    public func clicked(_ clicked: @escaping () -> Void) -> Self {
+        var newSelf = self
+        newSelf.clicked = clicked
+        return newSelf
+    }
+
+}

Sources/Adwaita/View/Generated/StatusPage.swift

@@ -0,0 +1,133 @@
+//
+//  StatusPage.swift
+//  Adwaita
+//
+//  Created by auto-generation on 22.01.24.
+//
+
+import CAdw
+import LevenshteinTransformations
+
+/// A page used for empty/error states and similar use-cases.
+/// 
+/// <picture><source srcset="status-page-dark.png" media="(prefers-color-scheme: dark)"><img src="status-page.png" alt="status-page"></picture>
+/// 
+/// The `AdwStatusPage` widget can have an icon, a title, a description and a
+/// custom widget which is displayed below them.
+/// 
+/// ## CSS nodes
+/// 
+/// `AdwStatusPage` has a main CSS node with name `statuspage`.
+/// 
+/// `AdwStatusPage` can use the
+/// [`.compact`](style-classes.html#compact-status-page) style class for when it
+/// needs to fit into a small space such a sidebar or a popover.
+public struct StatusPage: Widget {
+
+    /// Additional update functions for type extensions.
+    var updateFunctions: [(ViewStorage) -> Void] = []
+    /// Additional appear functions for type extensions.
+    var appearFunctions: [(ViewStorage) -> Void] = []
+
+    /// The child widget.
+    var child:  (() -> Body)?
+    /// The description markup to be displayed below the title.
+    var description: String?
+    /// The name of the icon to be used.
+    /// 
+    /// Changing this will set [property@StatusPage:paintable] to `NULL`.
+    var iconName: String?
+    /// The title to be displayed below the icon.
+    /// 
+    /// It is not parsed as Pango markup.
+    var title: String?
+    /// The application.
+    var app: GTUIApp?
+    /// The window.
+    var window: GTUIApplicationWindow?
+
+    /// Initialize `StatusPage`.
+    public init() {
+    }
+
+    /// Get the widget's view storage.
+    /// - Parameter modifiers: The view modifiers.
+    /// - Returns: The view storage.
+    public func container(modifiers: [(View) -> View]) -> ViewStorage {
+        let storage = ViewStorage(adw_status_page_new()?.opaque())
+        update(storage, modifiers: modifiers)
+        if let childStorage = child?().widget(modifiers: modifiers).storage(modifiers: modifiers) {
+            storage.content["child"] = [childStorage]
+            adw_status_page_set_child(storage.pointer, childStorage.pointer?.cast())
+        }
+
+
+        for function in appearFunctions {
+            function(storage)
+        }
+        return storage
+    }
+
+    /// Update the widget's view storage.
+    /// - Parameters:
+    ///     - storage: The view storage.
+    ///     - modifiers: The view modifiers.
+    public func update(_ storage: ViewStorage, modifiers: [(View) -> View]) {
+        storage.modify { widget in
+            if let widget = storage.content["child"]?.first {
+                child?().widget(modifiers: modifiers).update(widget, modifiers: modifiers)
+            }
+            if let description {
+                adw_status_page_set_description(widget, description)
+            }
+            if let iconName {
+                adw_status_page_set_icon_name(widget, iconName)
+            }
+            if let title {
+                adw_status_page_set_title(widget, title)
+            }
+
+
+        }
+        for function in updateFunctions {
+            function(storage)
+        }
+    }
+
+    /// The child widget.
+    public func child(@ViewBuilder _ child: @escaping (() -> Body)) -> Self {
+        var newSelf = self
+        newSelf.child = child
+        
+        return newSelf
+    }
+
+    /// The description markup to be displayed below the title.
+    public func description(_ description: String?) -> Self {
+        var newSelf = self
+        newSelf.description = description
+        
+        return newSelf
+    }
+
+    /// The name of the icon to be used.
+    /// 
+    /// Changing this will set [property@StatusPage:paintable] to `NULL`.
+    public func iconName(_ iconName: String?) -> Self {
+        var newSelf = self
+        newSelf.iconName = iconName
+        
+        return newSelf
+    }
+
+    /// The title to be displayed below the icon.
+    /// 
+    /// It is not parsed as Pango markup.
+    public func title(_ title: String?) -> Self {
+        var newSelf = self
+        newSelf.title = title
+        
+        return newSelf
+    }
+
+}

Sources/Adwaita/View/Generated/SwitchRow.swift

@@ -0,0 +1,309 @@
+//
+//  SwitchRow.swift
+//  Adwaita
+//
+//  Created by auto-generation on 22.01.24.
+//
+
+import CAdw
+import LevenshteinTransformations
+
+/// A [class@Gtk.ListBoxRow] used to represent two states.
+/// 
+/// <picture><source srcset="switch-row-dark.png" media="(prefers-color-scheme: dark)"><img src="switch-row.png" alt="switch-row"></picture>
+/// 
+/// The `AdwSwitchRow` widget contains a [class@Gtk.Switch] that allows the user
+/// to select between two states: "on" or "off". When activated, the row will
+/// invert its active state.
+/// 
+/// The user can control the switch by activating the row or by dragging on the
+/// switch handle.
+/// 
+/// See [class@Gtk.Switch] for details.
+/// 
+/// Example of an `AdwSwitchRow` UI definition:
+/// ```xml
+/// <object class="AdwSwitchRow"><property name="title" translatable="yes">Switch Row</property><signal name="notify::active" handler="switch_row_notify_active_cb"/></object>
+/// ```
+/// 
+/// The [property@SwitchRow:active] property should be connected to in order to
+/// monitor changes to the active state.
+public struct SwitchRow: Widget {
+
+    /// Additional update functions for type extensions.
+    var updateFunctions: [(ViewStorage) -> Void] = []
+    /// Additional appear functions for type extensions.
+    var appearFunctions: [(ViewStorage) -> Void] = []
+
+    /// Whether the switch row is in the "on" or "off" position.
+    var active: Binding<Bool>?
+    /// The widget to activate when the row is activated.
+    /// 
+    /// The row can be activated either by clicking on it, calling
+    /// [method@ActionRow.activate], or via mnemonics in the title.
+    /// See the [property@PreferencesRow:use-underline] property to enable
+    /// mnemonics.
+    /// 
+    /// The target widget will be activated by emitting the
+    /// [signal@Gtk.Widget::mnemonic-activate] signal on it.
+    var activatableWidget:  (() -> Body)?
+    /// The icon name for this row.
+    var iconName: String?
+    /// The subtitle for this row.
+    /// 
+    /// The subtitle is interpreted as Pango markup unless
+    /// [property@PreferencesRow:use-markup] is set to `FALSE`.
+    var subtitle: String?
+    /// The number of lines at the end of which the subtitle label will be
+    /// ellipsized.
+    /// 
+    /// If the value is 0, the number of lines won't be limited.
+    var subtitleLines: Int?
+    /// Whether the user can copy the subtitle from the label.
+    /// 
+    /// See also [property@Gtk.Label:selectable].
+    var subtitleSelectable: Bool?
+    /// The number of lines at the end of which the title label will be ellipsized.
+    /// 
+    /// If the value is 0, the number of lines won't be limited.
+    var titleLines: Int?
+    /// The title of the preference represented by this row.
+    /// 
+    /// The title is interpreted as Pango markup unless
+    /// [property@PreferencesRow:use-markup] is set to `FALSE`.
+    var title: String?
+    /// Whether the user can copy the title from the label.
+    /// 
+    /// See also [property@Gtk.Label:selectable].
+    var titleSelectable: Bool?
+    /// Whether to use Pango markup for the title label.
+    /// 
+    /// Subclasses may also use it for other labels, such as subtitle.
+    /// 
+    /// See also [func@Pango.parse_markup].
+    var useMarkup: Bool?
+    /// Whether an embedded underline in the title indicates a mnemonic.
+    var useUnderline: Bool?
+    /// This signal is emitted after the row has been activated.
+    var activated: (() -> Void)?
+    /// The body for the widget "suffix".
+    var suffix: () -> Body = { [] }
+    /// The body for the widget "prefix".
+    var prefix: () -> Body = { [] }
+    /// The application.
+    var app: GTUIApp?
+    /// The window.
+    var window: GTUIApplicationWindow?
+
+    /// Initialize `SwitchRow`.
+    public init() {
+    }
+
+    /// Get the widget's view storage.
+    /// - Parameter modifiers: The view modifiers.
+    /// - Returns: The view storage.
+    public func container(modifiers: [(View) -> View]) -> ViewStorage {
+        let storage = ViewStorage(adw_switch_row_new()?.opaque())
+        update(storage, modifiers: modifiers)
+        if let activatableWidgetStorage = activatableWidget?().widget(modifiers: modifiers).storage(modifiers: modifiers) {
+            storage.content["activatableWidget"] = [activatableWidgetStorage]
+            adw_action_row_set_activatable_widget(storage.pointer?.cast(), activatableWidgetStorage.pointer?.cast())
+        }
+
+        var suffixStorage: [ViewStorage] = []
+        for view in suffix() {
+            suffixStorage.append(view.storage(modifiers: modifiers))
+            adw_action_row_add_suffix(storage.pointer?.cast(), suffixStorage.last?.pointer?.cast())
+        }
+        storage.content["suffix"] = suffixStorage
+        var prefixStorage: [ViewStorage] = []
+        for view in prefix() {
+            prefixStorage.append(view.storage(modifiers: modifiers))
+            adw_action_row_add_prefix(storage.pointer?.cast(), prefixStorage.last?.pointer?.cast())
+        }
+        storage.content["prefix"] = prefixStorage
+
+        storage.notify(name: "active") {
+            active?.wrappedValue = adw_switch_row_get_active(storage.pointer) != 0
+        }
+        for function in appearFunctions {
+            function(storage)
+        }
+        return storage
+    }
+
+    /// Update the widget's view storage.
+    /// - Parameters:
+    ///     - storage: The view storage.
+    ///     - modifiers: The view modifiers.
+    public func update(_ storage: ViewStorage, modifiers: [(View) -> View]) {
+        if let activated {
+            storage.connectSignal(name: "activated") {
+                activated()
+            }
+        }
+        storage.modify { widget in
+            if let active {
+                adw_switch_row_set_active(widget, active.wrappedValue.cBool)
+            }
+            if let widget = storage.content["activatableWidget"]?.first {
+                activatableWidget?().widget(modifiers: modifiers).update(widget, modifiers: modifiers)
+            }
+            if let iconName {
+                adw_action_row_set_icon_name(widget?.cast(), iconName)
+            }
+            if let subtitle {
+                adw_action_row_set_subtitle(widget?.cast(), subtitle)
+            }
+            if let subtitleLines {
+                adw_action_row_set_subtitle_lines(widget?.cast(), subtitleLines.cInt)
+            }
+            if let subtitleSelectable {
+                adw_action_row_set_subtitle_selectable(widget?.cast(), subtitleSelectable.cBool)
+            }
+            if let titleLines {
+                adw_action_row_set_title_lines(widget?.cast(), titleLines.cInt)
+            }
+            if let title {
+                adw_preferences_row_set_title(widget?.cast(), title)
+            }
+            if let titleSelectable {
+                adw_preferences_row_set_title_selectable(widget?.cast(), titleSelectable.cBool)
+            }
+            if let useMarkup {
+                adw_preferences_row_set_use_markup(widget?.cast(), useMarkup.cBool)
+            }
+            if let useUnderline {
+                adw_preferences_row_set_use_underline(widget?.cast(), useUnderline.cBool)
+            }
+
+
+        }
+        for function in updateFunctions {
+            function(storage)
+        }
+    }
+
+    /// Whether the switch row is in the "on" or "off" position.
+    public func active(_ active: Binding<Bool>?) -> Self {
+        var newSelf = self
+        newSelf.active = active
+        
+        return newSelf
+    }
+
+    /// The widget to activate when the row is activated.
+    /// 
+    /// The row can be activated either by clicking on it, calling
+    /// [method@ActionRow.activate], or via mnemonics in the title.
+    /// See the [property@PreferencesRow:use-underline] property to enable
+    /// mnemonics.
+    /// 
+    /// The target widget will be activated by emitting the
+    /// [signal@Gtk.Widget::mnemonic-activate] signal on it.
+    public func activatableWidget(@ViewBuilder _ activatableWidget: @escaping (() -> Body)) -> Self {
+        var newSelf = self
+        newSelf.activatableWidget = activatableWidget
+        
+        return newSelf
+    }
+
+    /// The icon name for this row.
+    public func iconName(_ iconName: String?) -> Self {
+        var newSelf = self
+        newSelf.iconName = iconName
+        
+        return newSelf
+    }
+
+    /// The subtitle for this row.
+    /// 
+    /// The subtitle is interpreted as Pango markup unless
+    /// [property@PreferencesRow:use-markup] is set to `FALSE`.
+    public func subtitle(_ subtitle: String?) -> Self {
+        var newSelf = self
+        newSelf.subtitle = subtitle
+        
+        return newSelf
+    }
+
+    /// The number of lines at the end of which the subtitle label will be
+    /// ellipsized.
+    /// 
+    /// If the value is 0, the number of lines won't be limited.
+    public func subtitleLines(_ subtitleLines: Int?) -> Self {
+        var newSelf = self
+        newSelf.subtitleLines = subtitleLines
+        
+        return newSelf
+    }
+
+    /// Whether the user can copy the subtitle from the label.
+    /// 
+    /// See also [property@Gtk.Label:selectable].
+    public func subtitleSelectable(_ subtitleSelectable: Bool? = true) -> Self {
+        var newSelf = self
+        newSelf.subtitleSelectable = subtitleSelectable
+        
+        return newSelf
+    }
+
+    /// The number of lines at the end of which the title label will be ellipsized.
+    /// 
+    /// If the value is 0, the number of lines won't be limited.
+    public func titleLines(_ titleLines: Int?) -> Self {
+        var newSelf = self
+        newSelf.titleLines = titleLines
+        
+        return newSelf
+    }
+
+    /// The title of the preference represented by this row.
+    /// 
+    /// The title is interpreted as Pango markup unless
+    /// [property@PreferencesRow:use-markup] is set to `FALSE`.
+    public func title(_ title: String?) -> Self {
+        var newSelf = self
+        newSelf.title = title
+        
+        return newSelf
+    }
+
+    /// Whether the user can copy the title from the label.
+    /// 
+    /// See also [property@Gtk.Label:selectable].
+    public func titleSelectable(_ titleSelectable: Bool? = true) -> Self {
+        var newSelf = self
+        newSelf.titleSelectable = titleSelectable
+        
+        return newSelf
+    }
+
+    /// Whether to use Pango markup for the title label.
+    /// 
+    /// Subclasses may also use it for other labels, such as subtitle.
+    /// 
+    /// See also [func@Pango.parse_markup].
+    public func useMarkup(_ useMarkup: Bool? = true) -> Self {
+        var newSelf = self
+        newSelf.useMarkup = useMarkup
+        
+        return newSelf
+    }
+
+    /// Whether an embedded underline in the title indicates a mnemonic.
+    public func useUnderline(_ useUnderline: Bool? = true) -> Self {
+        var newSelf = self
+        newSelf.useUnderline = useUnderline
+        
+        return newSelf
+    }
+
+    /// This signal is emitted after the row has been activated.
+    public func activated(_ activated: @escaping () -> Void) -> Self {
+        var newSelf = self
+        newSelf.activated = activated
+        return newSelf
+    }
+
+}

Sources/Adwaita/View/Generated/ToastOverlay.swift

@@ -0,0 +1,108 @@
+//
+//  ToastOverlay.swift
+//  Adwaita
+//
+//  Created by auto-generation on 22.01.24.
+//
+
+import CAdw
+import LevenshteinTransformations
+
+/// A widget showing toasts above its content.
+/// 
+/// <picture><source srcset="toast-overlay-dark.png" media="(prefers-color-scheme: dark)"><img src="toast-overlay.png" alt="toast-overlay"></picture>
+/// 
+/// Much like [class@Gtk.Overlay], `AdwToastOverlay` is a container with a single
+/// main child, on top of which it can display a [class@Toast], overlaid.
+/// Toasts can be shown with [method@ToastOverlay.add_toast].
+/// 
+/// See [class@Toast] for details.
+/// 
+/// ## CSS nodes
+/// 
+/// ```
+/// toastoverlay
+/// ├── [child]
+/// ├── toast
+/// ┊   ├── widget
+/// ┊   │   ├── [label.heading]
+/// │   ╰── [custom title]
+/// ├── [button]
+/// ╰── button.circular.flat
+/// ```
+/// 
+/// `AdwToastOverlay`'s CSS node is called `toastoverlay`. It contains the child,
+/// as well as zero or more `toast` subnodes.
+/// 
+/// Each of the `toast` nodes contains a `widget` subnode, optionally a `button`
+/// subnode, and another `button` subnode with `.circular` and `.flat` style
+/// classes.
+/// 
+/// The `widget` subnode contains a `label` subnode with the `.heading` style
+/// class, or a custom widget provided by the application.
+/// 
+/// ## Accessibility
+/// 
+/// `AdwToastOverlay` uses the `GTK_ACCESSIBLE_ROLE_TAB_GROUP` role.
+public struct ToastOverlay: Widget {
+
+    /// Additional update functions for type extensions.
+    var updateFunctions: [(ViewStorage) -> Void] = []
+    /// Additional appear functions for type extensions.
+    var appearFunctions: [(ViewStorage) -> Void] = []
+
+    /// The child widget.
+    var child:  (() -> Body)?
+    /// The application.
+    var app: GTUIApp?
+    /// The window.
+    var window: GTUIApplicationWindow?
+
+    /// Initialize `ToastOverlay`.
+    public init() {
+    }
+
+    /// Get the widget's view storage.
+    /// - Parameter modifiers: The view modifiers.
+    /// - Returns: The view storage.
+    public func container(modifiers: [(View) -> View]) -> ViewStorage {
+        let storage = ViewStorage(adw_toast_overlay_new()?.opaque())
+        update(storage, modifiers: modifiers)
+        if let childStorage = child?().widget(modifiers: modifiers).storage(modifiers: modifiers) {
+            storage.content["child"] = [childStorage]
+            adw_toast_overlay_set_child(storage.pointer, childStorage.pointer?.cast())
+        }
+
+
+        for function in appearFunctions {
+            function(storage)
+        }
+        return storage
+    }
+
+    /// Update the widget's view storage.
+    /// - Parameters:
+    ///     - storage: The view storage.
+    ///     - modifiers: The view modifiers.
+    public func update(_ storage: ViewStorage, modifiers: [(View) -> View]) {
+        storage.modify { widget in
+            if let widget = storage.content["child"]?.first {
+                child?().widget(modifiers: modifiers).update(widget, modifiers: modifiers)
+            }
+
+
+        }
+        for function in updateFunctions {
+            function(storage)
+        }
+    }
+
+    /// The child widget.
+    public func child(@ViewBuilder _ child: @escaping (() -> Body)) -> Self {
+        var newSelf = self
+        newSelf.child = child
+        
+        return newSelf
+    }
+
+}

Sources/Adwaita/View/Generated/ToggleButton.swift

@@ -0,0 +1,296 @@
+//
+//  ToggleButton.swift
+//  Adwaita
+//
+//  Created by auto-generation on 22.01.24.
+//
+
+import CAdw
+import LevenshteinTransformations
+
+/// A `GtkToggleButton` is a button which remains “pressed-in” when
+/// clicked.
+/// 
+/// Clicking again will cause the toggle button to return to its normal state.
+/// 
+/// A toggle button is created by calling either [ctor@Gtk.ToggleButton.new] or
+/// [ctor@Gtk.ToggleButton.new_with_label]. If using the former, it is advisable
+/// to pack a widget, (such as a `GtkLabel` and/or a `GtkImage`), into the toggle
+/// button’s container. (See [class@Gtk.Button] for more information).
+/// 
+/// The state of a `GtkToggleButton` can be set specifically using
+/// [method@Gtk.ToggleButton.set_active], and retrieved using
+/// [method@Gtk.ToggleButton.get_active].
+/// 
+/// To simply switch the state of a toggle button, use
+/// [method@Gtk.ToggleButton.toggled].
+/// 
+/// ## Grouping
+/// 
+/// Toggle buttons can be grouped together, to form mutually exclusive
+/// groups - only one of the buttons can be toggled at a time, and toggling
+/// another one will switch the currently toggled one off.
+/// 
+/// To add a `GtkToggleButton` to a group, use [method@Gtk.ToggleButton.set_group].
+/// 
+/// ## CSS nodes
+/// 
+/// `GtkToggleButton` has a single CSS node with name button. To differentiate
+/// it from a plain `GtkButton`, it gets the `.toggle` style class.
+/// 
+/// ## Accessibility
+/// 
+/// `GtkToggleButton` uses the %GTK_ACCESSIBLE_ROLE_TOGGLE_BUTTON role.
+/// 
+/// ## Creating two `GtkToggleButton` widgets.
+/// 
+/// ```c
+/// static void
+/// output_state (GtkToggleButton *source,
+/// gpointer         user_data)
+/// {
+/// g_print ("Toggle button "%s" is active: %s",
+/// gtk_button_get_label (GTK_BUTTON (source)),
+/// gtk_toggle_button_get_active (source) ? "Yes" : "No");
+/// }
+/// 
+/// static void
+/// make_toggles (void)
+/// {
+/// GtkWidget *window, *toggle1, *toggle2;
+/// GtkWidget *box;
+/// const char *text;
+/// 
+/// window = gtk_window_new ();
+/// box = gtk_box_new (GTK_ORIENTATION_VERTICAL, 12);
+/// 
+/// text = "Hi, I’m toggle button one";
+/// toggle1 = gtk_toggle_button_new_with_label (text);
+/// 
+/// g_signal_connect (toggle1, "toggled",
+/// G_CALLBACK (output_state),
+/// NULL);
+/// gtk_box_append (GTK_BOX (box), toggle1);
+/// 
+/// text = "Hi, I’m toggle button two";
+/// toggle2 = gtk_toggle_button_new_with_label (text);
+/// g_signal_connect (toggle2, "toggled",
+/// G_CALLBACK (output_state),
+/// NULL);
+/// gtk_box_append (GTK_BOX (box), toggle2);
+/// 
+/// gtk_window_set_child (GTK_WINDOW (window), box);
+/// gtk_window_present (GTK_WINDOW (window));
+/// }
+/// ```
+public struct ToggleButton: Widget {
+
+    /// Additional update functions for type extensions.
+    var updateFunctions: [(ViewStorage) -> Void] = []
+    /// Additional appear functions for type extensions.
+    var appearFunctions: [(ViewStorage) -> Void] = []
+
+    /// If the toggle button should be pressed in.
+    var active: Binding<Bool>?
+    /// Whether the size of the button can be made smaller than the natural
+    /// size of its contents.
+    /// 
+    /// For text buttons, setting this property will allow ellipsizing the label.
+    /// 
+    /// If the contents of a button are an icon or a custom widget, setting this
+    /// property has no effect.
+    var canShrink: Bool?
+    /// The child widget.
+    var child:  (() -> Body)?
+    /// Whether the button has a frame.
+    var hasFrame: Bool?
+    /// The name of the icon used to automatically populate the button.
+    var iconName: String?
+    /// Text of the label inside the button, if the button contains a label widget.
+    var label: String?
+    /// If set, an underline in the text indicates that the following character is
+    /// to be used as mnemonic.
+    var useUnderline: Bool?
+    /// Emitted whenever the `GtkToggleButton`'s state is changed.
+    var toggled: (() -> Void)?
+    /// Emitted to animate press then release.
+    /// 
+    /// This is an action signal. Applications should never connect
+    /// to this signal, but use the [signal@Gtk.Button::clicked] signal.
+    /// 
+    /// The default bindings for this signal are all forms of the
+    /// <kbd>␣</kbd> and <kbd>Enter</kbd> keys.
+    var activate: (() -> Void)?
+    /// Emitted when the button has been activated (pressed and released).
+    var clicked: (() -> Void)?
+    /// The application.
+    var app: GTUIApp?
+    /// The window.
+    var window: GTUIApplicationWindow?
+
+    /// Initialize `ToggleButton`.
+    public init() {
+    }
+
+    /// Get the widget's view storage.
+    /// - Parameter modifiers: The view modifiers.
+    /// - Returns: The view storage.
+    public func container(modifiers: [(View) -> View]) -> ViewStorage {
+        let storage = ViewStorage(gtk_toggle_button_new()?.opaque())
+        update(storage, modifiers: modifiers)
+        if let childStorage = child?().widget(modifiers: modifiers).storage(modifiers: modifiers) {
+            storage.content["child"] = [childStorage]
+            gtk_button_set_child(storage.pointer?.cast(), childStorage.pointer?.cast())
+        }
+
+
+        storage.notify(name: "active") {
+            active?.wrappedValue = gtk_toggle_button_get_active(storage.pointer?.cast()) != 0
+        }
+        for function in appearFunctions {
+            function(storage)
+        }
+        return storage
+    }
+
+    /// Update the widget's view storage.
+    /// - Parameters:
+    ///     - storage: The view storage.
+    ///     - modifiers: The view modifiers.
+    public func update(_ storage: ViewStorage, modifiers: [(View) -> View]) {
+        if let toggled {
+            storage.connectSignal(name: "toggled") {
+                toggled()
+            }
+        }
+        if let activate {
+            storage.connectSignal(name: "activate") {
+                activate()
+            }
+        }
+        if let clicked {
+            storage.connectSignal(name: "clicked") {
+                clicked()
+            }
+        }
+        storage.modify { widget in
+            if let active {
+                gtk_toggle_button_set_active(widget?.cast(), active.wrappedValue.cBool)
+            }
+            if let canShrink {
+                gtk_button_set_can_shrink(widget?.cast(), canShrink.cBool)
+            }
+            if let widget = storage.content["child"]?.first {
+                child?().widget(modifiers: modifiers).update(widget, modifiers: modifiers)
+            }
+            if let hasFrame {
+                gtk_button_set_has_frame(widget?.cast(), hasFrame.cBool)
+            }
+            if let iconName {
+                gtk_button_set_icon_name(widget?.cast(), iconName)
+            }
+            if let label, storage.content["child"] == nil {
+                gtk_button_set_label(widget?.cast(), label)
+            }
+            if let useUnderline {
+                gtk_button_set_use_underline(widget?.cast(), useUnderline.cBool)
+            }
+
+
+        }
+        for function in updateFunctions {
+            function(storage)
+        }
+    }
+
+    /// If the toggle button should be pressed in.
+    public func active(_ active: Binding<Bool>?) -> Self {
+        var newSelf = self
+        newSelf.active = active
+        
+        return newSelf
+    }
+
+    /// Whether the size of the button can be made smaller than the natural
+    /// size of its contents.
+    /// 
+    /// For text buttons, setting this property will allow ellipsizing the label.
+    /// 
+    /// If the contents of a button are an icon or a custom widget, setting this
+    /// property has no effect.
+    public func canShrink(_ canShrink: Bool? = true) -> Self {
+        var newSelf = self
+        newSelf.canShrink = canShrink
+        
+        return newSelf
+    }
+
+    /// The child widget.
+    public func child(@ViewBuilder _ child: @escaping (() -> Body)) -> Self {
+        var newSelf = self
+        newSelf.child = child
+        
+        return newSelf
+    }
+
+    /// Whether the button has a frame.
+    public func hasFrame(_ hasFrame: Bool? = true) -> Self {
+        var newSelf = self
+        newSelf.hasFrame = hasFrame
+        
+        return newSelf
+    }
+
+    /// The name of the icon used to automatically populate the button.
+    public func iconName(_ iconName: String?) -> Self {
+        var newSelf = self
+        newSelf.iconName = iconName
+        
+        return newSelf
+    }
+
+    /// Text of the label inside the button, if the button contains a label widget.
+    public func label(_ label: String?) -> Self {
+        var newSelf = self
+        newSelf.label = label
+        
+        return newSelf
+    }
+
+    /// If set, an underline in the text indicates that the following character is
+    /// to be used as mnemonic.
+    public func useUnderline(_ useUnderline: Bool? = true) -> Self {
+        var newSelf = self
+        newSelf.useUnderline = useUnderline
+        
+        return newSelf
+    }
+
+    /// Emitted whenever the `GtkToggleButton`'s state is changed.
+    public func toggled(_ toggled: @escaping () -> Void) -> Self {
+        var newSelf = self
+        newSelf.toggled = toggled
+        return newSelf
+    }
+
+    /// Emitted to animate press then release.
+    /// 
+    /// This is an action signal. Applications should never connect
+    /// to this signal, but use the [signal@Gtk.Button::clicked] signal.
+    /// 
+    /// The default bindings for this signal are all forms of the
+    /// <kbd>␣</kbd> and <kbd>Enter</kbd> keys.
+    public func activate(_ activate: @escaping () -> Void) -> Self {
+        var newSelf = self
+        newSelf.activate = activate
+        return newSelf
+    }
+
+    /// Emitted when the button has been activated (pressed and released).
+    public func clicked(_ clicked: @escaping () -> Void) -> Self {
+        var newSelf = self
+        newSelf.clicked = clicked
+        return newSelf
+    }
+
+}

Sources/Adwaita/View/Generated/ToolbarView.swift

@@ -0,0 +1,332 @@
+//
+//  ToolbarView.swift
+//  Adwaita
+//
+//  Created by auto-generation on 22.01.24.
+//
+
+import CAdw
+import LevenshteinTransformations
+
+/// A widget containing a page, as well as top and/or bottom bars.
+/// 
+/// <picture><source srcset="toolbar-view-dark.png" media="(prefers-color-scheme: dark)"><img src="toolbar-view.png" alt="toolbar-view"></picture>
+/// 
+/// `AdwToolbarView` has a single content widget and one or multiple top and
+/// bottom bars, shown at the top and bottom sides respectively.
+/// 
+/// Example of an `AdwToolbarView` UI definition:
+/// ```xml
+/// <object class="AdwToolbarView"><child type="top"><object class="AdwHeaderBar"/></child><property name="content"><object class="AdwPreferencesPage"><!-- ... --></object></property></object>
+/// ```
+/// 
+/// The following kinds of top and bottom bars are supported:
+/// 
+/// - [class@HeaderBar]
+/// - [class@TabBar]
+/// - [class@ViewSwitcherBar]
+/// - [class@Gtk.ActionBar]
+/// - [class@Gtk.HeaderBar]
+/// - [class@Gtk.PopoverMenuBar]
+/// - [class@Gtk.SearchBar]
+/// - Any [class@Gtk.Box] or a similar widget with the
+/// [`.toolbar`](style-classes.html#toolbars) style class
+/// 
+/// By default, top and bottom bars are flat and scrolling content has a subtle
+/// undershoot shadow, same as when using the
+/// [`.undershoot-top`](style-classes.html#undershot-indicators) and
+/// [`.undershoot-bottom`](style-classes.html#undershot-indicators) style
+/// classes. This works well in most cases, e.g. with [class@StatusPage] or
+/// [class@PreferencesPage], where the background at the top and bottom parts of
+/// the page is uniform. Additionally, windows with sidebars should always use
+/// this style.
+/// 
+/// [property@ToolbarView:top-bar-style] and
+/// [property@ToolbarView:bottom-bar-style] properties can be used add an opaque
+/// background and a persistent shadow to top and bottom bars, this can be useful
+/// for content such as [utility panes](https://developer.gnome.org/hig/patterns/containers/utility-panes.html),
+/// where some elements are adjacent to the top/bottom bars, or [class@TabView],
+/// where each page can have a different background.
+/// 
+/// <picture style="min-width: 33%; display: inline-block;"><source srcset="toolbar-view-flat-1-dark.png" media="(prefers-color-scheme: dark)"><img src="toolbar-view-flat-1.png" alt="toolbar-view-flat-1"></picture><picture style="min-width: 33%; display: inline-block;"><source srcset="toolbar-view-flat-2-dark.png" media="(prefers-color-scheme: dark)"><img src="toolbar-view-flat-2.png" alt="toolbar-view-flat-2"></picture><picture style="min-width: 33%; display: inline-block;"><source srcset="toolbar-view-raised-dark.png" media="(prefers-color-scheme: dark)"><img src="toolbar-view-raised.png" alt="toolbar-view-raised"></picture>
+/// 
+/// `AdwToolbarView` ensures the top and bottom bars have consistent backdrop
+/// styles and vertical spacing. For comparison:
+/// 
+/// <picture style="min-width: 40%; display: inline-block;"><source srcset="toolbar-view-spacing-dark.png" media="(prefers-color-scheme: dark)"><img src="toolbar-view-spacing.png" alt="toolbar-view-spacing"></picture><picture style="min-width: 40%; display: inline-block;"><source srcset="toolbar-view-spacing-box-dark.png" media="(prefers-color-scheme: dark)"><img src="toolbar-view-spacing-box.png" alt="toolbar-view-spacing-box"></picture>
+/// 
+/// Any top and bottom bars can also be dragged to move the window, equivalent
+/// to putting them into a [class@Gtk.WindowHandle].
+/// 
+/// Content is typically place between top and bottom bars, but can also extend
+/// behind them. This is controlled with the
+/// [property@ToolbarView:extend-content-to-top-edge] and
+/// [property@ToolbarView:extend-content-to-bottom-edge] properties.
+/// 
+/// Top and bottom bars can be hidden and revealed with an animation using the
+/// [property@ToolbarView:reveal-top-bars] and
+/// [property@ToolbarView:reveal-bottom-bars] properties.
+/// 
+/// ## `AdwToolbarView` as `GtkBuildable`
+/// 
+/// The `AdwToolbarView` implementation of the [iface@Gtk.Buildable] interface
+/// supports adding a top bar by specifying “top” as the “type” attribute of a
+/// `<child>` element, or adding a bottom bar by specifying “bottom”.
+/// 
+/// ## Accessibility
+/// 
+/// `AdwToolbarView` uses the `GTK_ACCESSIBLE_ROLE_GROUP` role.
+public struct ToolbarView: Widget {
+
+    /// Additional update functions for type extensions.
+    var updateFunctions: [(ViewStorage) -> Void] = []
+    /// Additional appear functions for type extensions.
+    var appearFunctions: [(ViewStorage) -> Void] = []
+
+    /// The current bottom bar height.
+    /// 
+    /// Bottom bar height does change depending on
+    /// [property@ToolbarView:reveal-bottom-bars], including during the transition.
+    /// 
+    /// See [property@ToolbarView:top-bar-height].
+    var bottomBarHeight: Int?
+    /// The content widget.
+    var content:  (() -> Body)?
+    /// Whether the content widget can extend behind bottom bars.
+    /// 
+    /// This can be used in combination with
+    /// [property@ToolbarView:reveal-bottom-bars] to show and hide toolbars in
+    /// fullscreen.
+    /// 
+    /// See [property@ToolbarView:extend-content-to-top-edge].
+    var extendContentToBottomEdge: Bool?
+    /// Whether the content widget can extend behind top bars.
+    /// 
+    /// This can be used in combination with [property@ToolbarView:reveal-top-bars]
+    /// to show and hide toolbars in fullscreen.
+    /// 
+    /// See [property@ToolbarView:extend-content-to-bottom-edge].
+    var extendContentToTopEdge: Bool?
+    /// Whether bottom bars are visible.
+    /// 
+    /// The transition will be animated.
+    /// 
+    /// This can be used in combination with
+    /// [property@ToolbarView:extend-content-to-bottom-edge] to show and hide
+    /// toolbars in fullscreen.
+    /// 
+    /// See [property@ToolbarView:reveal-top-bars].
+    var revealBottomBars: Bool?
+    /// Whether top bars are revealed.
+    /// 
+    /// The transition will be animated.
+    /// 
+    /// This can be used in combination with
+    /// [property@ToolbarView:extend-content-to-top-edge] to show and hide toolbars
+    /// in fullscreen.
+    /// 
+    /// See [property@ToolbarView:reveal-bottom-bars].
+    var revealTopBars: Bool?
+    /// The current top bar height.
+    /// 
+    /// Top bar height does change depending [property@ToolbarView:reveal-top-bars],
+    /// including during the transition.
+    /// 
+    /// See [property@ToolbarView:bottom-bar-height].
+    var topBarHeight: Int?
+    /// The body for the widget "bottom".
+    var bottom: () -> Body = { [] }
+    /// The body for the widget "top".
+    var top: () -> Body = { [] }
+    /// The application.
+    var app: GTUIApp?
+    /// The window.
+    var window: GTUIApplicationWindow?
+
+    /// Initialize `ToolbarView`.
+    public init() {
+    }
+
+    /// Get the widget's view storage.
+    /// - Parameter modifiers: The view modifiers.
+    /// - Returns: The view storage.
+    public func container(modifiers: [(View) -> View]) -> ViewStorage {
+        let storage = ViewStorage(adw_toolbar_view_new()?.opaque())
+        update(storage, modifiers: modifiers)
+        if let contentStorage = content?().widget(modifiers: modifiers).storage(modifiers: modifiers) {
+            storage.content["content"] = [contentStorage]
+            adw_toolbar_view_set_content(storage.pointer, contentStorage.pointer?.cast())
+        }
+
+        var bottomStorage: [ViewStorage] = []
+        for view in bottom() {
+            bottomStorage.append(view.storage(modifiers: modifiers))
+            adw_toolbar_view_add_bottom_bar(storage.pointer, bottomStorage.last?.pointer?.cast())
+        }
+        storage.content["bottom"] = bottomStorage
+        var topStorage: [ViewStorage] = []
+        for view in top() {
+            topStorage.append(view.storage(modifiers: modifiers))
+            adw_toolbar_view_add_top_bar(storage.pointer, topStorage.last?.pointer?.cast())
+        }
+        storage.content["top"] = topStorage
+
+        for function in appearFunctions {
+            function(storage)
+        }
+        return storage
+    }
+
+    /// Update the widget's view storage.
+    /// - Parameters:
+    ///     - storage: The view storage.
+    ///     - modifiers: The view modifiers.
+    public func update(_ storage: ViewStorage, modifiers: [(View) -> View]) {
+        storage.modify { widget in
+            if let widget = storage.content["content"]?.first {
+                content?().widget(modifiers: modifiers).update(widget, modifiers: modifiers)
+            }
+            if let extendContentToBottomEdge {
+                adw_toolbar_view_set_extend_content_to_bottom_edge(widget, extendContentToBottomEdge.cBool)
+            }
+            if let extendContentToTopEdge {
+                adw_toolbar_view_set_extend_content_to_top_edge(widget, extendContentToTopEdge.cBool)
+            }
+            if let revealBottomBars {
+                adw_toolbar_view_set_reveal_bottom_bars(widget, revealBottomBars.cBool)
+            }
+            if let revealTopBars {
+                adw_toolbar_view_set_reveal_top_bars(widget, revealTopBars.cBool)
+            }
+
+            if let bottomStorage = storage.content["bottom"] {
+                for (index, view) in bottom().enumerated() {
+                    if let storage = bottomStorage[safe: index] {
+                        view.updateStorage(storage, modifiers: modifiers)
+                    }
+                }
+            }
+            if let topStorage = storage.content["top"] {
+                for (index, view) in top().enumerated() {
+                    if let storage = topStorage[safe: index] {
+                        view.updateStorage(storage, modifiers: modifiers)
+                    }
+                }
+            }
+
+        }
+        for function in updateFunctions {
+            function(storage)
+        }
+    }
+
+    /// The current bottom bar height.
+    /// 
+    /// Bottom bar height does change depending on
+    /// [property@ToolbarView:reveal-bottom-bars], including during the transition.
+    /// 
+    /// See [property@ToolbarView:top-bar-height].
+    public func bottomBarHeight(_ bottomBarHeight: Int?) -> Self {
+        var newSelf = self
+        newSelf.bottomBarHeight = bottomBarHeight
+        
+        return newSelf
+    }
+
+    /// The content widget.
+    public func content(@ViewBuilder _ content: @escaping (() -> Body)) -> Self {
+        var newSelf = self
+        newSelf.content = content
+        
+        return newSelf
+    }
+
+    /// Whether the content widget can extend behind bottom bars.
+    /// 
+    /// This can be used in combination with
+    /// [property@ToolbarView:reveal-bottom-bars] to show and hide toolbars in
+    /// fullscreen.
+    /// 
+    /// See [property@ToolbarView:extend-content-to-top-edge].
+    public func extendContentToBottomEdge(_ extendContentToBottomEdge: Bool? = true) -> Self {
+        var newSelf = self
+        newSelf.extendContentToBottomEdge = extendContentToBottomEdge
+        
+        return newSelf
+    }
+
+    /// Whether the content widget can extend behind top bars.
+    /// 
+    /// This can be used in combination with [property@ToolbarView:reveal-top-bars]
+    /// to show and hide toolbars in fullscreen.
+    /// 
+    /// See [property@ToolbarView:extend-content-to-bottom-edge].
+    public func extendContentToTopEdge(_ extendContentToTopEdge: Bool? = true) -> Self {
+        var newSelf = self
+        newSelf.extendContentToTopEdge = extendContentToTopEdge
+        
+        return newSelf
+    }
+
+    /// Whether bottom bars are visible.
+    /// 
+    /// The transition will be animated.
+    /// 
+    /// This can be used in combination with
+    /// [property@ToolbarView:extend-content-to-bottom-edge] to show and hide
+    /// toolbars in fullscreen.
+    /// 
+    /// See [property@ToolbarView:reveal-top-bars].
+    public func revealBottomBars(_ revealBottomBars: Bool? = true) -> Self {
+        var newSelf = self
+        newSelf.revealBottomBars = revealBottomBars
+        
+        return newSelf
+    }
+
+    /// Whether top bars are revealed.
+    /// 
+    /// The transition will be animated.
+    /// 
+    /// This can be used in combination with
+    /// [property@ToolbarView:extend-content-to-top-edge] to show and hide toolbars
+    /// in fullscreen.
+    /// 
+    /// See [property@ToolbarView:reveal-bottom-bars].
+    public func revealTopBars(_ revealTopBars: Bool? = true) -> Self {
+        var newSelf = self
+        newSelf.revealTopBars = revealTopBars
+        
+        return newSelf
+    }
+
+    /// The current top bar height.
+    /// 
+    /// Top bar height does change depending [property@ToolbarView:reveal-top-bars],
+    /// including during the transition.
+    /// 
+    /// See [property@ToolbarView:bottom-bar-height].
+    public func topBarHeight(_ topBarHeight: Int?) -> Self {
+        var newSelf = self
+        newSelf.topBarHeight = topBarHeight
+        
+        return newSelf
+    }
+
+    /// Set the body for "bottom".
+    /// - Parameter body: The body.
+    /// - Returns: The widget.
+    public func bottom(@ViewBuilder _ body: @escaping () -> Body) -> Self {
+        var newSelf = self
+        newSelf.bottom = body
+        return newSelf
+    }
+    /// Set the body for "top".
+    /// - Parameter body: The body.
+    /// - Returns: The widget.
+    public func top(@ViewBuilder _ body: @escaping () -> Body) -> Self {
+        var newSelf = self
+        newSelf.top = body
+        return newSelf
+    }
+}

Sources/Adwaita/View/Generated/WindowTitle.swift

@@ -0,0 +1,99 @@
+//
+//  WindowTitle.swift
+//  Adwaita
+//
+//  Created by auto-generation on 22.01.24.
+//
+
+import CAdw
+import LevenshteinTransformations
+
+/// A helper widget for setting a window's title and subtitle.
+/// 
+/// <picture><source srcset="window-title-dark.png" media="(prefers-color-scheme: dark)"><img src="window-title.png" alt="window-title"></picture>
+/// 
+/// `AdwWindowTitle` shows a title and subtitle. It's intended to be used as the
+/// title child of [class@Gtk.HeaderBar] or [class@HeaderBar].
+/// 
+/// ## CSS nodes
+/// 
+/// `AdwWindowTitle` has a single CSS node with name `windowtitle`.
+public struct WindowTitle: Widget {
+
+    /// Additional update functions for type extensions.
+    var updateFunctions: [(ViewStorage) -> Void] = []
+    /// Additional appear functions for type extensions.
+    var appearFunctions: [(ViewStorage) -> Void] = []
+
+    /// The subtitle to display.
+    /// 
+    /// The subtitle should give the user additional details.
+    var subtitle: String
+    /// The title to display.
+    /// 
+    /// The title typically identifies the current view or content item, and
+    /// generally does not use the application name.
+    var title: String
+    /// The application.
+    var app: GTUIApp?
+    /// The window.
+    var window: GTUIApplicationWindow?
+
+    /// Initialize `WindowTitle`.
+    public init(subtitle: String, title: String) {
+        self.subtitle = subtitle
+        self.title = title
+    }
+
+    /// Get the widget's view storage.
+    /// - Parameter modifiers: The view modifiers.
+    /// - Returns: The view storage.
+    public func container(modifiers: [(View) -> View]) -> ViewStorage {
+        let storage = ViewStorage(adw_window_title_new(title, subtitle)?.opaque())
+        update(storage, modifiers: modifiers)
+
+
+        for function in appearFunctions {
+            function(storage)
+        }
+        return storage
+    }
+
+    /// Update the widget's view storage.
+    /// - Parameters:
+    ///     - storage: The view storage.
+    ///     - modifiers: The view modifiers.
+    public func update(_ storage: ViewStorage, modifiers: [(View) -> View]) {
+        storage.modify { widget in
+            adw_window_title_set_subtitle(widget, subtitle)
+            adw_window_title_set_title(widget, title)
+
+
+        }
+        for function in updateFunctions {
+            function(storage)
+        }
+    }
+
+    /// The subtitle to display.
+    /// 
+    /// The subtitle should give the user additional details.
+    public func subtitle(_ subtitle: String) -> Self {
+        var newSelf = self
+        newSelf.subtitle = subtitle
+        
+        return newSelf
+    }
+
+    /// The title to display.
+    /// 
+    /// The title typically identifies the current view or content item, and
+    /// generally does not use the application name.
+    public func title(_ title: String) -> Self {
+        var newSelf = self
+        newSelf.title = title
+        
+        return newSelf
+    }
+
+}

Sources/Adwaita/View/HStack.swift

@@ -5,40 +5,21 @@
 //  Created by david-swift on 26.09.23.
 //
 
-import Libadwaita
-
 /// A horizontal GtkBox equivalent.
-public struct HStack: Widget {
+public struct HStack: View {
 
     /// The content.
     var content: () -> Body
 
+    /// The view's body.
+    public var view: Body {
+        VStack(horizontal: true, content: content)
+    }
+
     /// Initialize a `HStack`.
     /// - Parameter content: The view content.
     public init(@ViewBuilder content: @escaping () -> Body) {
         self.content = content
     }
 
-    /// Update a view storage.
-    /// - Parameters:
-    ///     - storage: The view storage.
-    ///     - modifiers: Modify views before being updated.
-    public func update(_ storage: ViewStorage, modifiers: [(View) -> View]) {
-        content().update(storage.content[.mainContent] ?? [], modifiers: modifiers)
-    }
-
-    /// Get a view storage.
-    /// - Parameter modifiers: Modify views before being updated.
-    /// - Returns: The view storage.
-    public func container(modifiers: [(View) -> View]) -> ViewStorage {
-        let box: Box = .init(horizontal: true)
-        var content: [ViewStorage] = []
-        for element in self.content() {
-            let widget = element.storage(modifiers: modifiers)
-            _ = box.append(widget.view)
-            content.append(widget)
-        }
-        return .init(box, content: [.mainContent: content])
-    }
-
 }